Content uploaded by Giorgi Kvartskhava
Author content
All content in this area was uploaded by Giorgi Kvartskhava on Apr 04, 2023
Content may be subject to copyright.
ISSN 2313–5891 (Online)
ISSN 2304–974X (Print)
Ukrainian
Food Journal
Volume 11, Issue 1
2022
Kyiv
Kиїв
2022
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
2
Ukrainian Food Journal is an
international scientific journal that
publishes innovative papers of the experts
in the fields of food science, engineering
and technology, chemistry, economics and
management.
Ukrainian Food Journal is abstracted and
indexed by scientometric databases:
Ukrainian Food Journal – міжнародне
наукове періодичне видання для
публікації результатів досліджень
фахівців у галузі харчової науки, техніки
та технології, хімії, економіки і
управління.
Ukrainian Food Journal індексується
наукометричними базами:
Index Copernicus (2012)
EBSCO (2013)
Google Scholar (2013)
UlrichsWeb (2013)
CABI full text (2014)
Online Library of University of Southern Denmark (2014)
Directory of Research Journals Indexing (DRJI) (2014)
Directory of Open Access scholarly Resources (ROAD) (2014)
European Reference Index for the Humanities and the Social Sciences (ERIH PLUS) (2014)
Directory of Open Access Journals (DOAJ) (2015)
InfoBase Index (2015)
Chemical Abstracts Service Source Index (CASSI) (2016)
FSTA (Food Science and Technology Abstracts) (2018)
Web of Science (Emerging Sourses Citaton Index) (2018)
Ukrainian Food Journal включено у перелік
наукових фахових видань України з технічних
наук, категорія А (Наказ Міністерства освіти і
науки України № 358 від 15.03.2019)
Editorial office address:
National University
of Food Technologies
68 Volodymyrska str.
Kyiv 01601, Ukraine
Адреса редакції:
Національний університет
харчових технологій
вул. Володимирська, 68
Київ 01601, Україна
e-mail: ufj_nuft@meta.ua
Scientific Council of the National
University of Food Technologies
approved this issue for publication.
Protocol № 10, 26.05.2022
Рекомендовано вченою радою
Національного університету
харчових технологій.
Протокол № 10 від 26.05.2022
© NUFT, 2022
© НУХТ, 2022
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
3
Ukrainian Food Journal is open access journal published by the National University
of Food Technologies (Kyiv, Ukraine). The Journal publishes original research articles, short
communications, review papers, news and literature reviews dealing with all aspects of the
food science, technology, engeneering, nutrition, food chemistry, economics and
management.
Studies must be novel, have a clear connection to food science, and be of general interest
to the international scientific community.
Topic covered by the journal include:
Food engineering
Food chemistry
Food microbiology
Food quality and safety
Food processes
Automation of food processes
Food packaging
Economics
Food nanotechnologies
Economics and management
Please note that the Journal does not consider:
1. The articles with medical statements (this topic is not covered by the journal); the
subject of research on humans and animals.
2. The articles with statements, that do not contain scientific value (solving the typical
practical and engineering tasks).
Periodicity of the Journal
4 issues per year (March, June, September, December).
Reviewing a Manuscript for Publication
The editor in chief reviews the correspondence of the content of a newly submitted
article to the Journal Profile, approves the article design, style and illustrative material, can
provide suggestions how to improve them, and makes the decision whether to send it for
peer-review.
Articles submitted for publication in “Ukrainian Food Journal” are double-blind peer-
reviewed by at least two academics appointed by the Editors' Board: one from the Editorial
Board and one, not affiliated to the Board and/or the Publisher.
For a Complete Guide for Authors please visit our website:
http://ufj.nuft.edu.ua
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
4
International Editorial Board
Editor-in-Chief:
Olena Stabnikova, PhD, Prof., National University of Food Technologies, Ukraine
Members of Editorial Board:
Agota Giedrė Raišienė, PhD, Lithuanian Institute of Agrarian Economics, Lithuania
Bảo Thy Vương, PhD, Mekong University, Vietnam
Cristina Luisa Miranda Silva, Assoc. Prof., Portuguese Catholic University – College of
Biotechnology, Portugal
Cristina Popovici, PhD., Assoc. Prof., Technical University of Moldova
Dora Marinova, Prof., Curtin University Sustainability Policy (CUSP) Institute, Curtin
University, Australia
Egon Schnitzler, PhD, Prof., State University of Ponta Grossa, Ponta Grossa, Brazil
Eirin Marie Skjøndal Bar, Dr., Assoc. Prof., Norwegian University of Science and
Technology, Trondheim, Norway
Godwin D. Ndossi, Prof., Hubert Kairuki Memorial University, Dar es Salaam, Tanzania
Jasmina Lukinac, PhD, Assoc. Prof., University of Osijek, Croatia
Kirsten Brandt, Dr., Newcastle University, United Kingdom
Lelieveld Huub, PhD, Global Harmonization Initiative Association, The Netherlands
Mark Shamtsian, PhD, Assoc. Prof., Black Sea Association of Food Science and
Technology, Romania
María S. Tapia, Prof., Central University of Venezuela, Caracas, Venezuela; Corresponding
Member of the Academy of Physical, Mathematical and Natural Sciences of Venezuela
Moisés Burachik, PhD, Institute of Agricultural Biotechnology of Rosario (INDEAR),
Bioceres Group, Rosario, Argentina
Noor Zafira Noor Hasnan, PhD, Universiti Putra Malaysia, Selangor, Malaysia
Octavio Paredes-López, PhD, The Center for Research and Advanced Studies of the
National Polytechnic Institute, Mexico.
Rana Mustafa, PhD, Global Institute for Food security, University of Saskatchewan,
Canada
Semih Otles, PhD, Prof., Ege University, Turkey
Sheila Kilonzi, Karatina University, Kenya
Sonia Amariei, PhD, Prof., University "Ştefan cel Mare" of Suceava, Romania
Stanka Damianova, PhD, Prof., Ruse University “Angel Kanchev”, branch Razgrad,
Bulgaria
Stefan Stefanov, PhD, Prof., University of Food Technologies, Bulgaria
Tetiana Pyrog, PhD, Prof., National University of Food Technologies, Ukraine
Oleksandr Shevchenko, PhD, Prof., National University for Food Technologies, Ukraine
Viktor Stabnikov, PhD, Prof., National University for Food Technologies, Ukraine
Umezuruike Linus Opara, Prof., Stellenbosch University, Cape Town, South Africa
Yordanka Stefanova, PhD, Assist. Prof., University of Plovdiv "Paisii Hilendarski",
Bulgaria
Yuliya Dzyazko, PhD, Prof., Institute of general and inorganic chemistry of the National
Academy of Sciences of Ukraine
Yun-Hwa Peggy Hsieh, PhD, Prof. Emerita, Florida State University, USA
Yurii Bilan, PhD, Prof., Tomas Bata University in Zlin, Czech Republic
Managing Editor:
Oleksii Gubenia, PhD., Assoc. Prof., National University of Food Technologies, Ukraine
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
5
Contents
Editorial……………………………………………………………………
7
Food Technology..........................................................................................
9
Jasmina Lukinac, Marko Jukić
Influence of drying temperature on the organoleptic properties, antioxidant
activity and polyphenol content in dried leaves of Allium ursinum L.
subsp. ucrainicum………………………………………………………………….
9
Dimitar Dimitrov, Dushko Nedelkovski
Aromatic profile of Macedonian and Bulgarian red wines from local
variety Vranec and hybrid variety Kaylashki Rubin………………………..
27
Galyna Simakhina, Nataliia Naumenko
Biological value of proteins of cultivated mushrooms…………………......
39
Eteri Tkesheliadze, Nino Gagelidze,
Tinatin Sadunishvili, Christian Herzig
Fermentation of apple juice using selected autochthonous lactic acid
bacteria……………………………………………………………………...
52
Marko Jukić, Gjore Nakov, Daliborka Koceva Komlenić,
Franjo Šumanovac, Antonio Koljđeraj, Jasmina Lukinac
Quality assessment of sponge cake with reduced sucrose addition made
from composite wheat and barley malt flour……………………………….
64
Maria-Camelia Golea, Marius Dan Şandru,
Georgiana-Gabriela Codină
Mineral composition of flours produced from modern and ancient wheat
varieties cultivated in Romania……………………………………………..
78
Anastasiia Shevchenko, Vira Drobot, Oleg Galenko
Use of pumpkin seed flour in preparation of bakery products……………...
90
Denka Zlateva, Rosen Chochkov, Dana Stefanova
Effect of Spirulina platensis and kelp biomass addition on the fatty acid
composition of wheat bread………………………………………………...
102
Tamari Makhviladze, George Kvartskhava
Oenological characterisation of white wines produced from some
Georgian grape varieties using Kakhetian winemaking methods…………..
115
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
6
Economics and Management……………………………………………..
126
Dora Marinova, Diana Bogueva, Yanrui Wu, Xiumei Guo
China and changing food trends: A sustainability transition perspective…..
126
Processes and Equipment…………………………………………………
148
Mykhailo Hrama, Viktor Sidletskyi, Ihor Elperin
Intelligent automatic control of sugar factory evaporator operation using
behavior prediction subsystem……………………………………………...
148
Biotechnology, Microbiology……………………………………………...
164
Tetiana Pirog, Viktor Stabnikov, Svitlana Antoniuk
Application of surface-active substances produced by Rhodococcus
erythropolis IMB Aс-5017 for post-harvest treatment of sweet cherry…….
164
Tetiana Pirog, Igor Kliuchka, Liliia Kliuchka
Antimicrobial activity of a mixture of surfactants produced by
Acinetobacter calcoaceticus IMV B-7241 with antifungal drugs and
essential oils………………………………………………………………...
176
Abstracts……………………………………………………………..…….
187
Instructions for authors…………………………………………………...
199
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
7
Editorial
Ukrainian Food Journal is still a very young journal:
in the spring of 2012 its first issue was published.
However, the scientific and publishing traditions of the
publisher, the National University of Food Technologies,
date back to the middle of the 19th century. At the
beginning, our Journal was aimed at creative youth, and
until 2017, its description contained the sentence “The
advantage in publication is given to PhD students and
young scientists.” Gradually, the Journal gained
importance as a periodical publishing scientific research
by leading scientists in the field of food and related
branches of science, expanding the geography of authors
and the editorial board. Some time later, the Ukrainian
Food Journal began to be indexed by international scientometric databases, since 2018 – by
Web of Science, and in 2022 a decision was made to include the Journal in the Scopus
database. This indicates the proper rating and scientific significance of the materials
published in it.
We are grateful to the international organization the Association of the Global
Harmonization Initiative (GHI), which in 2022 helped us invite leading scientists in the field
of food technology, chemistry, processes and equipment, economics and management from
different countries to participate in the work of the editorial board of our journal. At this time,
new members entered the editorial board:
Bảo Thy Vương (Mekong University, Vietnam)
− Cristina Luisa Miranda Silva (Portuguese Catholic University – College of
Biotechnology, Portugal)
− Dora Marinova (Curtin University Sustainability Policy (CUSP) Institute, Curtin
University, Australia)
− Eirin Marie Skjøndal Bar (Norwegian University of Science and Technology,
Trondheim, Norway)
− Godwin D. Ndossi (Hubert Kairuki Memorial University, Dar es Salaam,
Tanzania)
− Kirsten Brandt (Newcastle University, United Kingdom)
− María S. Tapia (Central University of Venezuela, Caracas, Venezuela; Academy of
Physical, Mathematical and Natural Sciences of Venezuela)
− Moisés Burachik (Institute of Agricultural Biotechnology of Rosario (INDEAR),
Bioceres Group, Rosario, Argentina)
− Noor Zafira Noor Hasnan (Universiti Putra Malaysia, Selangor, Malaysia)
− Rana Mustafa (Global Institute for Food security, University of Saskatchewan,
Canada)
− Sheila Kilonzi (Karatina University, Kenya)
− Umezuruike Linus Opara (Stellenbosch University, Cape Town, South Africa)
− Yun-Hwa Peggy Hsieh (Florida State University, USA)
We welcome new members of our editorial team and sincerely thank the editorial board,
which has been working fruitfully since 2012, as well as the authors who support the journal
and publish their articles in it.
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
8
On February 24, the civilized world shuddered at the news of the russian invasion of
Ukraine. Rockets flew from the territory of russia and belarus to Ukraine, the bombing of our
cities began, the occupying troops entered. Mass killings of civilians, robbery and looting,
destruction of transport and energy infrastructure, food industry enterprises and food
warehouses, farms, medical institutions, schools and universities, and research institutions
began.
Ukrainian science is working in times of war now. Some scientists were forced to
evacuate, the rest remained to work under rocket fire. We are grateful to colleagues from all
over the world for their moral support. This gave us the strength to hold on and continue
publishing our Journal.
Ukraine has always made a significant contribution to food supplies around the world.
At present, when the rashists have blocked the supply of food raw materials from Ukraine,
the world has understood the true global significance of our country in world food security.
Wheat, sunflower, vegetables, fruits turned out to be more in demand than oil and gas.
Ukraine needs global support to unlock supply chains, and the world is in danger of starvation
without Ukrainian food.
There is no doubt that the truth will win this hateful war. Peace will reign again on
Earth, research, innovation, and the work of educational institutions will resume. But we
cannot just wait for victory. All ways to improve the Journal are now open. We have an
excellent professional team, the world's leading scientists publish their results in our Journal.
Let's join our efforts for the success of Ukrainian Food Journal!
Editor-in-Chief
Olena Stabnikova
DOI: 10.24263/2304-974X-2022-11-1-3
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
9
Influence of drying temperature on the organoleptic
properties, antioxidant activity and polyphenol content
in dried leaves of
Allium ursinum
L. subsp.
ucrainicum
Jasmina Lukinac, Marko Jukić
J. J. Strossmayer University of Osijek, Faculty of Food Technology, Osijek,
Croatia
Keywords:
Allium ursinum
L. subsp.
ucrainicum
Drying
Image analysis
Phenolic
Antioxidant
Abstract
Introduction. The short vegetative occurrence of Allium
ursinum limits its availability. Therefore, drying seems to be an
excellent method for year-round preservation. The aim of the present
study was to determine the influence of drying temperature on
antioxidant activity and polyphenol content in dried leaves of Allium
ursinum L. subsp. ucrainicum and their organoleptic properties.
Materials and methods. The effect of three drying temperatures
(40, 50 and 60 °C) on the organoleptic properties (colour, dehydration
and rehydration ability), antioxidant activity and polyphenol content
in the dried leaves of A. ursinum was evaluated. The colour of the
samples was measured using the computer vision system. The total
phenolic content was determined spectrophotometrically and the
antioxidant activity was determined using the 2,2-diphenyl-1-
picrylhydrazyl method.
Results and discussion. Significant differences were found
between the fresh, dehydrated and rehydrated A. ursinum samples for
all the colour parameters analysed (dried leaves showed a much lower
intensity of green colour than fresh). Drying at higher temperature
results in greater colour change, which is more pronounced at higher
drying temperatures (60 °C) due to chlorophyll degradation. The
drying temperatures had a statistically significant effect on the
dehydration and rehydration capacity of the dried samples. The higher
drying temperature resulted in the higher degree of dehydration and
rehydration (the pores of the dried food allowed water to re-enter the
cells). Convection air-drying resulted in considerable moisture
removal from the fresh leaves of A. ursinum (more than 91%), but the
organoleptic quality of the A. ursinum leaves was maintained. The
drying conditions tested had a significant effect on the total phenolic
content and antioxidant activity of A. ursinum leaves. An increase of
temperature drying decreased the total polyphenol content in the dried
A. ursinum leaves. Across the range of measurements, the samples
dried at lower temperatures had the higher antioxidant capacity, while
the higher drying temperatures resulted in a greater decrease in the
antioxidant activity of the dried plant material. A. ursinum is
considered one of the functional foods for human consumption due to
its high nutritional value and prophylactic or therapeutic effects in
various diseases. To obtain a high quality dried product, the drying
process should ensure a quality comparable to fresh vegetables.
Conclusions. Air drying showed a significant effect on the
colour, drying properties, total polyphenol content and antioxidant
activity of the leaves of A. ursinum. The losses were significantly
dependent on the drying temperature and were more pronounced at
higher process temperatures.
Article history:
Received
01.09.2021
Received in
revised form
9.11.2021
Accepted
31.03.2022
Corresponding
author:
Jasmina Lukinac
E-mail:
ptfosptfos2@
gmail.com
DOI:
10.24263/2304-
974X-2022-11-1-
4
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
10
Introduction
Allium ursinum L. is known by many different names: wild garlic, leek, wood garlic,
bear's garlic, ramsons, buckrams, broad-leaved garlic, gypsy onion and pig's garlic. It belongs
to the large family Amaryllidaceae, which is represented all over the world with 59 genera
and over 850 species. As a member of the genus Allium, wild garlic is closely related to herbs
such as onion (Allium cepa), garlic (Allium sativum), leek (Allium ampeloprasum), and chives
(Allium schoenoprasum) (Hanen et al., 2012). Allium species are considered a source of
phytonutrients with diverse biological activities (Lachowicz et al., 2017; Gitin et al., 2012),
such as antibacterial, antifungal (Parvu et al., 2011), antioxidant (Bozin et al., 2008), and
therapeutic activities, which are associated with the presence of sulfur components (Gođevac
et al., 2008). Due to the presence of sulfur compounds, which are otherwise rather
characteristic components of Allium plants, A. ursinum has a distinctive garlic-like odour.
A. ursinum is a plant with a high potential for the prevention and treatment of
cardiovascular, respiratory and digestive problems, as well as for the sterilisation of wounds
(Sobolewska et al., 2013) and the prevention of carcinogenic diseases (Sengupta et al., 2004).
These properties are due to many substances, including cysteine sulfoxides and
thiosulfinates, ajoenes and dithiines, phenolic compounds, saponins and vitamins C, E and A
(Lu et al., 2011; Roldan- Marin et al., 2009).
It grows mainly in moist deciduous forests throughout Europe and in parts of Asia and
North Africa (Oborny et al., 2011; Rola 2012). Allium ursinum L. comprises two subspecies
Allium ursinum subsp. ursinum and Allium ursinum subsp. ucrainicum. In Eastern and South
Eastern Europe, and Croatia as well, Allium ursinum subsp. ucrainicum grows in continental
and mountainous areas (Rola, 2012; Tutin 1957). Although all parts of this plant are edible
(bulbs, leaves, buds, flower stalks, flowers and immature green cobs), leaves and bulbs are
generally preferred for consumption. The fresh leaves or dried herb of A. ursinum is used in
local cuisines of Europe. There are many products derived from garlic as a raw material:
garlic powder, paste, extract, oil, macerated garlic, pickled garlic, dried garlic. The medicinal
parts of the plant are the young spring leaves, harvested in April and May, and the
underground bulbs, collected in the summer and autumn months. However, the short
vegetative presence of A. ursinum limits its availability, so drying can be a solution for
preserving it throughout the year.
Since agricultural products are highly seasonal and therefore abundant at certain times
of the year, preserving fruits and vegetables through drying can both avoid major waste and
ensure availability in the off-season. Drying is one of the thermal processes that agricultural
products undergo in the post-harvest phase. The aim is to reduce the moisture content of the
product in order to delay adverse biological (prevents the growth of microorganisms),
chemical and enzymatic processes. Although drying is an alternative to extend the shelf life
of food, it is a fact that the quality of dehydrated food is usually lower than that of the original
food. Therefore, it is of interest to minimise chemical changes such as enzymatic and non-
enzymatic browning and to maximise the retention of nutrients such as macronutrients
(proteins, sugars, fibres), micronutrients (vitamins, minerals) or bioactive compounds
(phenolic compounds, carotenoids, isoflavones) during drying. The drying process is
considered to affect the content, activity and bioavailability of bioactive compounds (mainly
polyphenols) in A. ursinum leaves. Therefore, the evaluation of the effects of drying on the
naturally occurring antioxidants is a key issue in the choice of technological conditions that
allow the preservation of their original activity and bioavailability. A lot of recent work has
focused on studying the effects of drying on the phenolic compound content and antioxidant
activities of dried vegetables (Kim et al., 2013; Ozgur et al., 2011; Sahoo et al., 2015; Telfser
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
11
et al., 2019). To achieve better results in terms of dried product quality, researchers have
worked on optimising drying methods and different drying conditions (Arslan et at., 2010;
Lim et al., 2007; Roshanak et al., 2015). The major quality problems associated with drying
are loss of flavour (Ozkan-Karabaca et al., 2018), discolouration (Guine et al., 2012) and
poor rehydration properties of the dried product (Aravindakshan et al., 2021; Lewicki, 1998).
The aim of the present study was to determine the influence of drying temperature on
antioxidant activity and polyphenol content in dried leaves of Allium ursinum L. subsp.
ucrainicum and their organoleptic properties.
Materials and methods
Materials
The plant material (fresh leaves) used in this study was collected from a natural
population of wild garlic, Allium ursinum L. subsp. ucrainicum, before flowering (April
2021) in the Papuk Geopark (45°32'N 17°39'E) in the Slavonia region, Croatia. All plant
samples were free from external damage and hand-picked. The leaves of A. ursinum were
packed in linen bags and kept in the refrigerator for 24 hours until the start of the analysis of
the plant material.
Drying
Drying was carried out in a drying cabinet with hot air, in which the fresh leaves of A.
ursinum were placed in a thin layer on perforated stainless steel trays. The drying cabinet
were equipped with a fan, a speed controller, a temperature controller, heating elements, a
humidity, temperature, and air velocity meter. Fresh samples were dried at different drying
temperatures of 40 °C, 50 °C, and 60 °C with a constant air velocity of 1.5 m/s and relative
humidity of 35-45%. The drying process started when the drying conditions were reached.
Weight loss was performed at a fixed time interval, and drying continued until a moisture
content of approximately 12% (wet basis) was reached. Three independent dryings were
performed for each drying temperature. The effect of temperatures on the quality of dried
leaves of A. ursinum was determined by the colour characteristics, dehydratation and
rehydration capabilities phenolic compounds, and antioxidant properties.
Determination of physicochemical characteristics
Dry matter content, ash, crude fat, pH and total acidity were determined in fresh
A. urisnum samples. The analysis was performed in accordance with Association of
Officiating Analytical Chemists standards (AOAC, 2000). The dry matter content of the
leaves was determined by drying 5.0 g of the samples at 105 °C until constant weight. Ash
content was determined by burning 5.0 g of the fresh samples at 550-600 °C until a
homogeneous white ash without black spots was obtained. Crude fat was obtained by
exhaustive extraction of 10.0 g of each sample in a Soxhlet apparatus using petroleum ether
(boiling range 40-60 °C) as solvent (Dini et al., 2008). Tittratable acidity was determined by
potentiometric titration and pH by a digital pH meter (Mettler Toledo, FiveEasy FE20,
Switzerland).
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
12
Colour measurement
The colour of the fresh, dehydrated, and rehydrated leaves of A. ursinum samples was
measured using the computer vision system. Samples were ground in a grinder (Retsh,
Grindomix GM 200, Düsseldorf, Germany) to obtain a fine powder (Figure 1). For each
sample (fresh, dehydrated, and rehydrated), colour parameters were measured three times
directly on the product using a 2.2-megapixel digital SLR camera (EOS 1100D, Canon Ltd.,
Japan), calibrated with a calibration plate (Datacolor SpyderCheckr™, New Jersey, USA)
just before imaging. The 24-bit colour images were captured in TIFF format and in the
colour model.Samples were photographed in a photochamber illuminated by four LED lamps
with a diffuser.
Figure 1. Appearance of fresh (A) and dehydrated A. ursinum leaves
at 40 °C (B), 50 °C (C), and 60 °C (D)
The colour parameters of the samples was determined using ImageJ™ image processing
software (Wayne Rasband, National Institute of Health, Maryland, USA). The results were
expressed as values for red (), green (), and blue () in the colour system. The
obtained colour values were then converted (Viscarra Rossel et al., 2006) and presented in
the and colour system (Westland, 2016; Zhang et al., 2003), which is
commonly used to evaluate dried foods. The three parameters (lightness, from black
to white ), (a negative value of represents green, while a positive value
represents red colour) and (a positive represents yellow and a negative represents blue
colour) were used for further calculation of hue angle, colour saturation, and total colour
difference.
Hue angle () is the attribute by which a colour is identified as green, yellow, red, etc.
An angle of 0° or 360° represents red hue, whilst angles of 90°, 180° and 270° represent
yellow, green and blue hues, respectively (Maskan, 2001). Hue angle is used to define the
difference of a certain colour with reference to grey colour with the same lightness:
Colour saturation or chroma (), considered the quantitative attribute of colourfulness.
The higher the chroma values, the higher is the colour intensity of samples perceived by
humans. Chroma were calculated from the values of and (Lopez Camelo et al., 2004):
Total colour difference () is colour change represents by distance vector between
the initial colour values (fresh samples) and the dehydrated/reyhdrated colour coordinates
(Roy Choudhury, 2015). Total colour difference were calculates as follows:
where
and
are the colour parameters of fresh leaves of A. ursinum samples, and
, and are dehydrated/rehydrated colour parameters.
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
13
Drying characteristics
The quality index of a dried product were observed and in this terms following parameters
was calculated: dehydration ratio (), and rehydration ratio (). The is important
parameter to show the bulk reduction in the weight of dried sample (higher the , better the
quality of drying process). The is quality index for all dried product and higher the , better
the quality of product. Dehydration ratio was calculated by taking the weights of sample before
drying in gram () and weights of sample after drying in gram () (Kaur et al., 2008):
To express ability of the dried material to absorb water the was used, and estimated
according to method of Ranganna (2004). Approximately 5 g of dried samples of A. ursinum were
placed in a 100 ml distilled water and bring to boil within 3 min. After 5 min of mild boiling, the
mixture was cooled and then filtered under vacuum and weighed (mass of drained weight).
Rehydration ratio was calculated by taking the drained weight (g) of rehydrated sample (), and
the weight (g) of dry sample used for rehydration () (Lewicki, 1998):
Sample extract preparation
The extract from the leaves of A. ursinum was obtained by adding 2.5 g of fresh or dried leaf
powder to 25 mL of absolute methanol and stirring with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes. The
resulting mixture was stored in the dark at 4 °C for 24 hours and then filtered. The resulting extract
was stored at 4 °C until further analysis (Dewanto et al., 2002).
Determination of total phenolic content
The total phenolic content () was determined spectrophotometrically according to the
method Singleton et al. (1965) with gallic acid as standard. The 0.3 mL of the extract sample was
mixed with diluted (1:10) Folin reagent (1.5 mL) and mixed vigorously for three min. Then 6.0%
sodium carbonate solution (1.5 mL) was added and shaken. After standing for 90 minutes in dark
at room temperature, the absorbance was measured at 760 nm using a UV-VIS spectrophotometer
(Shimadzu, UV-1280, Germany). of fresh and dried leaves was expressed using the
calibration curve with gallic acid (0–500 μg/mL) as grammes of gallic acid equivalents (GAE)
per 100 gramme of dry matter (g GAE /100 g d.b.).
Determination of antioxidant activity
Antioxidant activity () of the extracts was measured according the Brand-Williams et al.
(1995) method based on using 2.2-diphenyl-1-picrylhydrazyl (DPPH). The reaction mixture was
prepared using 0.1 mL of extract and 3.9 mL of DPPH methanol solution (0.1 mM). The mixture
was shaken, left in the dark for 30 min, and absorbance was measured using the UV – VIS
spectrophotometer (Shimadzu, UV-1280, Germany) at 517 nm. The was expressed as the
percentage inhibition of the DPPH radical.
Statistical analysis
Each drying test was performed in triplicate and all analyses were performed in at least five
replicates, unless otherwise stated in a specific analysis. One-way analysis of variance (ANOVA)
and multiple comparison post-hoc Fisher LSD (least significant-difference) test were used to
evaluate the significant difference of the data at p < 0.05. Data were expressed as means ±standard
deviation. Statistica 14 from StatSoft was used for statistical analysis.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
14
Results and discussion
Determination of physicochemical characteristics
The results of the physicochemical properties of the leaves of A. ursinum are shown in
Table 1. It can be seen that the average values of dry matter, crude fat content, total acidity
and pH in the fresh leaf samples are 9.42, 8.84, 3.72, 0.90 and 5.50, respectively, and are in
agreement with the results of other studies (Blazewicz-Wozniak et al., 2011; Dyduch et al.,
2019).
Table 1
Physicochemical characteristics of fresh leaves of A. ursinum L.
Dry matter,
%
Ash content,%
Crude fat
content,
%
Tittratable acidity,
g acid/100 g plant
d.b.
pH
9.42±0.48
8.84±0.52
3.72±0.29
0.90±0.03
5.50±0.09
Results are expressed as mean ± standard deviation.
Colour degradation
Product colour is an important quality parameter that must be maintained during drying.
The leaves of the A. ursinum samples were dried at 40, 50, and 60 °C to the desired moisture
content. The colour of the samples was measured before (fresh) and after drying (dehydrated
and rehydrated). The effect of the different air temperatures on the colour characteristics of
the A. ursinum samples is shown in Figures 2–7.
Figure 2. Effect of drying air temperature on lightness () of fresh, dehydrated and rehydrated
A. ursinum leaves
The data are presented as the mean ± standard deviation. Bars with different letters are significantly
different (p < 0.05)
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
15
The colour of the leaves of A. ursinum was characterised by higher colour parameters
and of the dried plant material compared to fresh leaves. The value of hue angle
( was lower in the dried material than in the raw or rehydrated material. Significant
differences were observed in all analysed colour parameters between the fresh, dehydrated,
and rehydrated leaves of A. ursinum dried at different air temperatures. Adverse changes in
the colour of A. ursinum leaves are mainly due to the degradation of chlorophyll contained
in them. Chlorophyll content decreases with increasing temperature, process duration (Lin et
al., 2010; Krokida et al., 1998), and the presence of oxygen, leading to oxidation of the
unsaturated colour compounds contained in the material (Negi et al., 2001), which
contributes to unfavourable changes in the colour determinants of the dried material. Heating
at higher temperatures caused the colour of A. ursinum leaves to change from green to olive
brown, which is attributed to pheophytinization (Nido et al., 2003; Martins et al., 2002).
Figure 2 shows that the lightness () ranged from 22.59±0.06 to 36.89±0.14 regardless
of drying temperature, with the lowest values obtained for fresh samples (22.59±0.06) and
the highest for samples dried at 60 °C (36.89±0.14). The drying temperature had a significant
effect on the values of the dehydrated and rehydrated samples. The values increased
proportionally with the drying temperature. The values for the rehydrated samples were
lower compared to the dehydrated samples. Rudy et al. (2020) also reported decrease in
values after convection drying. A negative value represents a green colour, while a
positive value represents a red colour.
Figure 3. Effect of drying air temperature on colour parameter (redness – greenness) of
fresh, dehydrated and rehydrated A. ursinum leaves
The data are presented as the mean ± standard deviation. Bars with different letters are significantly
different (p < 0.05)
The results of chromatic component redness – greenness ( of A. ursinum leaves are
presented in Figure 3 where can it be seen that values ranged from -12.99±0.30 to
-5.21±0.14 regardless of drying temperature, with the lowest values obtained for fresh
samples (- 12.99±0.30) and the highest (-5.21±0.14) for samples dried at 60 °C. The green
colour is dominant in all samples, although the green hue is more pronounced in fresh and
rehydrated samples. The drying temperature had a significant effect on the values of the
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
16
dehydrated and rehydrated samples, and the values for the dehydrated samples were lower
compared to the rehydrated samples processed at the same temperature. Thus, the dehydrated
leaves showed a much lower intensity of green colour than the fresh leaves. This effect is
more pronounced at higher drying temperatures (60 °C) due to chlorophyll degradation
(Guine et al., 2012).
The results of chromatic component yellowness – blueness () of A. ursinum leaves are
presented in Figure 4 where can it be seen that values ranged from 14.78±0.19 to
21.10±0.13 regardless of drying temperature, with the lowest values obtained for fresh
samples (14.78±0.19) and the highest for dehydrated samples (21.10±0.13) dried at 60 °C.
The positive value, representing the yellow colour, increases significantly after drying and
rehydration. Arslan et al., (2010) reported similar results. There were statistically differences
between dehydrated and rehydrated samples. The values for the rehydrated samples were
smaller compared to the dehydrated samples processed at the same temperature.
Figure 4. Effect of drying air temperature on colour parameter (yellowness – blueness) of
fresh, dehydrated and rehydrated A. ursinum leaves
The data are presented as the mean ± standard deviation. Bars with different letters are significantly
different (p < 0.05)
The hue angle () values ranged from 103.87 ±0.31 to 131.30 ±0.99 regardless of drying
temperature (Figure 5), with the lowest values obtained for the samples dried at 60 °C
(103.87 ±0.31) and the highest for the fresh samples (125.10 ±0.13). The dried leaves of A.
ursinum had lower values than the raw material. There were statistical differences between
dehydrated and rehydrated samples, with drying resulting in a significant decrease in
values of the dried material. The values of the dehydrated samples were smaller compared
to the rehydrated samples processed at the same temperature. The hue angle of the dehydrated
sample decreased with increasing heating temperature. The decrease in hue angle
corresponds to a decrease in the intensity of the green and an increase in the yellow colour.
The decrease in hue angle in this study is consistent with the results reported by Lau et al.,
(2000) that prolonged heating of green vegetables leads to deterioration of chlorophyll
pigments and a change in colour from green to olive green.
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
17
Figure 5. Effect of drying air temperature on hue angle () of fresh, dehydrated and
rehydrated A. ursinum leaves
The data are presented as the mean ± standard deviation. Bars with different letters are significantly
different (p < 0.05)
The results of colour saturation ( of A. ursinum leaves are presented in Figure 6. It
can be seen that ranged from 18.12±0.18 to 21.72±0.15 regardless of drying temperature,
with the lowest values obtained for dehydrated samples dried at 40 °C (18.12±0.18) and
the highest at 60 °C (21.72±0.15). Increasing the temperature of the drying air resulted in an
increase in colour saturation during drying. There were no statistical differences between
dehydrated and rehydrated samples. The values for the rehydrated samples were smaller
compared to the dehydrated samples processed at the same temperature.
Total colour difference () is a colorimetric parameter used to estimate the colour
change of food during processing. Figure 7 shows that values ranged from 5.91±0.10
to 17.47±0.19 regardless of drying temperature, with the lowest values obtained for
rehydrated samples dried at 40 °C (11.60±0.01) and the highest for dehydrated samples dried
at 60 °C (17.47±0.19). There were statistical differences between dehydrated and rehydrated
samples. The values for the rehydrated samples were smaller compared to the
dehydrated samples processed at the same temperature. It is evident that drying at higher
temperature results in greater colour change (Kumar et al., 2004).
Total colour difference () is a colorimetric parameter used to estimate the colour
change of food during processing. Figure 7 shows that values ranged from 5.91±0.10
to 17.47±0.19 regardless of drying temperature, with the lowest values obtained for
rehydrated samples dried at 40 °C (11.60±0.01) and the highest for dehydrated samples dried
at 60 °C (17.47±0.19). There were statistical differences between dehydrated and rehydrated
samples. The values for the rehydrated samples were smaller compared to the
dehydrated samples processed at the same temperature. It is evident that drying at higher
temperature results in greater colour change (Kumar et al., 2004).
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
18
Figure 6. Effect of drying air temperature on chroma () of fresh, dehydrated and rehydrated
A. ursinum leaves
(The data are presented as the mean ±standard deviation. Bars with different letters are significantly
different (p < 0.05))
Figure 7. Effect of drying air temperature on colour difference () of fresh, dehydrated and
rehydrated A. ursinum leaves
The data are presented as the mean ± standard deviation. Bars with different letters are significantly
different (p < 0.05)
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
19
Dehydration and rehydration ability
The rehydration properties of a dry product are often used as an indicator of the quality
of a dry product. Rehydration is a complex process that is influenced by both the physical
and chemical changes associated with drying and the treatments that precede dehydration.
Figure 8 shows the degree of dehydration and rehydration of A. ursinum leaves depending
on the different temperatures of the drying air of the samples.
The dehydration ratio () indicates the weight loss of the dried product, with high
values indicating a better drying process. The values of at different drying air
temperatures are shown in Figure 8. The values of differed significantly between the
different drying air temperatures. It varies between 5.45 ±0.184 and 6.65 ±0.041 and
increases with increasing drying air temperature from 40 to 60 °C.
Rehydration is a method of analysing dried products. The rehydration ratio ()
indicates the physical and chemical changes during drying, which are influenced by the
processing conditions and the composition of the samples. The values (Figure 8) differed
significantly between the different drying air temperatures and ranged from 4.09 ±0.083 to
6.20 ±0.104. It was found that the of the samples dried at higher temperatures gave the
highest rehydration. A high value means that the dried product is of good quality as the
pores allow water to re-enter the cells.
Drying temperatures had a statistically significant effect on the dehydration and
rehydration capacity of the dried A. ursinum leaves. The higher the drying temperature, the
higher the degree of dehydration and rehydration of the A. ursinum leaves. Sahoo et al. (2015)
and Ozgur et al. (2011) made similar observations. The drying process leads to changes in
the permeability of the cell walls, loss of osmotic pressure and migration of solutes, which
affects the rehydration ratio (Sharma et al., 2005). The less elastic cell walls and the reduced
water binding capacity of proteins and starch reduce the rehydration ratio of the products, but
this phenomenon is significantly reduced by optimising the drying process and the negative
factors associated with cell rehydration are reduced (Kumar et al., 2004).
Figure 8. Effect of drying temperature on dehydration (DR) and rehydration (RR) ratio of dried
leaves of Allium ursinum.
The data are presented as the mean ± standard deviation. Bars with different letters are significantly
different (p < 0.05)
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
20
Total phenolic content and antioxidant activity of A. ursinum
Drying is one of the oldest techniques for preserving food for later use. In this technique,
water is removed to reduce water activity, which reduces bacterial activity in the dried food.
In addition to the safety of food during preservation, many researchers have focused on the
changes in phytochemicals during drying or dehydration. The degradation of phenolic
compounds is mainly caused by oxidation, cleavage of covalent bonds or enhanced oxidation
reactions due to thermal processing (Nicoli et al., 1999). Phytochemicals such as phenolic
acid and flavonoids, which occur in fruits, vegetables and cereals in free and bound forms,
are degraded or change their structural form during thermal and non-thermal processing. As
processing progresses, naturally occurring antioxidants are degraded and new compounds
with potential antioxidant activity are formed. Food processing involves heating with various
energy transfer media such as water, air, oil and electromagnetic waves. Food processing
involves various transformations of phenols that produce yellowish or brownish pigments
(Clifford, 2000). The most important phenols in onions are quercetin, gallic acid, ferulic acid
and their glycosides (Nitta et. al, 2007). Total phenolic content () was assessed in both
fresh and dried leaves to compare the effects of different drying conditions on the change in
. The results are shown in Figure 9.
Figure 9. Total phenolic content of dried leaves of Allium ursinum.
The data are presented as the mean ± standard deviation. Bars with different letters are significantly
different (p < 0.05)
The dried material of A. ursinum leaves obtained by convection drying was characterised
by a decrease in , which could be due to the degradation of phenolic compounds by
drying (Lim et al., 2007). The of the samples studied varied from 1.57 ±0.041 to
1.74 ±0.038 g GAE / 100 g dry weight. The highest contents of total polyphenols were found
in the fresh samples and the lowest polyphenol contents in the samples dried at 60 °C. The
dried material obtained after different drying air temperatures (40, 50 or 60 °C) differed
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
21
significantly in content. Furthermore, the loss of this component was significantly
different in the dried material compared to the raw material. The content was lower at
60 °C than at the other two drying temperatures. The increase in drying air temperature during
convection drying contributed to a decrease in in the dried A. ursinum leaves. Physical
and biological factors such as temperature increase and enzymatic activity can lead to the
destruction of phenolic antioxidants such as phenolic acids and anthocyanins. According to
Korus (2011), hot drying air promotes the oxidation of polyphenols by the oxygen absorbed
by the convection drying air. The loss of polyphenol content is also attributed to their use as
reactants in the Maillard reaction (Nicoli et al., 1999). Martin-Cabrejas et al. (2009) have
reported that the reduction in content could also be due to the binding of polyphenols to
other compounds or to changes in their chemical structure after heat treatment. These changes
prevent their extraction and determination with the methods used.
From the results of the antioxidant activity () of the dried plant material, it can be
concluded that convection drying has an influence on the reduction of (Figure 10).
Drying of A. ursinum leaves resulted in a decrease in of the dried material, regardless
of the drying temperature used, compared to the raw plant material (88.4%). Across the range
of measurements, the samples dried at lower temperatures had the higher value of AOA,
while the higher drying temperatures resulted in a greater decrease in the antioxidant potential
of the dried plant material (53.3, 45.3 and 40.7% at drying temperatures of 40, 50 and 60 °C,
respectively).
Figure 10. The antioxidant activity of leaves of Allium ursinum.
The data are presented as the mean ±standard deviation. Bars with different letters are significantly
different (p < 0.05)
Antioxidant phytochemicals in plants can be broadly classified as carotenoids, phenols,
alkaloids, nitrogenous compounds and organosulphur compounds (Liu, 2004). Antioxidant
activity correlates with the presence of phytochemicals such as phenols, flavonoids and
anthocyanins in food (Sun et al., 2002). Therefore, evaluating food processing operations that
affect antioxidant activity in processed foods is critical to optimising conditions to increase
or maintain their availability and functionality. Some authors report that antioxidant activity
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
22
increases or is maintained in processed foods, which may be due to the development of new
compounds with potential antioxidant capacity, although the content of naturally occurring
antioxidants has decreased significantly due to heat treatment. (Anese et al., 1999; Nicoli et
al., 1997; 1999).
Conclusion
1. The colour of the samples was measured using a non-destructive method on fresh,
dehydrated and rehydrated plant material, and significant differences were found in
all the colour parameters analysed. It is evident that drying at a higher temperature
leads to a greater change in colour. Thus, the dried leaves showed a much lower
intensity of green colour than the fresh leaves. This effect is more pronounced at
higher drying temperatures (60 °C) due to chlorophyll degradation.
2. Drying temperatures had a statistically significant effect on the dehydration and
rehydration capacity of the dried A. ursinum leaves. The higher the drying
temperature, the higher the degree of dehydration and rehydration (the pores of the
dried food allow water to re-enter the cells). Convection air drying results in
considerable moisture removal from the fresh leaves of A. ursinum (more than 91%),
but the organoleptic quality of the A. ursinum leaves is maintained.
3. The drying conditions tested had a significant effect on the total phenolic content and
antioxidant activity of A. ursinum leaves. An increase in temperature during drying
decreased the total polyphenol content in the dried A. ursinum leaves.
4. Across the range of measurements, the samples dried at lower temperatures had the
higher antioxidant capacity, while the higher drying temperatures resulted in a greater
decrease in the antioxidant potential of the dried plant material.
5. A. ursinum is considered one of the functional foods for human consumption due to
its high nutritional value and prophylactic or therapeutic effects on various diseases.
To obtain a high quality dried product, the drying process should ensure a quality
comparable to fresh vegetables.
References
Anese M., Manzocco L., Nicoli M.C., Lerici C.R. (1999), Antioxidant properties of tomato
juice as affected by heating, Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture, 79(5), pp.
750–754, DOI: 10.1002/(sici)1097-0010(199904)79:5<750::aid-jsfa247>3.0.co;2-a
AOAC (2000) Official Methods of Analysis. 17th Edition, The Association of Official
Analytical Chemists, Gaithersburg, MD, USA.
Aravindakshan S., Nguyen T.H.A., Kyomugasho C., Buvé C., Dewettinck K., Van Loey A.,
Hendrickx M.E. (2021), The Impact of Drying and Rehydration on the Structural
Properties and Quality Attributes of Pre-Cooked Dried Beans, Foods, 10(7), 1665, DOI:
10.3390/foods10071665
Arslan D., Musa Özcan M. (2010), Study the effect of sun, oven and microwave drying on
quality of onion slices, LWT – Food Science and Technology, 43(7), pp. 1121–1127,
DOI: 10.1016/j.lwt.2010.02.019
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
23
Blazewicz-Wozniak M., Michowska A. (2011), The growth, flowering and chemical
composition of leaves of three ecotypes of Allium ursinum L., Acta Agrobot, 64(4), pp.
171–180, DOI: 10.5586/aa.2011.058
Brand-Williams W., Cuvelier M.E., Berset C. (1995), Use of a free radical method to evaluate
antioxidant activity, LWT – Food Science and Technology, 28(1), 25–30, DOI:
10.1016/s0023-6438(95)80008-5
Clifford M.N. (2000), Anthocyanins – nature, occurrence and dietary burden, Journal of the
Science of Food and Agriculture, 80(7), pp. 1063–1072, DOI: 10.1002/(sici)1097-
0010(20000515)80:7<1063::aid-jsfa605>3.0.co;2-q
Dewanto V., Wu X., Adom K.K., Liu R.H. (2002), Thermal processing enhances the
nutritional value of tomatoes by increasing total antioxidant activity, Journal of
Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 50(10), pp. 3010–3014, DOI: 10.1021/jf0115589
Dini I., Tenore G.C., Dini A. (2008), Chemical composition, nutritional value and antioxidant
properties of Allium caepa L. var. tropeana (red onion) seeds, Food Chemistry, 107(2),
pp. 613–621, DOI: 10.1016/j.foodchem.2007.08.053 10.1016/j.foodchem.2007.08.053
Dyduch J., Najda A. (2011), Estimation of the biological value of winter garlic leaves from
early cultivation on bunch crop. Part II. Plants grown from planting air bulbs, Electronic
Journal of Polish Agricultural Universities, 3(2), Available at:
http://www.ejpau.media.pl/volume3/issue2/horticulture/art-05.html
Gawlik-Dziki U., Kaszuba K., Piwowarczyk K., Świeca M., Dziki D., Czyż J. (2015), Onion
skin – raw material for the production of supplement that enhances the health-beneficial
properties of wheat bread, Food Research International, 73, pp. 97–106, DOI:
10.1016/j.foodres.2015.02.008
Gitin L., Dinica R., Parnavel R. (2012), The Influence of extraction method on the apparent
content of bioactive compounds in Romanian Allium spp. leaves, Notulae Botanicae
Horti Agrobotanici Cluj-Napoca, 40(1), pp. 93-97, DOI: 10.15835/nbha4017212
Gođevac D., Vujisić L., Mojović M., Ignjatović A., Spasojević I., Vajs V. (2008), Evaluation
of antioxidant capacity of Allium ursinum L. volatile oil and its effect on membrane
fluidity, Food Chemistry, 107(4), pp. 1692–1700, DOI:
10.1016/j.foodchem.2007.10.017
Guiné R.P.F., Barroca M.J. (2012), Effect of drying treatments on texture and color of
vegetables (pumpkin and green pepper), Food and Bioproducts Processing, 90(1), pp.
58–63, DOI: 10.1016/j.fbp.2011.01.003
Hanen N., Fattouch S., Ammar E., Neffati M. (2012), Allium species, ancient health food for
the future? In: Valdez B. ed., Scientific, Health and Social Aspects of the Food Industry.
IntechOpen, DOI: 10.5772/30924
Kaur A., Kaur D., Oberoi D.P.S., Gill B.S., Sogi D.S. (2008), Effect of dehydration on
physicochemical properties of mustard, mint and spinach, Journal of Food Processing
and Preservation, 32(1), pp. 103–116, DOI: 10.1111/j.1745-4549.2007.00168.x
Kim J.S., Kang O.J., Gweon O.C. (2013), Comparison of phenolic acids and flavonoids in
black garlic at different thermal processing steps, Journal of Functional Foods, 5(1),
pp. 80–86, DOI: 10.1016/j.jff.2012.08.006
Korus A. (2011), Effect of preliminary processing, method of drying and storage temperature
on the level of antioxidants in kale (Brassica oleracea L. var. acephala) leaves, LWT –
Food Science and Technology, 44(8), pp. 1711–1716, DOI: 10.1016/j.lwt.2011.03.014
Krokida M.K., Tsami E., Maroulis Z.B. (1998), Kinetics on color changes during drying of
some fruits and vegetables, Drying Technology, 16(3-5), pp. 667–685, DOI:
10.1080/07373939808917429
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
24
Kumar H.S.P., Nagaraju P.K., Radhakrishna K., Bawa A.S. (2004), Effect of dehydration
techniques on the quality of onion slices, Journal of Food Science and Technology –
Mysore, 2004 41(4), pp-397–400.
Lachowicz S., Kolniak-Ostek J., Oszmiański J., Wiśniewski R. (2016), Influence of maturity
on the content of phenolic compounds of Alium ursinum L., Journal of Food Processing
and Preservation, 41(1), e13089, DOI: 10.1111/jfpp.13089
Lau M., Tang J., Swanson B. (2000), Kinetics of textural and color changes in green
asparagus during thermal treatments, Journal of Food Engineering, 45(4), pp. 231–236,
DOI: 10.1016/s0260-8774(00)00069-8
Lewicki P.P. (1998), Some remarks on rehydration of dried foods, Journal of Food
Engineering, 36(1), pp. 81–87, DOI: 10.1016/s0260-8774(98)00022-3
Lim Y.Y., Murtijaya J. (2007), Antioxidant properties of Phyllanthus amarus extracts as
affected by different drying methods, LWT – Food Science and Technology, 40(9), pp.
1664–1669, DOI: 10.1016/j.lwt.2006.12.013
Lin X., Zhang L., Lei H., Zhang H., Cheng Y., Zhu R., Ruan R. (2010), Effect of drying
technologies on quality of green tea, International Agricultural Engineering Journal,
19(3), pp. 30-37.
Liu R.H. (2004), Potential synergy of phytochemicals in cancer prevention: Mechanism of
action, The Journal of Nutrition, 134(12), pp. 3479S–3485S, DOI:
10.1093/jn/134.12.3479s
López Camelo A.F., Gómez P.A. (2004), Comparison of color indexes for tomato ripening,
Horticultura Brasileira, 22(3), pp. 534–537, DOI: 10.1590/s0102-05362004000300006
Lozano J.E., Ibarz A. (1997), Colour changes in concentrated fruit pulp during heating at
high temperatures, Journal of Food Engineering, 31(3), pp. 365–373, DOI:
10.1016/s0260-8774(96)00079-9
Lu X., Wang J., Al-Qadiri H.M., Ross C.F., Powers J.R., Tang J., Rasco B.A. (2011),
Determination of total phenolic content and antioxidant capacity of onion (Allium cepa)
and shallot (Allium oschaninii) using infrared spectroscopy, Food Chemistry, 129(2),
pp. 637–644, DOI: 10.1016/j.foodchem.2011.04.105
Madhava Naidu M., Vedashree M., Satapathy P., Khanum H., Ramsamy R., Hebbar H.U.
(2016), Effect of drying methods on the quality characteristics of dill (Anethum
graveolens) greens, Food Chemistry, 192, pp. 849–856, DOI:
10.1016/j.foodchem.2015.07.076
Martín-Cabrejas M.A., Aguilera Y., Pedrosa M.M., Cuadrado C., Hernández T., Díaz S.,
Esteban R.M. (2009), The impact of dehydration process on antinutrients and protein
digestibility of some legume flours, Food Chemistry, 114(3), pp. 1063–1068, DOI:
10.1016/j.foodchem.2008.10.070
Martins R.C., Silva C.L.M. (2002), Modelling colour and chlorophyll losses of frozen green
beans (Phaseolus vulgaris, L.), International Journal of Refrigeration, 25(7), pp. 966–
974, DOI: 10.1016/s0140-7007(01)00050-0
Maskan M. (2001), Kinetics of colour change of kiwifruits during hot air and microwave
drying, Journal of Food Engineering, 48, pp. 169–175, DOI: 10.1016/S0260-
8774(00)00154-0
Negi P., Roy S. (2001), Effect of drying conditions on quality of green leaves during long
term storage, Food Research International, 34(4), pp. 283–287, DOI: 10.1016/s0963-
9969(00)00165-4
Nicoli M., Anese M., Parpinel M. (1999), Influence of processing on the antioxidant
properties of fruit and vegetables, Trends in Food Science & Technology, 10(3), pp. 94–
100, DOI: 10.1016/s0924-2244(99)00023-0
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
25
Nicoli M.C., Anese M., Parpinel M.T., Franceschi S., Lerici C.R. (1997), Loss and/or
formation of antioxidants during food processing and storage, Cancer Letters, 114(1-
2), pp. 71–74, DOI: 10.1016/s0304-3835(97)04628-4
Nindo C., Sun T., Wang,S., Tang J., Powers J. (2003), Evaluation of drying technologies for
retention of physical quality and antioxidants in asparagus (Asparagus officinalis, L.),
LWT – Food Science and Technology, 36(5), pp. 507–516, DOI: 10.1016/s0023-
6438(03)00046-x
Nitta Y., Kikuzaki H., Ueno H. (2007), Food components inhibiting recombinant human
histidine decarboxylase activity, Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 55(2),
pp. 299–304, DOI: 10.1021/jf062392k
Oborny B., Botta-Dukát Z., Rudolf K., Morschhauser T. (2011), Population ecology of
Allium ursinum, a space-monopolizing clonal plant, Acta Botanica Hungarica, 53(3-4),
pp. 371–388, DOI: 10.1556/abot.53.2011.3-4.18
Ozgur M., Akpinar-Bayizit A., Ozcan T., Yilmaz-Ersan L. (2011), Effect of dehydration on
several physico-chemical properties and the antioxidant activity of leeks (Allium
porrum L.), Notulae Botanicae Horti Agrobotanici Cluj-Napoca, 39(1), 144, DOI:
10.15835/nbha3915861
Özkan-Karabacak A., Özcan-Sinir G., Çopur O.U. (2018), Effects of drying methods on the
composition of volatile compounds in fruits and vegetables. In: Siegmund B. & Leitner
E. eds., Flavour Science, Verlag der Technischen Universität Graz.
Pârvu M., Pârvu A.E., Vlase L., Rosca-Casian O., Pârvu O. (2011), Antifungal properties of
Allium ursinum L. ethanol extract, Journal of Medicinal Plants Research, 5(10), pp.
2041-2046.
Ranganna S. (2004), Handbook of analysis and quality control for fruit and vegetable
products, 2nd ed. Tata McGraw-Hill. New Delhi.
Razak N.A., Shaari A.R., Jolkili M., Leng L.Y. (2016), Drying curves and colour changes of
Cassia Alata leaves at different temperatures. In Proceedings of the MATEC Web of
Conferences, Phuket, Thailand, 1-2 May 2016; EDP Science, 78, pp. 1020, DOI:
10.1051/matecconf/20167801020.
Rola K. (2012), Taxonomy and distribution of Allium ursinum (Liliaceae) in Poland and
adjacent countries, Biologia, 67(6), pp. 1080–1087, DOI: 10.2478/s11756-012-0101-2
Roldán-Marín E., Sánchez-Moreno C., Lloría R., de Ancos B., Cano M.P. (2009), Onion
high-pressure processing: Flavonol content and antioxidant activity, LWT – Food
Science and Technology, 42(4), pp. 835–841, DOI: 10.1016/j.lwt.2008.11.013
Roshanak S., Rahimmalek M., Goli S.A.H. (2015), Evaluation of seven different drying
treatments in respect to total flavonoid, phenolic, vitamin C content, chlorophyll,
antioxidant activity and color of green tea (Camellia sinensis or C. assamica) leaves,
Journal of Food Science and Technology, 53(1), 721–729, DOI: 10.1007/s13197-015-
2030-x
Roy Choudhury A.K. (2015), Colour-difference assessment. In: Principles of Colour
and Appearance Measurement, Volume 2: Visual Measurement of Colour, Colour
Comparison and Management, Woodhead Publishing. doi.org/10.1016/C2014-0-
01832-1
Rudy S., Dziki D., Biernacka B., Krzykowski A., Rudy M., Gawlik-Dziki U., Kachel M.
(2020), Drying characteristics of Dracocephalum moldavica leaves: Drying kinetics
and physicochemical properties, Processes, 8(5), pp. 509, DOI: 10.3390/pr8050509
Sahoo N.R., Bal L.M., Pal U.S., Sahoo D. (2015), Impact of pretreatment and drying methods
on quality attributes of onion shreds, Food Technology and Biotechnology, 53(1), pp.
57–65, DOI: 10.17113/ftb.53.01.15.3598
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
26
Sengupta A., Ghosh S., Bhattacharjee S. (2004), Allium vegetables in cancer prevention: an
overview, Asian Pacific Journal of Cancer Prevention, 5(3), pp. 237–245
Sharma G.P., Verma R.C., Pathare, P.B. (2005), Thin-layer infrared radiation drying of onion
slices, Journal of Food Engineering, 67(3), pp. 361–366, DOI:
10.1016/j.jfoodeng.2004.05.002
Singleton V.L., Rossi J.A. (1965), Colorimetry of total phenolics with phosphomolybdic-
phosphotungstic acid reagents, American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 16, pp.
144–158.
Sobolewska D., Podolak I., Makowska-Wąs J. (2013), Allium ursinum: botanical,
phytochemical and pharmacological overview, Phytochemistry Reviews, 14(1), pp. 81–
97, DOI: 10.1007/s11101-013-9334-0
Sun J., Chu Y.F., Wu X., Liu R.H. (2002), Antioxidant and antiproliferative activities of
common fruits, Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 50(25), pp. 7449–7454,
DOI: 10.1021/jf0207530
Telfser A., Galindo F.G. (2019), Effect of reversible permeabilization in combination with
different drying methods on the structure and sensorial quality of dried basil (Ocimum
basilicum L.) leaves, LWT – Food Science and Technology, 99, pp.148–155, DOI:
10.1016/j.lwt.2018.09.062
Tutin T.G. (1957), Allium Ursinum L., The Journal of Ecology, 45(3), pp. 1003–1010, DOI:
10.2307/2256973
Viscarra Rossel R.A., Minasny B., Roudier P., McBratney A.B. (2006), Colour space models
for soil science, Geoderma, 133(3–4), pp. 320–337, DOI:
10.1016/j.geoderma.2005.07.017
Westland S. (2016), The CIE system. In: Handbook of Visual Display Technology. Springer,
DOI: 0.1007/978-3-319-14346-0_11.
Zhang M., De Baerdemaeker J., Schrevens E. (2003), Effects of different varieties and shelf
storage conditions of chicory on deteriorative color changes using digital image
processing and analysis, Food Research International, 36(7) pp. 669–676, DOI:
10.1016/s0963-9969(03)00015-2
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
27
Aromatic profile of Macedonian and Bulgarian red wines
from local variety Vranec and hybrid variety Kaylashki
Rubin
Dimitar Dimitrov1, Dushko Nedelkovski2
1 – Agricultural Academy, Institute of Viticulture and Enology, Pleven, Bulgaria
2 – Institute of Agriculture, Department of Viticulture, Skopje, North Macedonia
Keywords:
Red wines
Vranec
Kaylashki Rubin
Grapevine
Esters
Higher alcohols
Abstract
Introduction. The aim of the present study was to define
the aromatic profile of Bulgarian and Macedonian red wines
obtained from the local variety Vranec and the hybrid variety
Kaylashki Rubin.
Materials and methods. Gas chromatographic (GC-
MS) study to define the aromatic profile of red wines from
the local variety Vranec (grown in the Republic of
Macedonia) and the hybrid variety Kaylashki Rubin (grown
in the Republic of Bulgaria) was conducted.
Results and discussion. 1-pentanol was dominated in
the fraction of higher alcohols in both wines. Other aroma
compounds identified were 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-
butanol, 1-hexanol, and 3-methylthio -1-propanol. The wine
of the Vranec variety showed greater complexity in terms of
this fraction, as in it 3-hexen-1-ol was identified, which was
not present in the wine of Kaylashki Rubin. High amount of
the aromatic alcohol – phenylethanol – was identified in both
wines. This compound had great importance for their floral
aroma. The ester fraction of the two wines was diverse,
represented by isopentyl acetate, ethyl caprylate, ethyl
hexanoate, ethyl decanoate and diethyl malate. The Vranec
wine showed greater ester complexity, as in it two more ester
representatives were identified – ethyl-2-hydrobutyrate and
2-hydroxy-3-methyl-diethyl ester. In both wines, one fatty
acid was identified – heptanoic acid, in very low
concentrations. According to the panelist both wines were
very harmonious in their own way and had their typical notes
as expected for the both varieties. In overall, the descriptive
analyses confirmed the components determined by the GC-
MS and gave a clear view about the aroma profile of both
varieties.
Conclusions. Both wines showed a diverse, balanced
aromatic profile, each of which, based on the peculiarities of
its volatile composition. Meanwhile, each wine had
individual aromatic properties.
Article history:
Received 19.09.2021
Received in revised
form 21.12.2021
Accepted 31.03.2022
Corresponding
author:
Dimitar Dimitrov
E-mail:
dimitar_robertov@
abv.bg
DOI: 10.24263/2304-
974X-2022-11-1-5
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
28
Introduction
The aromatic profile of the wines is a descriptor for their quality. It is determined by
the presence, concentrations, ratio and distribution of specific volatile compounds.
Vranec is the main variety for the production of red wines in R. N. Macedonia. It is also
widespread in Montenegro, Serbia, Croatia and Bosnia and Herzegovina. The variety was
brought to R. Macedonia in the distant 1950 by prof. Dragan Nastev in the experimental
vineyard of the Institute of Agriculture in Skopje (Nastev, 1985). Nowadays, the Vranec
variety is one of the main red grapevine varieties used for the production of quality red wines
in the Republic of Macedonia. It occupies the largest share of vineyards in the Republic.
Ivanova et al. (2013) studied the volatile composition of Macedonian and Hungarian wines.
In this study the team found a total amount of volatile compounds of 41.318 ±56.30 µg/dm3
in the red wine from the Vranec grapevine variety. The ester fraction of this wine had a total
quantitative presence of 2631±21.90 µg/dm3. The team did not establish the presence of
terpenes in the studied wine. Bogoeva et al. (2018) studied the influence of different
oenological practices on the aromatic composition of wines from Vranec. They identified 63
aromatic compounds from different volatile groups: esters, alcohols, fatty acids, aldehydes,
ketones and sulfur compounds.
Kaylashki Rubin variety is an interspecific hybrid obtained by crossing of (Pamid x
Hybrid VI 2/15) x (Game noir x Vitis amurensis). It was created by the scientists of the
Institute of Viticulture and Enology, Bulgaria in 2009 and was patented in 2010 (Ivanov,
2016). It is characterized by high resistance to low winter temperatures. In Bulgaria, the
aromatic profile of wines from this variety have been studied, mainly by the GC-FID method
or classical chemical analysis, which provides information on components, in larger
quantities (mg/dm3). A study (Dimitrov et al., 2018) on the aromatic profile of red wines of
several varieties grown in the region of Central Northern Bulgaria found high total final
concentrations of volatile compounds in red wine of the variety Kaylashki Rubin (693.97
mg/dm3). The study identified 4 higher alcohols, 5 esters, 1 aldehyde and 3 terpene alcohols
in the wine of Kaylashki Rubin. Yoncheva et al. (2016) conducted a technological study of
some varieties and clones of vines. The study also includes Kaylashki Rubin. It was
concluded that the wines of Kaylashki Rubin are characterized by the highest concentration
of total esters and aldehydes. Yoncheva et al. (2019) in a study on the chemical composition
of Bulgarian wines of hybrid varieties found a total concentration of esters, aldehydes and
higher alcohols in wines of Kaylashki Rubin respectively 228.80 mg/dm3, 46.20 mg/dm3 and
314.00 mg/dm3. Dimitrov and Iliev (2021) studied the influence of different vine rootstocks
on the volatile composition of wines from Kaylashki Rubin from three harvests (2017, 2018
and 2019). The team established a diverse volatile composition, represented mainly by 2-
methyl-1-butanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, 1-butanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-
propanol, 2-butanol (higher alcohols fraction), ethyl acetate (esters fraction), geraniol
(terpenes fraction).The application of the GC-MS method in the present study provides a new
information on the aromatic profile, identifying components of the aromatic composition in
minor concentrations (μg/dm3). This will enrich the scientific literature and provide new data
on the potential of the variety to accumulate aromatic components in its wines, reflecting its
qualities. Study was focused on identification and quantification of volatile compounds
(quality wine descriptor) from the main aromatic groups, that were established in a lot of
wine studies worldwide: esters, higher alcohols, aldehydes, terpenes, fatty acids (Bakharev
et al., 2021; Itu et al., 2011; Kim et al., 2018; Manolache et al., 2018; Mateo et al., 2000;
Meng et al., 2011; Nan et al., 2021; Rapp et al., 1986; Rusjan et al., 2008; Tardea, 2007;
Tomasino et al., 2020; Yankov et al., 2000).
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
29
The aim of the present study was to define the aromatic profile of Bulgarian and
Macedonian red wines obtained from the local variety Vranec and the hybrid variety
Kaylashki Rubin. The significance of the purpose is based on the fact that the data obtained
from the study will provide information on the characteristics of the qualities of regional
wines (terroir influence) obtained from varieties with different genetic origin.
Materials and methods
Grapevine varieties
The study was conducted in 2017. The wines were obtained from two red grapevine
varieties (Vranec and Kaylashki Rubin) form harvest 2016, different by their genetic origin
and grown in two different locations – R. Macedonia and R. Bulgaria.
Climatic conditions of the area of cultivation
The vines of the Vranec variety used for this study were grown in the region of Veles.
According to Nedelkovski (2017) this region is characterized by a typical continental climate
with the following indicators: temperature sum during the vegetation period – 4626.5– 4942.6
°С; the average monthly temperature during the vegetation period is 18.1 °С; the min.
temperature -12.9 °С and maximum temperature is 40.7 °С; duration of the vegetation period
bud break to harvest 142–157 days; beginning of vegetation – 12.04 to 22.04; frequency of
spring frosts up to 10%; annual precipitation amount – 355–663 mm/dm3.
The experimental vines of the Kaylashki Rubin variety were grown in the Experimental
Base of Institute of Viticulture and Enology (IVE) – Pleven, Bulgaria. The region of the town
of Pleven is characterized by a typical continental climate with the following indicators:
temperature sum during the vegetation period – 3130–4003 °С; duration of the vegetation
period – 190–210 days; duration of frost-free period – 178–223 days; beginning of vegetation
– 02.04 to 14.04; frequency of spring frosts up to 20%; annual precipitation amount – 532–
753 mm/dm3 (Katerov et al., 1990; Pandeliev et al., 2005).
Vinification
The Vranec grapes were harvested at technological grape maturity and processed in the
experimental wine cellar of the Institute of Agriculture – Skopje. The production of the wines
was carried out according to the classic scheme for production of red dry wines: Hand
harvesting of the grapes → Crushing and destemming of the grapes → Adding 50 mg/dm3
SO2 → Inoculation of wine yeast (Saccharomyces cerevisiae) → Fermentation for 12 days
at temperature 22±3 ºC → Raking → Wine filtration → Bottling → Storage.
The Kaylashki Rubin grapes were harvested after reaching of technological maturity,
in the amount of 30 kg, and processed in the Experimental Wine Cellar of Institute of
Viticulture and Enology – Pleven, in the conditions of microvinification, following the classic
scheme for the red dry wines production: Crushing and destemming → Sulphitation (50
mg/kg SO2) → Inoculation with pure culture dry yeasts Saccharomyces cerevisiae Siha
Rubio Cru (EATON Begerow) –20 g/100 L→ Fermentation (temperature of fermentation
– 28 °C) → Separation from solids → Further sulphitation → Storage (Yankov, 1992).
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
30
Chemicals and reagents
For the extraction of volatile components in the wine samples, dichloromethane was
used, purchased by Sigma Aldrich (USA); Reference standard diethyl succinate, 2-phenyl
ethanol, ethyl hexanoate, 1-hexanol, 1-heptanol purchased by Merck (Germany); Isoamyl
acetate, purchased from Aldrich Chemicals (USA); The 1-octanol used as an internal
standard was purchased from Sigma Aldrich (USA).
Extraction procedure and gas chromatography (GC-MS) analysis
The volatile components were extracted by liquid-liquid extraction (Ivanova et al.,
2012). We transfer 50 ml of the wine sample in 500 ml Erlenmeyer flask and add 50 ml of
the extragent (dichloromethane), as internal standard 25 µl 1-octanol was added. The
Erlenmayer flask was sealed and was placed on a magnetic stirrer for 1 hour. After one hour
the mixture was centrifuged at 3000 rpm for 10 min. The separated dichloromethane phase
was then evaporated under a stream of nitrogen until dryness. Then the evaporated sample
was rehydrated with 100 µl of dichloromethane and it was injected into the GC-MS. The gas
chromatograph used was Varian 3900 (Middelburg, The Netherlands). The mass
spectrometer was Varian Saturn 2100T (Middelburg, The Netherlands). Parameters of gas
chromatographic determination were: injector temperature – 240 °C, MS source – 230 °C,
MS quad from 150 °C and 280 °C transfer line. The initial temperature was 40 °C for 3 min
and then rises to 180 °C at a level of 3 °C/min. The temperature then rose further to 260 °C
at 20 °C/min and hold at 260 °C for 10 min. The carrier gas was He with flow rate 1.5 ml/min.
Sensory evaluation
The sensory evaluation of both wines was performed by the descriptive method
described by Mario Ubini (2004). The wine panelists (4 experts in the field of enology) first
had to degustate both wines and then purpose descriptors that will describe both the aroma
and taste of the analyzed wines. Four panelists were involved in the analysis. According to
them 11 descriptors were proposed to describe these wines: red fruits, black fruits, flower
aromas, herbal aromas, acidity, astringency, structure, harmony, typicity, bitterness and
body.
Statistical analysis
Statistical analysis of the analyzed parameters between the two wine samples was
performed with the computer statistical program SPSS 14.0. For the comparison of the results
Pater Samples Statistic of T-Test was performed with significant differences of 0.05.
Results and discussion
The data on the quantitative presence of volatile compounds are presented in Table 1.
The results were statistically analyzed with the statistical tool T-test guided by the fact that
we wanted to make a comparison of each aromatic component between the examined wines.
According to the statistical test statistical proven differences were found for aroma
components like 1-propanol, 1,5-hexadien-3-ol, 1-pentanol, 2-propanol, 1-hexanol, 2,3-
butanediol, ethyl decanoate, diethyl succinate, and 3-(methylthio)-1-propanol. For the
phenylethanol in all samples statistical differences was not proven.
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
31
Table 1
Identified volatile compounds in red wines of local variety Vranec and hybrid variety Kaylashki
Rubin
T-test with statistically significant difference (p < 0.05)
Volatile
compounds
Aromatic
descriptor
Kaylashki
Rubin,
µg/dm3
Vranec,
µg/dm3
T-Test
Sig.
1-Propanol
905.32
±5.66
700.96
±12.05
55.436
.000
1,5-hexadien-3-ol
9972.91
±74.91
4747.42
±59.59
590.592
.000
Isoamylacetate
Banana
105.33
±13.76
120.49
±9.41
-6.034
.026
1-Butanol
Medical,
Alcohol
460.35
±14.65
452.08
±13.00
8.681
.013
1-Pentanol
Flowery
23519.08
±288.9
11968.72
±208.7
249.386
.000
ethyl hexanoate
Green apple,
strawberry
178.38
±13.35
185.41
±14.00
-18.887
.003
2-Propanol
1078.90
±78.91
668.48
±30.35
14.639
.005
1-Hexanol
Green,
Grassy
1076.30
±66.54
1300.63
±49.42
-22.693
.002
3-hexеn-1-ol
Green,
Flowery
ND
134.04
±15.65
Ethyl caprylate
Pineaple,
Pear, flowery
202.95
±14.42
233.48
±13.81
-86.703
.000
Ethyl -2-
hydroxibytirate
ND
124.16
±13.08
2,3-Butanediol
Butter,
Creamy
1152.06
±46.25
934.93
±26.19
18.748
.003
1-Octanol (IS)
1397.86
±30.25
1447.41
±39.33
Ethyl decanoate
Vegetable,
Anise
174.28
±25.19
45.65
±8.37
13.246
.006
Diethyl succinate
Fruity
7623.03
±52.97
1348.55
±50.55
4500.085
.000
3-(methylthio)-
1-propanol
Boiled potatoes,
rubber
1149.80
±59.91
749.63
±26.32
8.039
.015
2 – phenyl ethyl acetate
ND
TRACES
Vinyl butyrate
TRACES
ND
Phenylethanol
Flower, pollen,
perfume
17864.31
±155.00
20076.12
±88.02
-57.192
.000
Diethyl malate
55.00
±5.00
63.12
±6.12
-12.557
.006
Heptanoic acid
1209.76
±51.25
1297.00
±70.01
-8.055
.015
2-hydroxy-3-methyl-
diethylester
ND
105.13
±8.05
Ethyl palmate
ND
TRACES
Ethyl cinnamate
ND
259.01±11.22
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
32
Identified alcohols
1-propanol is one of the main higher alcohols of the volatile wine fraction. In the wine
of the local variety Vranec it was identified in an amount of 700.96±12.05 µg/dm3. In
Kaylashki Rubin this representative was found in a higher concentration – 905.32±5.66
µg/dm3. The aromatic descriptor of 1-propanol is a flower bouquet and a ripe fruit.
Characteristic of propanol is that it participates in transformational changes during the wine’s
aging, forming volatile esters with propionic, acetic and caprylic acids (Chobanova, 2012).
A study of changes in the aromatic compounds of Cabernet Sauvignon red wines aged in
stainless steel tanks (Meng et al., 2011) found a variation of this compound from 2554.87
µg/dm3 to 5091.44 µg/dm3. In the young wine (before the aging process) the team (Meng et
al., 2011) found a concentration of this higher alcohol of 3058.80 µg/dm3. The presence of
1-propanol in the studied wines of Vranec and Kaylashki Rubin was significantly lower. This
could be attributed to the characteristic features where the grapes were grown and harvested.
Both varieties were grown in different geographical locations under different soil and
climatic conditions.
The highest concentration of higher alcohols in the studied wines was found for the 1-
pentanol. In the wine of the Vranec variety it was identified in an amount of 11968.72±208.70
µg/dm3, while in Kaylashki Rubin its concentration was almost twice as high –
23519.08±288.90 µg/dm3. Its threshold of aromatic perception (with a characteristic aroma
of flowers) is 30.00 µg/dm3. In both wines it was found above this threshold, which was
reflected in its special sensory expression. In a study on the volatile composition of
Macedonian (Vranec, Merlot, Cabernet Sauvignon, Tamianka and Chardonnay) and
Hungarian (Kefrankos and Tokaji) wines was found that in red wines 1-pentanol and 2-
phenylethanol were the main components of the volatile fraction (Ivanova et al., 2013).
The data obtained in the present study correlate with the study of the above team. After
1-pentanol, 1,5-hexadien-3-ol was ranked by concentration. This compound was found in a
higher amount in the wine of the Kaylashki Rubin variety (9972.91±74.91 µg/dm3),
compared to that of Vranec (4747.42±59.59 µg/dm3).
3-hexen-1-ol was identified only in Vranec wine. It was available in an amount of
134.04±15.65 µg/dm3. A characteristic aromatic nuance that this compound imparts is green,
grassy (Newcomb et al., 2010). However, its threshold of aromatic perception is higher
(400.00 µg/dm3) than its established concentration. This was reflected in the lack of aromatic
expression of 3-hexen-1-ol in its identified amount in the red wine of Vranec.
2,3-butanediol is a compound – a product of yeast metabolism. Its concentration is
highly dependent on the type of yeasts (Romano et al., 1998; Ng et al., 2012). It was identified
in both wines studied. In the wine of Kaylashki Rubin it was present in an amount of
1152.06±46.25 µg/dm3, and in that of Vranec – 934.36±26.19 µg/dm3. A characteristic aroma
that gives this compound is butter, creamy. In both wines it was identified above its threshold
of aromatic perception (120.00 µg/dm3), which significantly determined the participation of
its influence on the wine aromatic profile.
Another major representative of the higher alcohols fraction was 2-propanol (isopropyl
alcohol). In the wine of Kaylashki Rubin it was identified in a higher concentration
(1078.90±78.91 µg/dm3), compared to that found in Vranec (668.48±30.35 µg/dm3).
1-butanol was found in very similar amounts in the two wines studied. Its concentration
in Kaylashki Rubin was 460.35±14.65 µg/dm3, and in the red wine of Vranec it was contained
in an amount of 452.08±13.00 µg/dm3. A study on the volatile fraction of ten wines from
north-western Spain obtained from varieties from Vitis vinifera (Vilanova et al., 2013) found
a variation of 1-butanol from 8.96±1.23 µg/dm3 (Riesling) to 76.98±9.13 µg/dm3
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
33
(Gewürztraminer). On the other hand, Meng et al. (2011) in a study of Cabernet Sauvignon
wines aged in stainless steel tanks found the content of 1-butanol in young wine – 3058.80
µg/dm3. It could be seen that the concentration presence of 1-butanol varies between wines
obtained from grapes grown in different geographical locations.
1-hexanol is a higher alcohol present in the volatile fraction of wine and imparting a
characteristic grassy aroma (Abrasheva et al., 2008). It was identified in both studied wines,
and in that of Vranec its quantity was higher (1300.63±49.42 µg/dm3), in comparison with
Kaylashki Rubin (1076.30±66.54 µg/dm3). This component of the volatile fraction was also
found in red wine from Cabernet Sauvignon (4017.70 µg/dm3) from Xiangning County,
China (Jiang et al., 2010). Another study (Tao et al., 2009) again on the volatile composition
of Cabernet Sauvignon wine, Changli County region (China), identified it at a significantly
higher concentration (average 17300.00 µg/dm3). 1-hexanol has been identified as a major
component of the higher alcohols volatile fraction in the study of the aromatic profile at the
aging process (6 and 12 months; respectively in concentrations varying quantitatively from
139.04±3.25 µg/dm3 – 529.77±0.39 µg/dm3 and from 183.79±0.22 µg/dm3 – 570.89±8.04
µg/dm3) of red wines from Cabernet Sauvignon, Fetească neagră, Pinot Noir and Merlot from
different regions of Romania (Manolache et al., 2018).
An aromatic alcohol – phenylethanol – was identified in the wines of Vranec and
Kaylashki Rubin. It was identified in high concentration presence in the aromatic matrix of
the two wines. In the wine of Vranec it was found in a higher amount (20076.12±88.02
µg/dm3), compared to that of Kaylashki Rubin (17864.31±155.00 µg/dm3). The characteristic
aroma that this alcohol gives is floral, in particular rose (Etievant, 1991). Our data on the
content of 2-phenylethanol were in agreement with the data of Manolache et al. (2018), which
found this alcohol in high quantities by the GC-MS study of 4 red wines from the varieties
Cabernet Sauvignon, Fetească neagră, Pinot Noir and Merlot from regions of Romania. This
alcohol also has been found to be dominant quantitatively in the study of the volatile fraction
of Italian red wines from the Negroamaro and Primitivo varieties (Tufarrielo et al., 2012;
Capone et al., 2013). A study of the volatile composition of wine from two harvests of three
varieties of Vitis vinifera grown in Spain (Vilanova et al., 2008) found a variation of
phenylethanol on average for both harvests from 8321.20±5065.90 µg/dm3 to
10116.90±3323.40 µg/dm3. In Cabernet Sauvignon wines from China, phenylethanol was
identified in an amount of 14504.80 µg/dm3 (Jiang et al., 2010). The data obtained in our
study for phenylethanol correlated with the results in the cited studies.
Other higher alcohol identified in the two wines studied was 3-methylthiol-1-
propanol. It was found in a higher concentration in the wine from Kaylashki Rubin
(1149.80±59.91 µg/dm3), compared to Vranec (749.63±26.32 µg/dm3). 3-methylthiol-1-
propanol has an aromatic perception threshold of 500.00 µg/dm3 and imparts a characteristic
aroma of boiled potatoes. In both studied wines it was identified in concentrations above its
threshold of aromatic perception.
Identified esters
Of the ester fraction, the highest quantitative presence in both wines was found for
diethyl succinate ester. It gives a fruity aroma. It was found in a very high concentration in
the wine of the Kaylashki Rubin variety (7623.03±52.97 µg/dm3). It exceeded almost six
times that found in Vranec (1348.55±50.55 µg/dm3). According to Chobanova (2012),
diethyl succinate is an important ester, the presence of which in wine is observed in the range
of 20.00 – 400.00 mg/dm3. The data in the present study confirmed the main presence of this
ester in the two wines studied.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
34
Isopentyl acetate was identified with a small quantitative difference between the two
wines. In Vranec its amount was slightly higher (120.49±9.41 µg/dm3), compared to
Kaylashki Rubin (105.33±13.76 µg/dm3). The ester is a major contributor to the fruity aroma
of wines (Li et al., 2008), with its characteristic descriptor being the banana aroma (Vilanova
et al., 2013). Data on the presence of isopentyl acetate in the wines of Vranec and Kaylashki
Rubin were correlated with Vilanova et al. (2008), which identified it in Spanish red wine of
the Seradelo variety in an average quantity for two harvests (2006 and 2007) of
301.00±225.80 µg/dm3. Our results for this ester were correlated with data of Ivanova et al.
(2013), which established it in nine studied Hungarian and Macedonian wines, with
concentrations ranging from 136.00±1.89 µg/dm3 to 1320.00±0.35 µg/dm3.
Ethyl caprylate was identified in close concentrations between the two wines. A slightly
higher amount of this ester was found in Vranec wine (233.48±13.81 µg/dm3) compared to
Kaylashki Rubin (202.95±14.42 µg/dm3). The ester gives a characteristic fruity aroma
(pineapple and pear). Its threshold of aromatic perception is very low (2.00 µg/dm3). In both
wines it was identified in a concentration 100 times higher than the threshold, which
determined its important influence on their aroma. This ester was identified in higher amounts
(5107.90 µg/dm3) in Cabernet Sauvignon wine from China (Jiang et al., 2010).
Ethyl hexanoate was identified in both wines studied. In the wine of Vranec it was
present in an amount of 185.41±14.00 µg/dm3, and in that of Kaylashki Rubin it was present
in a slightly lower concentration (178.38±13.35 µg/dm3). This ester is also one of the main
ones present in the wine aromatic matrix. It was also found in another study in wines from
Merlot (167.55±1.05 µg/dm3) and Cabernet Sauvignon (195.42±8.72 µg/dm3) (Vilanova et
al., 2013). Our data were correlated with those established by this team. A characteristic
aroma that gives ethyl hexanoate is of green apple, fruity, strawberry (Tao et al., 2009). Our
data also correlated with the research of Manolache et al., (2018), which also found this ester
in red wines aged for the periods of 6 months (86.44±5.38 µg/dm3 – 164.10±1.92 µg/dm3)
and 12 months (124.30±3.47 µg/dm3 – 434.53±6.82 µg/dm3).
Ethyl decanoate was found in a higher concentration in the wine of Kaylashki Rubin
(174.28±25.19 µg/dm3), compared to Vranec (45.65±8.37 µg/dm3). This ester belongs to the
group of fatty acid ethyl esters, which is one of the important for this fraction (Francis et al.,
2005). A typical descriptor of this compound is vegetable aroma.
Ethyl-2-hydrobutyrate and ethyl cinnamate were identified only in Vranec red wine in
concentrations of 124.16±13.08 µg/dm3 and 259.01±11.22 µg/dm3, respectively. They were
absent in the aromatic matrix of Kaylashki Rubin.
Diethyl malate was identified in both wines studied. In the wine of Vranec it was present
in a slightly higher concentration (63.12±6.12 µg/dm3), compared to that of Kaylashki Rubin
(55.00±5.00 µg/dm3). This ester is also one of the main representatives of the fraction,
normally present in wines in concentrations of 10.00 – 100.00 mg/dm3 (Chobanova, 2012).
2-hydroxy-3-methyl-diethyl ester was identified only in Vranec wine (105.13±8.05
µg/dm3).
Identified fatty acids
Fatty acids originate from yeasts and bacterial biosynthesis and have an important
contribution to wine aroma (Etievant, 1991). In the present study, only one fatty acid was
identified – heptanoic acid. In Vranec wine it was found in a slightly higher concentration –
1297.00±70.01 µg/dm3. In the wine of Kaylashki Rubin it was available in an amount of
1209.76±51.25 µg/dm3. Jiang and Ziang (2010) found traces of heptanoic acid in red wines
from Cabernet Sauvignon. Añón et al. (2014) investigated the influence of different
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
35
oenological practices on the fermentation aroma of Menica red wines and found the presence
of heptanoic acid in the variants in the range from 2.00 to 20.00 µg/dm3. In the present study,
this fatty acid was found in higher concentrations.
Sensory evaluation of red wines
The results obtained from the panelists (4 experts in the field of enology) were
calculated and transferred into spider diagram (Figure 1) that showed us the two different
wine profiles that the wines from these varieties had.
Figure 1. Sensory evaluation of red wines obtained from Vranec and Kaylashki Rubin varieties
According to this diagram we can see that the wine obtained from Vranec variety had
more body and structure than Kaylashki Rubin, also the content of tannins was higher that
could be noticed from the descriptor for bitterness and astringency. Vranec wine had less
acidity and more black (dark) fruit aromas, lower freshness and less flowery notes in the
wine. On the other hand, the wine from Kaylashki Rubin had higher level of acidity, more
freshness which could be noticed from the descriptors flower and herbal aromas, also the
wine had very intensive fresh red fruits aromas. According to the panelist both wines were
very harmonious in their own way, both wines had their typical notes as expected for the both
varieties. In overall the descriptive analyses confirm the analyzed components from the GC-
MS analysis and gave us clear view about the aroma profile of both varieties.
The data regarding the sensory profile of the wine from Kaylashki Rubin were
correlated with the research of Yoncheva et al. (2016, 2019), which defined the wine of this
variety as harmonious, balanced and with pronounced varietal aroma, good color
characteristics, dense and extractive. The data regarding the Vranec wine correlated with the
study of Milanov et al. (2019), which determine the astrigenicity and bitterness as dominant
sensory characteristics in the wine from this variety.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Red fruits
Black fruits
Flower aromas
Herbal aromas
Acidity
AstrigencyStructure
Harmony
Typicity
Bitterness
Body
Vranec Kaylashki Rubin
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
36
Conclusions
The following conclusions can be made from the study conducted to define the aromatic
profile of red wines from the local variety Vranec and the hybrid variety Kaylashki
Rubin:
1. The fraction of higher alcohols in both wines was consisted of 1-pentanol, 1-propanol,
2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-hexanol, and 3-methylthio-1-propanol. 1-pentanol had the
highest quantitative presence of this fraction. In the wine of the Vranec variety, 3-hexyl-
1-ol was also identified, which was not present in that of Kaylashki Rubin.
2. One aromatic alcohol – phenylethanol – was identified. This compound was found in
very high concentrations in both wines, with predominance in Vranec (20076.12±88.02
µg/dm3), compared to Kaylashki Rubin (17864.31±155.0 µg/dm3). Phenylethanol was
an important component influencing the floral aroma of wines.
3. The main representative of the ester fraction in both wines was diethyl succinate. It
occupied the highest concentration. Important ester compounds were identified –
isopentyl acetate, ethyl caprylate, ethyl hexanoate, ethyl decanoate and diethyl malate.
Ethyl-2-hydrobutyrate and 2-hydroxy-3-methyl-diethyl ester were identified only in
Vranec wine. They were absent in the aromatic matrix of Kaylashki Rubin. This made
the ester complexity of Vranec higher.
4. In the two studied red wines, only one fatty acid was identified, namely heptanoic acid
in almost the same amounts.
5. The performed sensory evaluation showed that the Vranec wine had a better body and
structure than that of Kaylashki Rubin. Vranec showed lower freshness and floral notes
in the aroma, compared to Kaylashki Rubin. In Vranec the aromas of black fruits
dominated, while Kaylashki Rubin showed a pronounced floral and herbal aromas, as
well as fresh red fruits aroma. Both wines showed a diverse, balanced aromatic profile,
each of which, based on the peculiarities of its volatile composition. Each wine has an
individual aromatic capacity.
References
Abrasheva P., Bambalov K., Georgiev A. (2008), Viticulture and Enology, Ed. Matkom,
Sofia, Bulgaria.
Añón A., López F., Hernando D., Orriols I., Revilla E., Losada M. (2014), Effect of five
enological practices and of the general phenolic composition on fermentation-related
aroma compounds in Menica young red wines, Food Chemistry, 148, pp. 268-275.
Bogoeva E., Ivanova V., Stafilov T., Stefova M., Siegmund B., Lankmayr E. (2018),
Detremination of aroma compounds in Vranec wines produced with diffrenet
oenological practices. In: 25 Congress of SCTM, 19–22 September 2018, Ohrid, R.
Macedonia.
Bakharev V., Feoktistov P., Malyshkin S., Paydulova S., Bykov D., Pavlova L. (2021),
Aroma profile of muscat wine from Citron Magaracha grapes grown in the Samara
region, IOP Conference Series: Earth and Environmental Science, 640, pp. 1–8.
Chobanova D. (2012), Enology. Part I: Composition of wine, Academic Press of University
of Food Technologies, Plovdiv, Bulgaria, pp. 264.
Capone S., Tufariello M., Francioso L., Montagna G., Casino F., Leone A., Siciliano P.
(2013), Aroma analysis by GC/MS and electronic nose dedicated to Negroamaro and
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
37
Primitivo typical Italian Apulian wines, Sensors and Actuators B: Chemical, 179, pp.
259-269.
Dimitrov D., Haygarov V., Yoncheva T. (2018), Aromatic profile of red wines from
grapevine varieties Rubin, Storgozia, Bouquet, Trapezitsa, Kaylashky Rubin and Pinot
Noir, cultivated in the region of Central Northern Bulgaria, Journal of Microbiology,
Biotechnology and Food Sciences, 8(3), pp. 885–889.
Dimitrovska M., Bocevska M., Dimitrovski D., Murkovic M. (2011), Anthocyanin
composition of Vranec, Cabernet Sauvignon, Merlot and Pinot Noir grapes as indicator
of their varietal differentiation, European Food Research and Technology, 232, pp.
590–600.
Dimitrov D., Iliev A. (2021), Influence of different vine rootstocks on the volatile
composition of red wines from Kaylashki rubin grapevine variey, Scientific Study and
Research. Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, Biotechnology, Food Industry, 22(2),
pp. 201–212.
Etievant P.X. (1991), Volatile compounds of food and beverages, In: Maarse, H. (ed). Dekker,
New York, pp. 546.
Francis I.L., Newton J.L. (2005), Determining wine aroma from compositional data,
Australian Journal of Grape and Wine Research, 11, pp. 114–126.
Itu N., Râpeanu G., Hopulele T. (2011), Assessment of free and potentially volatile
monoterpenes in Muscat Ottonel grapes variety, Ovidius University Annals of
Chemistry, 22(1), pp. 27–31.
Ivanov M. (2016), Hybridization in the vine selection, Academic Press of Agricultural
University, Plovdiv, Bulgaria.
Ivanova V., Stefova M., Vojnoski B., Stafilov T., Bíró I., Bufa A., Felinger A., Kilár F.
(2013), Volatile composition of Macedonian and Hungarian wines assessed by GC/MS,
Food and Bioprocess Technology, 6, pp. 1609–1617.
Ivanova V., Stefova M., Stafilov T., Vojnoski B., Bíró I, Bufa A., Kilár F. (2012), Validation
of a method for analysis of aroma compounds in red wine using liquid–liquid extraction
and GC–MS, Food Analytical Methods, 5, pp. 1427–1434.
Jiang B., Zhang Z. (2010), Volatile compounds of young wines from Cabernet Sauvignon,
Cabernet Gernischet and Chardonnay varieties grown in the Loess Plateau region of
China, Molecules, 15(12), pp. 9184–9196.
Katerov K., Donchev A., Kondarev M., Kurtev P., Tsankov B., Zankov Z., Getov G., Tsakov
D. (1990), Bulgarian ampelography. General ampelography, BAS, Sofia.
Kim H., Hur Y., Jung S., Im D., Chung K., Kim S. (2018), Characteristics of aroma
compounds of 11 red wines from international grape cultivars grown in Korea, Korean
Journal of Food Preservation, 25(5), pp. 491–500.
Mateo J., Jimenez M. (2000), Monoterpenes in grape juice and wines, Journal of
Chromatography A., 881 (1-2), pp. 557–567.
Manolache M., Pop T., Babeş A., Farcaş I., Muncaciu M., Călugăr A., Gal E. (2018), Volatile
composition of some red wines from Romania assessed by GC-MS, Studia Ubb Chemia,
LXIII(2), pp. 125–142.
Milanov G., Nedelkovski D., Taseski-Gjorgjijevski M. (2019), Timing of inoculation with
selected wine bacteria on the kinetics of malolactic fermentation and sensory properties
of Vranec wine from Tikvesh wine region. Journal of Agricultural, Food and
Environmental Sciences, 73(3), pp.1–6.
Meng J., Fang Y., Gao J., Zhang A., Liu J., Guo Z., Zhang Z., Li H. (2011), Changes in
aromatic compounds of cabernet sauvignon wines during ageing in stainless steel tanks,
African Journal of Biotechnology, 10(55), pp. 11640–11647.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
38
Nastev, D. (1985), Ampelography, Institute for Economy and Social Activities of SRM "Self-
governing practice", Skopje, pp. 276.
Newcomb R., Mcrae J., Ingram K., Elbrough K., Jaeger S. (2010), Genetic variation in taste
and odor perception: an emerging science to guide new product development.
Consumer Driven Innovation in Food and Personal Care Products, Wood Head
Publishing Series in Food Science, Technology and Nutrition, pp. 570–596.
Ng C., Jung M., Lee J., Oh M. (2012), Production of 2,3 – butandiol in Saccharomyces
cerevisiae by in silico added metabolic engineering, Microbial Cell Factories, 11(1),
pp. 68.
Nan L., Liu L., Huang J., Wang Y., Wang C., Wang Z., Xu C. (2021), Comparison of aroma
compounds in Cabernet Sauvignog red wines from five growing regions in Xinjiang in
China, Journal of Food Quality, (Article ID: 5562518), pp. 1–16.
Pandeliev S., Harizanov A., Botyanski P., Roychev V., Kemilev S. (2005), Practical advice
on viticulture and winemaking, Sofia, Zemizdat, pp. 14–18.
Rapp A., Mandery H. (1986), Wine aroma, Experientia, 42, pp. 873–884.
Romano P., Brandolini V., Ansaloni C., Menziani E. (1998), The production of 2,3 –
butandiol as a differentiating character in wine yeasts, World Journal of Microbiology
and Biotechnology, 14, pp. 649–653.
Rusjan D., Strlič M., Košmerl T., Prosen H. (2008), The response of monoterpenes to
different enzyme preparations in Gewürztraminer (Vitis vinifera L.) wines, South
African Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 30(1), pp. 56–64.
Tao Y., Li H. (2009), Active volatiles of Cabernet Sauvignon wine from Changli County,
Natural Science, 1, pp. 176–182.
Ţaredea C. (2007), Chemistry and analyses of wines, Ed. Ion Ionescu de la Brad, Iasi.
Tufariello M., Capone S., Siciliano P. (2012), Volatile components of Negroamaro red wines
produced in Apulian Salento area, Food Chemistry, 132(4), pp. 2155–2164.
Tomasino E., Song M., Fuentes C. (2020), Odor perception interactions between free
monoterpene isomers and wine composition of Pinot Gris wine, Journal of Agricultural
and Food Chemistry, 68(10), pp. 3220–3227.
Ubligi M. (2004), Edizioni Agricole de II Sole 24 ORE Edagricole, S.r.l. via Goito, Bologna.
Velkov E. (1996), Encyclopedia of alcoholic beverages, Plovdiv, Bulgaria: Poligrafia Ltd.
ISBN 954-698-002-1.
Vilanova K., Genisheva Z., Masa A., Oliveira J. (2008), First study on volatile composition
of three Vitis vinifera cultivars from Betanzos (NW Spain): Blanco Lexitimo, Agudelo
and Seradelo, 31 World Congress of Vine and Wine, June 15–20, 2008 – Verona, Italy.
Vilanova M., Genisheva Z., Grana M., Oliveira J. (2013), Determination of odorants in
varietal wines from international grape cultivars (Vitis vinifera) grown in NW Spain,
South African Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 34, pp. 212–222.
Yoncheva T., Haygarov V., Nakov Z., Simeonov I., Ivanov M., Dimitrov D. (2016),
Technological study of some red vine varieties and clones grown in the region of Pleven
town, Journal of Mountain Agriculture on the Balkans, 19(3), pp. 212–228.
Yoncheva T., Ivanišova E., Kántor A. (2019), Study on the chemical composition, the
antioxidant activity and the sensory profile of Bulgarian wines from hybrid grape
varieties. Journal of Central European Agriculture, 20(4), pp. 1201–1209.
Yankov А. (1992), Winemaking Technology, Sofia, Zemizdat, pp. 355.
Yankov A., Kukunov S., Yankova T. (2000), Technology of wine and higher alcohol drinks,
Publisher: Teodoros, Sofia.
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
39
Biological value of proteins of cultivated mushrooms
Galyna Simakhina, Nataliia Naumenko
National University of Food Technologies, Kyiv, Ukraine
Keywords:
Mushrooms
Proteins
Amino acids
Safety
Fractioning
Abstract
Introduction. The objectives of this research were to
scientifically substantiate and experimentally prove the nutritional
status of cultivated mushrooms as the probable source of easy-
absorbed proteins, essential and dispensable amino acids, and other
valuable biologically active components.
Materials and methods. Biochemical characteristics, such as the
mass part of albumins, globulins, glutelins and prolamins, and the
qualitative and quantitative composition of amino acids in free and
constrained forms, of cultivated mushrooms, champignon (Agaricus
bisporus) and oyster (Pleurotus ostreatus), and edible wild
mushrooms, white mushrooms (Boletus edulis) and the brown-cap
boletus (Leccinum scabrum), were determined.
Results and discussions. The biochemical composition of
mushroom hats and legs is different in separate indices: the amount of
dry substances in champignon hats is higher by 13–18%, the amount
of proteins is higher by14.6–23.5%, meanwhile, the amount of
cellulose is lower by 17–19% in comparison with legs. This shows the
substantial nutritional advantage of hats, and it must be taken into
consideration in the industrial procession of mushrooms: hats should
be separated from legs, following the optimal parameters of the
process for each anatomic part. The champignon proteins contain all
the indispensable amino acids and, therefore, can be the important
source of lysine (4.95 mg% ), phenylalanine (7.04 mg% ), leucine (9
mg% ), and threonine (7.6 mg% ). About 7.6% of amino acids are in
free form, half of which are essential. This would help the human body
effectively use the amino acids to synthesize its own proteins.
The amount of proteins in fresh champignons is 6–9% of their
mass, in oyster mushrooms it is 4–5%, in wild mushrooms, it is 6–
8.5%, which outlines the priority of champignons particularly by their
protein component. Easy-soluble factions (albumins and globulins) at
70.3% present the champignon proteins; this index is slightly lower for
oyster mushroom proteins (65%) and for brown-cap boletus, it
decreased to 53.2%. Therefore, proteins of the cultivated mushrooms
need the minimal amounts of energy to be dissociated to amino acids
in the human body, and otherwise show the high grade of proteolysis
(almost as milk proteins) under the influence of gut enzymes. These
characteristics were achieved due to scientifically proven selection of
raw materials, regarding their sensory characteristics that were
estimated with the excellent grade. There were proposed criteria to
select the cultivated mushrooms for culinary and industrial processing:
the amount of proteins no less than 6–9%; cellulose 2–3.5%;
carbohydrates 1–1.5%.
Conclusions. The cultivated mushrooms and the products of their
procession with high content of proteins and other valuable
components should become the essential constituent of diets in order
to overcome the protein deficiency.
Article history:
Received 27.08.2021
Received in revised
form 18.11.2021
Accepted 31.03.2022
Corresponding
author:
Galyna Simakhina
E-mail:
lyutik.0101@
gmail.com
DOI: 10.24263/2304-
974X-2022-11-1-6
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
40
Introduction
Nutrient analysis and dietary quality for most people indicate a persistent protein
deficiency, which should be exacerbated in the near future (Medek et al., 2017). Therefore,
the search for potential new protein sources and production of high-protein foods are among
the topical tasks for food technologies (Ivanov et al., 2021; Wu et al., 2014).
The National Center for Biotechnology Information (USA) highlighted that about 90
percent of adult people are aware of the advantages of high-protein foods (Chang & Wasser,
2012; Global Alternative, 2020). Due to ecological ideology and diffusion of vegetarianism,
the production of proteinaceous foodstuffs from soybeans is the main stream in Asia,
particularly in China, and, during the last years, in Europe (Elorinne & Kantola, 2016). The
largest share belongs to champignons (Agaricus bisporus) and shiitake (Lentinula edodes)
(Martinez-Medina et al., 2021; Stabnikova et al., 2010; Stojkovic et al., 2014). There is an
array of scientific research on using the mushroom raw materials as the meat substitute
(Pasichny et al., 2009). In fact, this became one of the main tendencies of the food industry
through the latest period, which is believed to be increasing significantly (Batraksas et al.,
2021; Ferdousi et al., 2020; Mubiana et al., 2012).
The artificial cultivation of mushrooms becomes very important because the fruit bodies
of forest mushrooms have the ability to accumulate heavy metals and radionuclides, thus
becoming perilous for consumers’ health and life (Struminska-Parulska et al., 2021). There
is a point of view that in the nearest future about two thirds of protein needs for humans will
be met through the consumption of mushrooms grown in industrial conditions. (Bolotskikh
& Volfovsky, 2007). These mushrooms are ecologically clean, and their taste could be
improved by addition of sodium glutamate (Chang, 2006). Mushrooms are widely used in
production of therapeutic and preventive remedies with hepatoprotection, radioprotection,
antidiabetic, anticancer, and immunoregulatory activities (Martinez-Medina et al., 2021;
Sanket & Pravin, 2021; Valverde et al., 2015; Yaschenko, 2012). It was shown that
consumption of mushrooms increased the immunity to inflectional and oncologic diseases
(Krasnopolskaya et al., 2007; Meera et al., 2009; Wasser & Weis, 1999; Wasser et al., 2000);
they get involved into metabolic processes and do not have cumulative ability (Cultivation,
2021; Yaschenko, 2012). Regular consumption of cultivated mushrooms can significantly
increase the content of antioxidant markers and decrease the level of oxidative stress (Calvo
et al., 2016; Glamočlija et al., 2015). Mushrooms can also become the only plentiful sources
of vitamin D of non-animal origin (Bernas & Jaworska, 2017; Cardwell et al., 2018; Simon
et al., 2013).
Therefore, the problem of increasing the volumes of consumption of cultivated
mushrooms is scientifically proven and is actual for the population of over the world.
The protein content of mushrooms determines their biological value. In this case, the
content of amino acids in the protein must meet the needs of the human body for the synthesis
of its own proteins (Tagkouli et al., 2020). Moreover, proteins, upon being the most essential
component of food, are responsible for growth, creation of the new tissues and restoration of
those damaged (Malecki et al., 2021). Besides, all enzymes and certain hormones are proteins
too. Decidedly, only the plentiful proteins provide the correlations of amino acids, which are
compatible with human body needs.
Unfortunately, these problems are now studied sporadically. The majority of updated
research are dedicated to the principles of mushroom cultivation (Royse, 2003; Zhang et al.,
2014), their industrial production (Simakhina et al., 2014); elaboration of eco-friendly and
wasteless cultivation technologies (Guan et al., 2016; Simon et al., 2011); improvement of
the methods to process mushroom raw materials, including drying, fermentation and
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
41
freezing; mycelium preparation and so on. Only some studies deal with the general amount
of proteins in oyster mushrooms, touching upon their amino acid content and the proportions
between dispensable and indispensable amino acids, practically leaving aside the ways to
increase the mushroom biological value and other related issues (Tolera & Abera, 2017).
Issues that have so far received insufficient attention include study of the fractional
composition of proteins of cultivated mushrooms which is an essential index to predict the
level of their absorption in human body; effectiveness of protein digestibility by proteolytic
gut enzymes; elaboration of the criteria to select the sorts of cultivated mushrooms (starting
from their sensory evaluation), compliance with which would guarantee obtaining the high-
quality half and final products with increased biological and nutritional value.
The aim of the present research was scientifically substantiality and experimentally
proven of the nutritional status of cultivated mushrooms as the probable source of easy-
absorbed proteins, essential and dispensable amino acids and other valuable biologically
active components for their use in the food industry. To achieve this goal it was necessary
to examine the quantitative and qualitative content of the main nutrients in cultivated
mushrooms, particularly, the fractional composition of proteins; to estimate the ratio between
dispensable and indispensable amino acids; the grade of their digestibility by proteolytic gut
enzymes; their sensory indices, and to formulate the criteria to select the champignons for
both direct consumption and industrial procession.
Materials and methods
Mushrooms
Champignons (Agaricus bisporus) and oyster mushrooms (Pleurotus ostreatus) became
the object for the main part of research. For a comparative study, some experiments were
conducted in parallel with wild white mushrooms (Boletus edulis) and brown-cap boletus
(Leccinum scabrum). After having selection, washing, and removing the waste from the raw
materials, the biochemical characteristics of mushrooms were evaluated, namely, fractional
distribution of protein, content of amino acids, sensory characteristics, and the ratio of free
and constrained amino acids, both dispensable and indispensable.
Determination of dry matter
The dry matter was determined using differential refractometry (Hernandez et al., 1998)
using of IRF-454 В2М refractometer (Laboratorna tekhnika Ltd., Kharkiv).
Determination of protein and amino acid content
The general amount of proteins and the qualitative and quantitative content of amino
acids were determined by the method described in (Redweik et al., 2012) with a usage of
capillary electrophoresis. The ratio between dispensable and indispensable amino acids in
free and constrained forms was determined by the method of Moore – Stein (Moore & Stein,
1972).
Determination of sugars content
The general amount of sugars was determined by ion analysis method using Bioscan
817 chromatographer (Metrohm IC). To prepare the sample for the analysis, mushrooms were
powdered to homogenous mass and put into the automatic sample taker of the
chromatograph.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
42
Determination of cellulose content
Content of cellulose was determined by the method of direct weighing analysis, which
combines oxidation, destruction, and solution of various chemicals, except for cellulose that,
in process, was removed, dried and weighed (Kumar & Turner, 2015).
Fractionation of mushroom proteins
Fractionation of mushroom proteins was carried out according to (Table 1). The
disintegrated samples of mushrooms (particle size 2-3 mm) were extracted, and then
centrifuged for 15 min at 6000 rpm. The sediments were washed, and the volume of every
extract was replenished to 150 ml by washing waters. The content of protein was determined
in the extracts and sediments by the method (Redweik et al., 2012).
Table 1
Fractionation of mushroom proteins
Method
Fractions of mushroom proteins
Albumins
Globulins
Glutelins
Prolamins
Solvents
Water
1 М NaCl in
0.1 М phosphate
buffer (рН 6.8)
0.1 N
NaOH
70% ethyl
alcohol
Weight ratio between
mushroom mass and
solvent
1 : 3
1 : 3
1 : 2.5
1 : 2.5
Evaluation of sensory characteristics of cultivated mushrooms
The selection of raw materials, primarily by the sensory characteristics, is the essential
step to use the fresh mushrooms and, subsequently, obtaining the mushroom semi-finished
products with suitable consumer properties and high biological value (Phat et al., 2016).
Thus, high quality of mushroom semi-finished products and foods with their usage is
guaranteed (Table 2).
Table 2
Methods to evaluate the main sensory characteristics of fresh mushrooms (champignons)
Characteristics
Description
Appearance
Mushrooms are clean, undamaged, elastic, fresh looking, without
excessive external humidity, not frozen, not injured by harmful insects;
legs are either cut or uncut. In the first case, the cut should be clean; in
the second, the traces of greenhouse material are accessible.
Insignificant surface damages are allowed if they do not affect the
quality, storage terms and commercial appearance of the packed items.
Taste and smell
Typical for fresh champignons, without strange smells and smacks.
Color
The hat surface is white, cream-colored or brown with various hues
typical to the cultivated sorts; the fresh cut of the hat is white with rosy
hue.
Maturity grade
Mushrooms are of forms and colors typical for the certain botanical
sort, homogenous in maturity grade, well shaped.
The hats are open or closed but not flat. The plate color from the bottom
side of the hat is pale rosy.
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
43
The sensory characteristics of mushrooms were evaluated according the 5-point scale
proposed by the authors (Table 3).
Table 3
Scoring of sensory characteristics of fresh champignons
Index
Score
points
Estimation of fresh champignons quality by score points
Appearance
5
Fresh, whole, without defects and microbial damages, homogenous.
4
Fresh, whole, practically without defects.
3
Whole, partly withered, slightly damaged.
2
The significant share of withered and damaged mushrooms.
1
Inhomogeneous, with defects and microbial damages.
Taste and
smell
5
Typical for fresh champignons, without strange taste and smell.
4
Slight strange taste and smell.
3
Stable and obvious strange taste and / or smell.
2
Stable and expressed, atypical strange taste and / or smell.
1
Strong rotting stench and atypical taste.
Color
5
The hat surface is white or cream-colored; the fresh cut of the hat is white
with rosy hue.
4
The hat surface is white or cream-colored; the fresh cut of the hat is white.
3
The hat surface is grayish as well as the fresh cut.
2
The hat surface is grey with dark blots; the cut is grey.
1
The hat surface is dark; the cut is rotten.
Maturity grade
5
Mushrooms are homogenous in maturity grade, well shaped. The hats are
not flat. The plate color from the bottom side of the hat is pale pink.
4
Mushrooms are sometimes inhomogeneous in maturity grade, well shaped.
The hats are not flat. The plate color from the bottom side of the hat is
pale.
3
Mushrooms are slightly inhomogeneous in maturity grade, mostly well
shaped. The hats are not flat. The color of the hat plates is grayish.
2
Mushrooms are practically inhomogeneous in maturity grade, different in
shape. The hats are mostly flat. The color of the hat plates is grey.
1
Mushrooms are different in maturity grade, non-calibrated.
The plate color from the bottom side of the hat is rotten brown.
Note: mushrooms with quality estimated as 1 or 2 points are not recommended for further procession.
Upon selection of mushroom raw material for technological purposes, the sensory
evaluation should be complemented with the characteristics of mushroom biochemical
compounds.
Results and discussion
Biochemical characteristics of mushroom fruit bodies
For the certain species of mushrooms, some essential biochemical characteristics of hats
and legs were determined. The results are shown in Table 4.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
44
Table 4
Biochemical characteristics of mushroom fruit bodies
Content,%
to dry matter
Mushrooms species and anatomic parts
White mushrooms
Champignons
Oyster mushrooms
Legs
Hats
Legs
Hats
Legs
Hats
Water
87.0
85.5
86.0
84.2
91.0
90.5
Dry matter
13.0
14.5
14.0
15.8
9.0
9.5
Proteins
6.8
8.4
7.5
8.6
4.0
5.1
Carbohydrates
1.22
1.53
2.4
1.9
1.2
1.6
Cellulose
4.23
3.5
3.0
1.6
3.1
1.9
Analysis of the biochemical composition of separate fruit body parts of cultivated
mushrooms showed the quantitative difference between hats and legs. The results show that
hats and legs of champignons contain more proteins than any other studied mushroom
species. The protein content in hats of champignons is 8.6%; in white mushrooms 8.4%; in
oyster mushrooms 5.1%. The content of dry substances was slightly higher in hats, and the
protein content was by 14.6-23.5% higher in hats than in legs, which is according to the
results of other researchers (23, 24).
There is a problem of cellulose impact on nutritive value of cultivated mushrooms
(Dubinina, 2009; Synytsia, 2009). Cellular membrane of mushrooms, due to the content of
chitin (about 60% to dry matter), is able to reveal the antiviral and antibacterial action and
absorb the heavy metals and radionuclides (Meera, 2009; Wasser, 2000). The large amount
of cellulose represented by indigestible food fibers would retard the process of protein
dissociation in the gut and their further absorption by the organs and tissues; it would mean
that mushrooms are unsuitable for dietetic nutrition. Therefore, from our viewpoint, the
amount of cellulose in cultivated mushrooms destined for obtaining the food products with
increased nutritional and biological value should be within 3-3.5%.
Taking into account the difference between biochemical characteristics of hats and legs,
we propose the notion of heterogeneity grade of anatomic parts of mushrooms by two main
constituents – proteins and cellulose. This index should be evaluated with a coefficient:
CP = P / Cel, in which P is the protein content,% ;
Cel – cellulose amount,% .
For the studied types of mushrooms, the CP coefficient counts:
White mushrooms: legs – 1.62; hats – 2.4;
Champignons: legs – 1.87; hats – 2.15;
Oyster mushrooms: legs – 1.29; hats – 2.6.
This discrepancy between the heterogeneity grades of different anatomic parts of
mushrooms is evidence of their structural, mechanical properties and tissue firmness.
Because mushroom hats and legs have different content of essential nutrients, we conclude
that, upon elaboration of technology to produce mushroom semi-finished products,
independently on the species, the hats should be separated from legs prior to procession, and
then the optimal procession parameters should be determined for each of the anatomic parts.
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
45
Amino acid contents in fresh champignon proteins
Amino acids are the main structural elements of proteins. Twenty-six amino acids were
observed in proteins, and the typical constituents of proteins are considered twenty of them.
The latter are categorized into dispensable (total amount of twelve) and indispensable, or
essential (total amount of eight) obtained only from foodstuffs. The results on the qualitative
and quantitative content of fresh champignons to be later estimated as the ratio between
dispensable and indispensable amino acids in free and constrained forms (as the
characteristics of protein biological value) are shown in Table 5.
Table 5
Amino acid contents in fresh champignon proteins
Amino acid
Total
amount,%
Free
Constrained
mg%
% to the total
amino acid
amount
mg%
% to the total
amino acid
amount
Lysine
4.98
0.38
0.26
4.60
3.21
Histidine
8.98
0.78
0.54
7.70
5.38
Phenylalanine
7.036
0.136
0.10
6.90
4.82
Tyrosine
2.51
0.05
0.03
2.46
1.72
Leucine
9.0
0.5
0.34
8.50
5.94
Isoleucine
2.94
0.64
0
2.30
1.60
Valine
5.08
0.7
0.48
4.38
3.06
Methionine
1.71
0.01
0.01
1.71
1.18
Alanine
7.4
1.3
0.90
6.10
4.26
Glycine
17.17
0.27
0.18
16.91
11.81
Proline
2.31
0.01
0.01
2.32
1.60
Serine
9.00
0.40
0.27
8.60
6.01
Threonine
7.63
0.53
0.37
7.11
4.96
Asparagine
acid
21.72
0.38
0.26
21.34
14.92
Cystine
0.31
0.02
0.01
0.29
0.20
Arginine
-
-
-
-
-
Tryptophan
1.05
-
-
1.05
0.73
Glutamine
acid
34.7
1.5
1.04
33.2
33.2
Total
143.021
7.6
-
135.4
-
Fractional composition of fresh champignon proteins
Biological value of proteins in any foodstuffs determines not only by the total amount
or the amino acid content, but also by fractional composition. The proteins are classified into
four classes, namely, albumins, globulins, prolamins, and glutelins (Garidel, 2013).
Albumins, water-soluble proteins, are characterized by the highest biological and nutritional
value; globulins, salt-soluble proteins, have also high biological value but are poor in sulfur-
containing amino acids. The last two, prolamins, alcohol-soluble, and glutelins, alkali-
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
46
soluble, have no some indispensable amino acids in their compositions, harder digested by
proteolytic enzymes and thus have lower the biological value.
The literary data about fractional composition of proteins of cultivated mushroom are
still limited. Therefore, fractional composition of mushrooms proteins were studied in the
present research, and compared (Table 6).
Table 6
Fractional composition of mushroom proteins
Protein fractions
Ratio of fractioned proteins,% of total protein
amount
Brown-cap
boletus
Champignons
Oyster
mushrooms
Water-soluble (albumins and
easy-soluble globulins)
30.8
46.4
39.8
Salt-soluble (hard-soluble
globulins)
22.4
23.9
25.2
Alkali-soluble (glutelins)
12.6
8.06
10.6
Alcohol-soluble (prolamins)
11.5
5.6
3.6
Unsolved remnant
22.7
16.24
20.8
According to results, cultivated mushrooms have higher biological value, because
protein substances are mostly presented by easy-soluble factions – 70.3% in champignons
and 65% in oyster mushrooms. These proteins are alleged to dissociate in human body to
amino acids, which are necessary for synthesis of the native proteins, with minimal energy
losses.
Fractional composition of champignon proteins is slightly better than of oyster
mushrooms, however, both kinds of mushrooms are suitable for direct usage and industrial
procession into proteinaceous semi-finished products as ecologically clean, useful and safe
enough raw materials.
Wild mushroom proteins contain less albumins and globulins (53.2%), therefore, they
are worse soluble in water and neutral salt solutions. Human body worse absorbs such
proteins, and their biological availability and value are lower in comparison to cultivated
mushrooms.
Because of high content of albumins and globulins, proteins of cultivated mushrooms
will be far easily hydrolyzed in the gut by proteolytic enzymes, and proteins of wild
mushroom have lower proteolysis degree because they contain much more cellulose, which
may block the enzyme access to protein substances.
Sensory characteristics of champignons
Therefore, conducted research and obtained results showed the perspectives for using
of cultivated mushrooms, particularly hats of champignons, as the reserve of native proteins,
well-balanced proportion of essential and dispensable amino acids, prevalent content of easy-
soluble factions, and higher grade of digestibility by proteolytic enzymes. Regarding to the
fact that appearance is considered the complex index to include the shape, size, maturity
grade, freshness, and color, the maximal figure of quality coefficient will be 0.35 (Table 7).
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
47
Table 7
Scoring the sensory characteristics of fresh champignons
Properties
Coefficient
Score
points
Characteristics
Appearance
0.35
5
Mushrooms are whole, clean, elastic, fresh, without
excessive external humidity, non-frozen and non-
damaged by agricultural pests. Cut champignons
should have their cuts clean; surface damages are not
allowed.
Taste and
smell
0.25
5
Typical for fresh champignons, without strange smell
and smack.
Color
0.15
5
Hat surface is white or cream-colored, with different
hues typical for certain sorts; hat pulp on the cut is
white with pink hues; leg pulp is slightly darker due to
higher cellulose content.
Maturity
grade
0.25
5
Mushrooms are typical in appearance and color for the
certain botanical species, homogenous in maturity,
well shaped. Hats are closed or opened but not flat.
The color of under-cup plates is pale pink. Legs of
non-cut mushrooms may carry the traces of
greenhouse soil materials.
Тable 8
Criteria for selection of champignons for direct consumption
and processing in semi-finished products
No.
Criterion
Criterion characteristics
1
High protein content
(6-9% and more)
The significant reserve of food proteins; their validity in
terms of correlation between dispensable and indispensable
amino acids; the important additional source of lysine,
phenylalanine, asparagine and glutamine amino acids
2
High biological value
The presence of all the indispensable amino acids;
correspondence of amino acid composition to human needs
for synthesis of the native proteins; protein digestibility
equal to the one of milk proteins
3
Optimal cellulose
content (2-3.5%)
Positive impact on gut functions; adsorption of heavy
metals and radionuclides; prebiotic properties
4
Sufficient carbohydrate
content
(1-1.5%)
The ability to stimulate anti-body synthesis and thus to
increase the immune protection; cancer-protecting
properties due to presence of polysaccharides
5
Relative initial humidity
(no more than 80-84%)
Quite an intensive drying process should be maintained;
circa 90% of moisture are represented by free faction to be
removed easily
6
The absence of toxic
substances, heavy
metals and carcinogens
Environmental friendliness of production and procession;
safety for consumers in both fresh and processed forms
7
Sensory characteristics
Appearance, taste and smell, color and maturity grade
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
48
Moreover, since mushrooms are discrepant in appearance to the requirements proposed,
the usage of all the other criteria appears to be inexpedient. In case when mushrooms are
discrepant in appearance to the requirements proposed, the usage of all the other criteria
appears to be inexpedient. The studied champignons by all the sensory characteristics scored
the maximal five points, confirming their status of a reliable source of proteins, amino acids
and food cellulose that are the main nutrients in human diets.
Upon taking into account, the results of studying the biochemical composition of
champignons and scoring their sensory characteristics, the criteria to select mushrooms for
either cookery or industrial procession were established (Table 8).
Conclusions
1. Proteins as macronutrients are essential in growth, creation of the new tissues and
recovery of the damaged ones. They take part in regulation of the majority of vital
processes in human body, enhance the biological influence of other nutrients, and
provides the transport of oxygen, hormones and trace elements. Insufficient supply of
proteins or separate amino acids with foodstuffs would lead to protein deficiency,
causing serious damages in the body due to misbalance between protein anabolism and
catabolism. This is why the searches for new untraditional sources of proteins are
relevant today. One of the ways to solve this problem is the usage of cultivated
mushrooms that contain about 50% of proteins (in terms of dry matter) and other value
biocomponents.
2. It was shown that cultivated champignons and oyster mushrooms have in their fractional
composition a high content of easily digestible proteins (more than 70%), which
facilitates their digestibility by proteolytic enzymes. At the same time, they contain all
the essential amino acids that confirms their nutritional value. Organoleptic criteria have
been proposed for the selection of cultivated mushrooms in order to use them in
obtaining high-quality food products.
3. The advantages of cultivated mushrooms over the wild ones in terms of ecological
friendliness and safety were demonstrated.
4. The optimal ration between proteins and cellulose in champignons (3 : 1) will provide
the high grade of protein digestion by proteolytic enzymes and allow using the
detoxifying properties of cellulose as the natural sorbent. Therefore, the further studies
on cultivated mushrooms, the search of new high-protein species, and the design of
effective methods to process the mushroom raw materials into semi-finished and final
products are tasks targeted at overcoming the protein deficiency and ameliorating the
human health.
References
Bakratsas G., Polydera A., Katapodis P., Stamatis H. (2021), Recent trends in submerged cultivation of
mushrooms and their application as a source of nutraceuticals and food additives, Future Foods,
4, 100086, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fufo.2021.100086.
Bernas E., Jaworska G. (2017), Culinary-medicinal mushroom products as a potential source of vitamin
D, International Journal of Medical Mushrooms, 19(10), pp. 925–935,
https://doi.org/10.1615/IntJMedMushrooms.2017024596.
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
49
Bolotskikh S., Volfovsky V. (2007), Kultiviruyemye shampinyony – ekologicheski bezopasny produkt,
Kharkiv.
Calvo M.S., Mehrotra A., Beelman R.B., Nadkarni G., Wang L., Cai W., Goh B.C., Kalaras M.D.,
Uribarri J. (2016), A retrospective study in adults with metabolic syndrome: diabetic risk factor
response to daily consumption of Agaricus bisporus (white button mushrooms), Plant Foods for
Human Nutrition, 71(3), pp. 245–251, https://doi.org/10.1007/s11130-016-0552-7.
Cardwell G., Bornman J.F., James A.P., Black L.J. (2018), A review of mushrooms as a potential source
of dietary vitamin D, Nutrients, 10(10), 1498, https://doi.org/10.3390/nu10101498.
Chang S.T. (2006), The world mushroom industry: Trends and technological development,
International Journal of Medicinal Mushrooms, 8(4), pp. 297–314,
https://doi.org/10.1615/IntJMedMushr.v8.i4.10.
Chang S.T., Wasser S.P. (2012), The role of culinary-medicinal mushrooms on human welfare with a
pyramid model for human health, International Journal of Medical Mushrooms, 14(2), pp. 95–
134, https://doi.org/10.1615/intjmedmushr.v14.i2.10.
Cultivation (2021), Medicinal mushroom cultivation in China, Available at: https://www.indigo-
herbs.co.uk/blog/medicinal-mushroom-cultivation-china
Dubinina, A., Tymofeeva, O. (2009), Rozvytok hrybivnytstva v Ukrayini, Kharchova ta pererobna
promyslovist, 7–8, pp. 8–9.
Elorinne A.L., Kantola M., Voutilainen, S., Laakso J. (2016), Veganism as a choice: experiences and
food strategies in transitioning to a vegan diet, Conference Proceedings Food Futures: Ethics,
Science and Culture, 64, pp. 421–426, https://doi.org/10.3920/978-90-8686-834-6_64.
Ferdousi J., Riyadh Z., Hosain M.I., Saha S.R., Zakaria M. (2020), Mushroom production: benefits,
status, challenges and opportunities in Bangladesh: A review, Annual Research & Review in
Biology, 34(6), pp. 1–13, https://doi.org/10.9734/arrb/2019/v34i630169.
Garidel P. (2013), Protein solubility from a biochemical, physicochemical and colloidal perspective,
American Pharmaceutical Review, Available at:
https://www.americanpharmaceuticalreview.com/Featured-Articles/152568-Protein-Solubility-
from-a-Biochemical-Physicochemical-and-Colloidal-Perspective.
Glamočlija J., Stojković D., Nikolić M. et al. (2015), A comparative study on edible Agaricus
mushrooms as functional foods, Food & Function, 6(6), pp. 1900–1910,
https://doi.org/10.1039/c4fo01135j.
Global Alternative Proteins Market (2020), Market Insights, Covid-19 Impact, Competition and
Forecast (2020-2025), Available at: https://azothanalytics.com/report/food-beverage-and-
agriculture/global-alternative-proteins-market-analysis-by-product-application-by-region-by-
country-2020-edition-market-insights-covid-19-impact-competition-and-forecast-2020-2025.
Hernandez J.L., Castro G.M.J., Alba I.N., Garcia C.C. (1998), High performance liquid
chromatographic determination of mono and oligosaccharides in vegetables with evaporative
light-scattering detection and refractive index detection, Journal of Chromatographic Science,
36, pp. 293–298, https://doi.org/10.1093/chromsci/36.6.293.
Ivanov V., Shevchenko O., Marynin A., Stabnikov V., Gubenia O., Stabnikova O., Shevchenko A.,
Gavva O., Saliuk A. (2021), Trends and expected benefits of the breaking edge food technologies
in 2021–2030, Ukrainian Food Journal, 10(1), pp. 7–36, https://doi.org/10.24263/2304-974X-
2021-10-1-3.
Kransopolskaya L., Avtonomova A., Belitsky I. (2007), Biologicheski aktivnye polisakharidy
bazidialnykh gribov, Shkola gribovodstva, 6, pp. 50–52.
Kumar M., Turner S. (2015), Protocol: a medium-throughput determination of cellulose content from
single stem pieces of Arabidopsis thaliana, Plant Methods, 11, https://doi.org/10.1186/s13007-
015-0090-6.
Kumari N., Srivastava A.K. Nutritional analysis of some wild edible mushrooms collected from Ranchi
district Jharkhand, International Journal of Recent Scientific Research, 11(3), pp. 37670–37674.
Malecki J., Muszynski S., Solowiej B. (2021), Proteins in food systems – Bionanomaterials,
conventional and unconventional sources, functional properties, and development opportunities,
Polymers, 13(15), 2506, https://doi.org/10.3390/polym13152506.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
50
Martinez-Medina G.A., Chávez-González M.L., Verma K.D., Prado-Barragán A., Martínez-Hernández
J.L., Flores-Gallegos A.C., Thakur M., Srivastav P.P., Aguilar C.N. (2021), Bio-funcional
components in mushrooms, a health opportunity: Ergothionine and huitlacohe as recent trends,
Journal of Functional Foods, 77, 104326, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jff.2020.104326.
Medek D.E., Schwartz J., Myers S.S. (2017), Estimated effects of future atmospheric CO2 concentration
on protein intake and the risk of protein deficiency by country and region, Environ Health
Perspect, 125(8), 087002, https://doi.org/10.1289/EHP41.
Meera C.R., Smina T.P., Nitha B., Mathew J., Janardhanan K.K. (2009), Antiarthritic activity of a
polysaccharide-protein complex isolated from Phellinus rimosus (Berk.) Pilat
(Aphyllophoromycetideae) in Freund's complete adjuvant induced arthritic rats, International
Journal of Medicinal Mushrooms, 11(1), pp. 21–28,
https://doi.org/10.1615/IntJMedMushr.v11.i1.30.
Metrohm: Determination of carbohydrates by means of ion chromatography, Available at:
https://www.metrohm.com/en-th/company/news/news-determination-of-carbohydrates-by-
means-of-ion-chromatography.
Moore S., Stein W. (1972), The chemical structures of pancreatic ribonuclease and deoxyribonuclease:
Combined Text of the Nobel Lecture, Available at:
https://www.nobelprize.org/uploads/2018/06/moore-stein-lecture.pdf.
Mubiana F.S., Keumbo L., Kadhila N.P. (2012), Mushroom cultivation: A beginners guide, Available
at:
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/339616804_mushroom_cultivation_a_beginners_guid
e_second_edition
Pasichny V., Zhabina O., Yastreba Yu. (2009), Perspektyvy vykorystannya hrybiv u vyrobnytstvi
myasnykh i myaso-roslynnykh konserviv, Myasny biznes, 11(84), pp. 32-33.
Phat C., Moon B., Lee C. (2016), Evaluation of umami taste in mushroom extracts by chemical analysis,
sensory evaluation, and an electronic tongue system, Food Chemistry, 192, pp. 1068–1077,
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foodchem.2015.07.113.
Redweik S., Xu Yuanhong, Watzig H. (2012), Precise, fast and flexible determination of protein
interactions by affinity capillary electrophoresis, Electrophoresis, 33, pp. 3316–3322,
https://doi.org/10.1002/elps.201200181.
Regula J., Suliburska J., Siwulski M. (2016), Bioavailability and digestibility of nutrients from the dried
oyster culinary-medicinal mushroom, Pleurotus ostreatus (Agaricomycetes): In Vivo
Experiments, International Journal of Medicinal Mushrooms, 18(8), pp. 681–688.
https://doi.org/10.1615/IntJMedMushrooms.v18.i8.40.
Royse D. (2003), Cultivation of Oyster Mushrooms, Penn State’s College of Agricultural Sciences.
Sanket Sh., Pravin B. (2021), In-silico study of Agaricus Bisporus on DNA damaging protein, Available
at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/354440643_In-
silico_study_of_Agaricus_Bisporus_on_DNA_damaging_protein.
Simakhina G., Goyko I., Stetsenko N. (2014), Pererobka yistivnykh hrybiv dlya otrymannya
bilkovmisnykh napivfabrykativ, Tovary i rynky, 2(18), pp. 70–86.
Simakhina G., Naumenko N. (2020), Optymalny pidbir aminokyslot dlya podolannya bilkovoho
deficytu, Naukovi pratsi NUKHT, 26(5), pp. 170–181.
Simon R.R., Borzelleca J.F., DeLuca H.F., Weaver C.M. (2013), Safety assessment of the post-harvest
treatment of button mushrooms (Agaricus bisporus) using ultraviolet light, Food Chemical
Toxicology, 56, pp. 278–289, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fct.2013.02.009.
Stabnikova, O., Wang, J.Y., Ivanov, V. (2010). Value-added biotechnological products from organic
wastes. In: L.K. Wang, V. Ivanov, J.H. Tay, Y.T. Hung (Eds.), Handbook of Environmental
Engineering. 10. Environmental Biotechnology (pp. 343–394). Humana Press, Inc. Totowa, NJ,
USA, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-60327-140-0_8.
Stojković D., Reis F.S., Glamočlija J, Ćirić A., Barros L., Van Griensven L.J., Ferreira I.C., Soković
M. (2014), Cultivated strains of Agaricus bisporus and A. brasiliensis: chemical characterization
and evaluation of antioxidant and antimicrobial properties for the final healthy product-natural
preservatives in yoghurt, Food & Function, 5(7), pp. 1602–1612,
https://doi.org/10.1039/c4fo00054d.
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
51
Struminska-Parulska D., Falandysz J., Moniakowska A. (2021), Beta-emitting radionuclides in wild
mushrooms and potential radiotoxicity for their consumers, Trends in Food Science &
Technology, 114, pp. 672–683, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tifs.2021.06.015.
Tagkouli, D., Kaliora, A., Bekiaris, G., Koutrotsios, G., Christea, M., Zervakis, G. I., Kalogeropoulos,
N. (2020), Free amino acids in three pleurotus species cultivated on agricultural and agro-
industrial by-products. Molecules (Basel, Switzerland), 25(17), 4015.
https://doi.org/10.3390/molecules25174015.
Tolera K.D., Abera S. (2017), Nutritional quality of Oyster mushroom (Pleurotus ostreatus) as affected
by osmotic pretreatments and drying methods, Food Science and Nutrition, 5(5), pp. 989–9965,
https://doi.org/10.1002/fsn3.484.
Valverde M.E., Hernández-Pérez T., Paredes-López O. (2015), Edible mushrooms – Improving human
health and promoting quality life, International Journal of Microbiology, 376387.
https://doi.org/10.1155/2015/376387.
Wasser S.P., Sokolov D., Reshetnikov S.V., Timor-Tismenetsky M. (2000), Dietary supplements from
medicinal mushrooms: diversity of types and variety of regulations, International Journal of
Medicinal Mushrooms, 2, pp. 1–19, https://doi.org/10.1615/IntJMedMushr.v2.i1.10.
Wasser S.P., Weis A.L. (1999), Medicinal properties of substances occurring in Higher Basidiomycetes
Mushrooms: current perspectives (Review), International Journal of Medicinal Mushrooms, 1,
pp. 31–62, https://doi.org/10.1615/INTJMEDMUSHROOMS.V1.I1.30.
Wu G., Fanzo J., Miller D.D., Pingali P., Post M., Steiner J.L., Thalacker-Mercer A.E. (2014),
Production and supply of high-quality food protein for human consumption: sustainability,
challenges and innovations, Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1321, pp. 1–19,
https://doi.org/10.1111/nyas.12500.
Yaschenko O. (2012), Kharchova ta biolohichna rol yistivnykh hrybiv v kharchuvanni naselennya,
Gigiyena naselenykh mists, 59, pp. 234–240.
Zhang Y., Geng W., Shen Y., Wang Y., Dai Y. (2014), Edible mushroom cultivation for food security
and rural development in China: bio-innovation, technological dissemination and marketing,
Sustainability, 6(5), pp. 2961–2973, https://doi.org/10.3390/su6052961.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
52
Fermentation of apple juice using selected
autochthonous lactic acid bacteria
Eteri Tkesheliadze1, Nino Gagelidze1,
Tinatin Sadunishvili1, Christian Herzig2
1 – Agricultural University of Georgia, Tbilisi, Georgia
2 – University of Kassel, Witzenhausen, Germany
Keywords:
Apple
Juice
Fermentation
Lactiplantibacillus
plantarum
Antioxidant
Phenol
Probiotic
Abstract
Introduction. Dairy products are the most common
probiotic food. However, due to lack of enzyme lactase, their
ingestion for lactose intolerant people is a challenge. Fruit juices
are rich in nutrients and have proved to be effective carriers or
growth media for probiotics, specifically for lactic acid bacteria;
they are also lactose-free and can be taken by lactose intolerant
individuals.
Materials and methods. Self-made apple juice and selected
lactic acid bacteria were used in the study. The number of viable
bacterial cells was determined by a serial dilution method;
titratable acidity was determined by automatic titrator; sugars
and organic acids concentrations were measured using High-
Performance Liquid Chromatography; total phenolic compound
content was determined by the Folin-Chiocaltus method; and the
antioxidant activity was determined by FRAP (ferric-reducing
antioxidant power) assay.
Results and discussion. Selected Lactiplantibacillus
plantarum strains were used to ferment apple juice. The optimal
conditions for the fermentation were an initial pH 4.5 and 24 h
duration, with maximum bacterial cells viability 8.23±0.17 log
CFU/mL and 8.55±0.19 log CFU/mL for L. plantarum 74 and L.
plantarum 76, respectively. Characteristics of apple juice were
changed during fermentation, particularly, after 48 hours of
fermentation, an increase in the titratable acidity caused the pH
decrease and gradual decrease of the sugar contents was also
observed. The highest production of lactic and malic acids were
observed during 48 h of fermentation with the strain L.
plantarum 74. The fermented juice with L. plantarum 52, L.
plantarum 74, and L. plantarum 76 had concentration of total
phenolic compounds 532.9±26.7 mg GAE/L, 587.3±29.4 mg
GAE/L, 488.4±24.4 mg GAE/L and antioxidant activity
281.6±14.1 mg AAE/L, 300.6±15.0 mg AAE/L, 172.8±8.6 mg
AAE/L, respectively after 72 h of fermentation.
Conclusion. Apple juice fermented with selected strains of
Lactiplantibacillus plantarum was enriched with lactic acid
bacteria and can be used as a probiotic product that people with
lactose intolerance can consume.
Article history:
Received
22.08.2021
Received in revised
form 18.11.2021
Accepted
31.03.2022
Corresponding
author:
Eteri Tkesheliadze
E-mail:
etkes2015@
agruni.edu.ge
DOI:
10.24263/2304-
974X-2022-11-1-7
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
53
Introducton
The most common and affordable food products that are sources of beneficial probiotic
bacteria are fermented dairy products. However, some people, including children, are unable
to fully digest lactose, a sugar present in milk and milk products. On average, 65% of the
world's population is lactose intolerant (Bayless et al., 2017). Fruit juices are healthy products
that are rich in important nutrients such as vitamins, minerals and antioxidants (Hussein et
al., 2022), and they can serve as a medium for the growth of lactic acid bacteria. At the same
time, they do not contain lactose. Thus, fruit juices enriched with lactic acid bacteria might
be used as probiotic food products that even persons with lactose intolerance could consume
(Gomes et al., 2021; Katoch et al., 2021; Lillo-Pérez et al., 2021, Tkesheliadze et al., 2021).
Fermentation of fruit juices using lactic acid bacteria (LAB) could be used to preserve
sensorial and nutritional properties and to extend the shelf life of the final products (Garcia-
Gonzalez et al., 2021; Plessas, 2022). In addition, plant-based diets become increasingly
popular, so fermentation of plant products and the selection of microorganisms to be used as
starter culture is an issue of high demand (Cichońska and Ziarno, 2022). During the
fermentation of the juice caused by lactic acid bacteria, changes in its chemical and
microbiological properties occur and the final product can be enriched with microbial
metabolites such as organic acids, phenolic compounds, exopolysaccharides and bacteriocins
(Khubber et al., 2022). Due to these beneficial properties, fruit juices fermented by LAB
increases the availability of probiotic non-dairy products on the market. For this purpose, the
application of autochthonous starters is preferred (Garcia et al., 2020).
One of the most promising types of lactic acid bacteria used for the fermentation of
fruit juices are strains of Lactiplantibacillus plantarum whose cells have high gastrointestinal
adaptability and adhesion ability. These LAB also possess antimicrobial, antioxidant and
anti-inflammatory properties ( Garcia-Gonzalez et al. 2021; Rocchetti et al., 2021; Won et
al., 2021). Application of L. plantarum strains to ferment of vegetable and fruit juices is
extremely appealing since they can improve their sensorial properties (Plessas, 2022). From
a variety of fruit beverages, apple juice is considered as a good food substrate for enrichment
with lactic acid bacteria (Wu et al., 2020). This advantage is facilitated by the fact that the
fermentation process is thought increases the bioavailability of bioactive compounds found
in the plant material, namely in apples, which leads to a change in the substrate composition
and, as a result, affects the sensory properties of the final product (Guiné et al., 2021).
The aim of the present study was to investigate change of the selected technological
characteristics of apple juice fermented with the strains of Lactiplantibacillus plantarum.
Materials and methods
The apple fruits from different regions of Georgia were used in the study. Apples were
washed with tap water, cutting, crushed using a food processor and filtered through a paper
filter, 12.5 cm diameter, and then through the Millex-GS Syringe Filter Unit with a 0.22 µm
pore size mixed cellulose esters membrane (Millipore).
For the fermentation of apple juice three probiotic strains of autochthonous lactic acid
bacteria Lactiplantibacillus plantarum 52, L. plantarum 74, L. plantarum 76 from the
collection of microorganisms at Durmishidze Institute of Biochemistry and Biotechnology
of the Agricultural University of Georgia, specifically were used. The bacterial strains stored
at -80 °C were transferred to MRS broth and incubated at 37 °C for 48 hours.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
54
Apple juice was inoculated with lactic acid bacteria and incubated at 37 °C. Cell
viability, pH values, titratable acidity, content of sugars, organic acids and total phenolic
compounds as well as antioxidant activity were evaluated prior to the fermentation process
and after 24 h, 48 h, and 72 h of fermentation.
The total number of viable cells of L. plantarum 52, L. plantarum 74, L. plantarum
76 on MRS agar was determined using the serial dilution method. Aliquots (0.1 mL) of
diluted fermented juice were plated in triplicate onto MRS agar and incubated at 37 °C for
72 h in an anaerobic incubator (Hashemi et al., 2017, ISO/TS 19036, 2006). The results were
expressed as log CFU/mL.
The pH was measured using a digital pH meter. Titratable acidity (TA) was determined
by titrating with 0.1 M NaOH to a pH end-point of 8.2 using an automatic titrator (ZDJ-4A,
NASA Scientific Instrument Co., Ltd, Anting Shanghai, China). The results were expressed
as gram of malic acid equivalents per 100 mL of juice (Wlodarska et al., 2017).
HPLC was used to determine the concentrations of sugars such as sucrose, fructose,
and glucose, as well as the content of organic acids, in fermented and unfermented apple
juices. The data were recalculated in grams per liter.
Total phenolic content in apple juice was determined using the Folin-Chiocaltheus
method (Bond et al., 2003). 5 mL of diluted 10 times Folin-Chicolteo reagent was added to
1 mL of the test sample and left at room temperature for 8 minutes. As a control, 1 mL of
distilled water was used. Then 4 mL of sodium carbonate was added and thoroughly mixed.
The samples and standards were kept at room temperature for 1 hour. A spectrophotometer
was used to determine the sample absorption rate at a wavelength of 765 nm. The results
were expressed in mg gallic acid equivalents (GAE) per litre of juice.
The total antioxidant concentration was determined by the FRAP method (Benzie
and Strain, 1996). A spectrophotometer was used to measure the change in absorption
intensity. Initially, a working solution for determining the sample was prepared using a
mixture of three solutions: 300 mM acetate buffer (pH 3.6); TPTZ (2.4.6-tripiridyl-5-
triazine), and trivalent iron chloride, in the ratio 10:1:1. The obtained working solution was
submerged in a 37 °C water bath for 15 minutes. The working solution, 3 mL, was added to
the apple juice sample, 100 μl, and the absorbance was measured using a spectrophotometer
at 593 nm; the absorption was recorded after 4 minutes. The working solution was used as a
control, while ascorbic acid was applied as a comparator. The data were measured in mg of
ascorbic acid equivalent (AAE) in 1L of the juice.
All experiments were performed in triplicate. The data are expressed as the mean
±standard deviation. Statistical analysis was carried out using one-way ANOVA and Tukey’s
HSD tests. One-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) was done to analyze the variation of the
means between the experimental samples. Tukey’s HSD test was used to differentiate
between the mean values. All the analyses were done using XLSTAT (free trial version 2022,
Addinsoft, Inc., Brooklyn, NY, USA). p value < 0.05 was considered statistically significant.
Results and discussion
Determination of the viable cell number
An important parameter for evaluating the fermentation process is the quantitative
change in the number of bacteria (Janiszewska-Turak et al., 2022). Changes of viable cell
number of Lactiplantibacillus plantarum 52, 74, and 76 during the fermentation of apple
juice are shown in Table. 1.
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
55
Table 1
Changes of viable cell number in apple juice fermented with strains Lactiplantibacillus
plantarum
Time of
fermentation, h
L. plantarum 52
L. plantarum 74
L. plantarum 76
log of colony forming units (CFU)/mL
0
8.1±0.1
8.2±0.2
8.3±0.2
24
9.0±0.4
8.2±0.2
8.6±0.2
48
6.6±0.2
7.4±0.3
7.4±0.3
72
9.1±0.3
7.4±0.1
7.8±0.3
192
7.8±0.1
7.5±0.4
8.5±0.3
288
7.0±0.4
7.3±0.2
7.8±0.2
All strains of the lactic acid bacteria revealed different growth (Table 1). In the case of
L. plantarum 76, the initial cell number of 8.3±0.2 log CFU/mL increased to 7.8±0.3 log
CFU/mL after 72 h, whereas in L. plantarum 52, an increase approximately 1 log CFU/mL
of bacterial cells was observed within 24 h of fermentation, followed by decrease to 2.45 log
CFU/mL, which could be caused by sugar consumption in fermented juices. Similar results
were observed in the research of Janiszewska-Turak with co-authors (2022). Li with co-
authors (2019) in their study found that during the first 24 h of fermentation, the viability of
L. plantarum cells increased due to adequate nutrient content and suitable growth conditions,
and after 24 h their growth slowed down. Wang with co-authors (2021) studied the viability
of bacteria in apple juice fermented with Lactobacillus plantarum. As the results showed, in
the case of additional ultrasound processing of juice, in the early stage of fermentation, in
particular after sonication for 0.5 h, the number of the bacteria increased from 7.5 log
CFU/mL to 7.9 log CFU/mL and 7.8 log CFU/mL, whereas the number of Lactobacillus
plantarum cells did not change when this treatment was not used. The viable cell count of L.
plantarum decreased during the storage at 25 °C of fermented dairy substrates from 8.89 log
CFU/mL to 8.6 log CFU/mL after 240 h and the decrease was more pronounced after 1440 h
in fermented transition milk stored at 25 °C, showing a viable cell count 5.7 log CFU/mL
(Fonseca et al., 2020). According to Ostlie with co-authors (2003), viable cell counts for the
probiotic strains in fermented milk increased from 8.7 to 9.2 log CFU/mL after 6–16 h of
incubation.
Determination of pH
The pH changes in apple juice fermented using different strains of L. plantarum are
shown in Table 2.
The initial pH of control sample was 4.5±0.2. The juice pH reduced after 48 h of
fermentation from 4.5 to 3.6 and a modest decline in the cell viability was observed after 48
h of fermentation (Table 1). The pH of apple juice increased from 3.8 to 4.0 on the 192 h of
fermentation because of L. plantarum 76 activity, and the number of viable cells increased
as well (Table 1). Meanwhile, the pH of the juice fermented with L. plantarum 74 increased
to 4.0, and at the end of fermentation decreased to pH 3.8. According to the literary data, a
similar drop was shown in fermented dairy product as well. After 2 h of fermentation, the pH
of the milk began to decrease rapidly, from 6.8 reached 4.5 in less than 6 h (Dan et al.,
2019).
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
56
Table 2
Changes of the pH of apple juice fermented with the strains Lactiplantibacillus plantarum
Time of
fermentation, h
L. plantarum 52
L. plantarum 74
L. plantarum 76
48
3.6±0.2
3.6±0.2
3.6±0.2
72
3.8±0.2
3.8±0.2
3.8±0.2
192
3.9±0.2
4.0±0.3
4.0±0.1
288
3.8±0.2
3.8±0.4
3.9±0.1
It should be mentioned that the pH of MRS broth was 6.4 at the start of the experiment
and ranged between 3.8 and 4.0 by the 288 h as a result of the action of all three strains,
whereas the pH of apple juice was 4.5. The value reduced on the 288 day of fermentation by
L. plantarum strains.
The pH changes, in turn, impacted the number of bacteria present during apple juice
fermentation. In particular, on the 288 h of fermentation, the initial number of bacteria L.
plantarum 52, L. plantarum 74, L. plantarum 76 decreased from 8.1±0.1 log CFU/mL,
8.2±0.2 log CFU/mL and 8.3±0.2 log CFU/mL to 7.0±0.4 log CFU/mL, 7.3±0.2 log CFU/mL
and 7.8±0.2 log CFU/mL, respectively, while no reduction in the number of cells of every
culture was observed in MRS broth.
The establishment of various conditions, particularly when the pH of MRS broth and
apple juice do not match, may be one of the causes of the decrease in viable cell number
(Mousavi et al., 2013). Given that pH is one of the most significant factors determining the
probiotic survival, the pH value of the juice at the start of our experiment may have resulted
in a steady decline in microbial growth. According to Dimitrovski with co-authors (2015), a
low pH value does not promote LAB growth, and pH low than 4.4 could inhibit the growth
or slow down the growth rate (Saeed et al., 2013) and thus the initial pH influences the
fermentation process (Peng et al., 2021).
Determination of titratable acidity
The changes of the titratable acidity (TA) of apple juice fermented with strains of
Lactiplantibacillus plantarum are shown in Table 3.
Table 3
Changes of the titratable acidity of apple juice fermented with the strains Lactiplantibacillus
plantarum
Time of
fermentation, h
L. plantarum 52
L. plantarum 74
L. plantarum 76
g /100mL
48
2.07±0.10
2.54±0.11
2.40±0.23
72
1.08±0.05
1.14±0.19
1.07±0.07
192
1.25±0.06
0.97±0.09
1.06±0.06
288
1.37±0.15
1.01±0.16
1.14±0.14
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
57
The initial titratable acidity of control sample was 1.25±0.13 g/100mL. For the first 48
h, it increased, when compared to controls in all three samples. Our findings are consistent
with those of Mashayekh with co-authors (2015) who found that the acidity of a mixture of
pineapple, apple and mango juice significantly increased during fermentation with
Lactobacillus casei 1608 due to production of organic acids. As seen in Tables 2 and 3, there
is a correlation between the pH value and the titratable acidity, with the pH decreasing sharply
from the start of fermentation to 48 h, while the titratable acidity increases significantly
during this time of fermentation. In the case of milk fermentation by L. plantarum P9, the
TA increased after 13.5 h of fermentation. It was accompanied by a rapidly dropping in the
pH value and reaching the fermentation endpoint pH of 4.5 from 6.47. At this incubation
period, the viable counts of L. plantarum P9 increased from 7.35 to 8.44 log CFU/mL (Zha
et al., 2021).
Determination of sugars
Changes of glucose, fructose and sucrose concentrations in apple juice fermented with
strains of Lactiplantibacillus plantarum are shown in Table 4.
Table 4
Changes of the glucose, fructose and sucrose concentrations in apple juice fermented with the
strains Lactiplantibacillus plantarum
Apple juice
fermented with
Concentration of sugars, g/L, at time of fermentation, h
Sucrose
Glucose
Fructose
24
48
24
48
24
48
Apple juice (control)
2.4±0.1
2.4±0.1
39.0±2.0
39±2.0
105±5.3
105±5.3
L. plantarum 52
2.3±0.1
1.9±0.1
32.5±1.6
26.8±1.3
93.5±4.7
84.3±4.2
L. plantarum 74
2.2±0.1
2.0±0.1
33.6±1.7
28.5±1.4
95.5±4.8
87.8±4.4
L. plantarum 76
2.2±0.2
2.0±0.1
33.9±1.7
28.5±1.3
100±5.0
88±4.4
The strain of L. plantarum 52 fermented 0.16 g/L of sucrose during 24 h and 0.41 g/L
for 48 h. Fermentation of glucose and fructose was going more intensive during the first 24
h. 6.5 g/L of glucose and 11.5 g/L of fructose were fermented on the first day, while 5.7 g/L
of glucose and 9.2 g/L of fructose were converted on the second day. Fermentation using the
strain of L. plantarum 74 was similar. In the case of L. plantarum 76 use, fructose
fermentation increased on the second day. According to the literary data, different bacterial
strains ferment sugars in different ways. Some strains of lactic acid bacteria ferment glucose
at a rate higher than the rate of fructose assimilation (Mousavi et al., 2013), while others do
the opposite (Peng et al., 2021).
Determination of organic acids
Apple juice used in the study contained 6.5±0.3 g/L of malic and 1.2±0.1 g/L of lactic
acids. During 48 h fermentation in samples with L. plantarum 52, 74, 76, bacteria consumed
malic acid and produced lactic acid; the concentration of lactic acid reached 6.9±0.3, 7.0±0.3,
6.9±0.5 g/L, respectively, while concentration of malic acid reduced to 3.3±0.2, 3.5±0.2,
3.3±0.1 g/L (Figure 1).
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
58
Figure 1. Changes in organic acid concentrations in apple juice fermented with the strains
Lactiplantibacillus plantarum
The mail product of sugar fermentation by LAB is lactic acid, and the breakdown of
malic acid is going due to their activity (Chen et al., 2019; Fonseca et al., 2021; Mousavi et
al., 2013; Ricci et al., 2019). For example, concentration of lactic acid in the soymilk
increased after 56 h of fermentation from 0.5 g/L to 2.04 g/L (Shu et al., 2022).
Determination of total phenolic content
The concentration of polyphenols in apple juice varies depending on the apple cultivars
(Wlodarska et al., 2017). Phenolic compounds enrich the fermented juice with flavor, inhibit
microbial spoilage, and regulate fermentation rate (Ye et al., 2014). Phenolic compounds
frequently occur as complex molecules associated with sugars or proteins. LAB can break
down polyphenols into simpler components through decarboxylation, reduction, de-
esterification, and deglycosylation reactions (Lee and Paik, 2017). The total amount of
phenols in the fermented product may raise or decrease because of fermentation (Crespo et
al., 2021).
After fermentation with L. plantarum 74, the total phenol concentration in the
fermented apple juice increased from 405.0±20.3 to 414.8±20.8 mg GAE/L in 24 h and
443.4±22.2 mg GAE/L in 48 h. From 24 to 72 hours of fermentation, all samples showed a
tendency to increase total phenols content, although various tendencies were seen from the
third day of fermentation (Table 5).
Lactic acid fermentation of chokeberry juice with L. paracasei SP5 resulted in an
increase in total phenolics content and antioxidant activity in fermented chokeberry juice
compared with non-fermented juice after storage at 4 °C for 4 weeks (Bontsidis et al., 2021).
Hashemi with co-authors (2017) also found significant changes in the common phenolic
content during the fermentation of sweet lemon juice with L. plantarum.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Control Lactiplantibacillus
plantarum №52
Lactiplantibacillus
plantarum №74
Lactiplantibacillus
plantarum №76
Concentration
g/L
Organic Acids (g/l) Malic acid Organic Acids (g/l) Lactic acid
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
59
Table 5
Changes of the total phenol contents in apple juice fermented with the strains Lactiplantibacillus
plantarum
Apple juice
fermented with
Concentration of the total phenol contents, mg GAE/L, at time
of fermentation, h
0
24
48
72
192
288
L. plantarum
52
406.0±
20.3ef
397.2±
19.9ef
479.6±
24.0bcd
532.9±
26.7ab
404.3±
20.2ef
400.5±
20.0ef
L. plantarum
74
406.0±
20.3ef
414.8±
20.7def
443.4±
22.2cdef
587.3±
29.4a
391.2±
19.6ef
403.8±
20.12ef
L. plantarum 76
406.0±
20.3ef
387.9±
19.4f
457.6±
22.9cde
488.4±
24.4bc
393.4±
19.7ef
414.8±
20.7def
Note: means ±standard deviation (SD) in the table with different alphabet letters indicate the significant
difference at p < 0.05.
Determination of antioxidant activity
The changes in the total antioxidant activities in apple juices fermented with the three
selected Lactiplantibacillus plantarum strains are shown (Table 6).
Table 6
Changes of the total antioxidant activities of the apple juice fermented with the strains
Lactiplantibacillus plantarum
\
Note: means ±standard deviation (SD) in the table with different alphabet letters indicate the significant
difference at p < 0.05.
Maximum antioxidant activities were found in apple juice fermented by all strains of
L. plantarum after 72 h of fermentation and were 274.4, 282.6 and 172.8 mg AAE/L for L.
plantarum 52, 74 and 76, respectively. The influence of the unique properties of various
strains as well as composition of fermented juice on the increase of the antioxidant activity
is shown (Multari et al., 2020; Nguyen, 2019). The antioxidant activity of orange juice
fermented with different strains of Lactobacillus brevis POM and Lactobacillus plantarum
varied significantly (de la Fuente et al., 2021). According to Shakya and co-authors (2021),
the rise in total phenol content in the plant extracts fermented with Lactobacillus brevis 174A
may be associated with an increase in antioxidant activity. The increase in the total phenol
Apple juice
fermented with
Concentration of the total phenol contents, mg AAE/L, at time
of fermentation, h
0
24
48
72
192
288
L. plantarum 52
173.1±
8.7 cd
117.2±
5.9f
274.4±
13.7ab
281.6±
14.1ab
183.5±
9.2c
155.0±
7.8cde
L. plantarum 74
173.1±
8.7 cd
269.6±
13.5b
282.8±
14.1ab
300.6±
15.0a
132.2±
6.6ef
177.3±
8.9c
L. plantarum 76
173.1±
8.7cd
140.3±
7.0ef
144.8±
7.2def
172.8±
8.6cd
153.8±
7.7cde
138.2±
6.9ef
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
60
content was observed in the present study as well: for example, in the case of L. plantarum
74 application, the total phenolic content increased from 406. 0±20.3 mg GAE/L to
587.3±29.4 mg GAE/L, while the antioxidant activity increased from 173.1±8.7 mg AAE/L
to 300.6±15.0 mg AAE/L after 72 h of fermentation (Tables 5 and 6).
Conclusions
The apple juice was used to be fermented by autochthonous Lactiplantibacillus
plantarum strains. Fermented apple juice possessed higher content of the phenolic
compounds and increased antioxidant activity. The number of alive lactic bacteria cells
increased to the end of fermentation, so apple juice is a good substrate for maintaining the
viability of probiotic lactic acid bacteria. Apple juice fermented by lactic acid bacteria could
be considered as a probiotic product consumption of which will have a beneficial effect on
human health, especially for people with lactose intolerance.
Acknowledgments: The study was supported by the Sustainable Agricultural and
Food Systems (SAFS) Structured Doctoral Project, jointly offered by the University
of Kassel (Germany) and the Agricultural University of Georgia. The research was
funded by the Volkswagen Foundation and Shota Rustaveli National Science
Foundation of Georgia (SRNSFG) – Contract No. 04/47.
References
Bayless T.M., Brown E., Paige D.M. (2017), Lactase non-persistence and lactose intolerance,
Current Gastroenterology Reports, 19(5), pp. 23. DOI: 10.1007/s11894-017-0558-9.
Benzie I. F. F., Strain J. J. (1996), The ferric reducing ability of plasma (FRAP) as a measure
of “Antioxidant Power”: The FRAP Assay, Analytical Biochemistry, 239(1), pp. 70–76,
DOI: 10.1006/abio.1996.0292
Bond T.J., Lewis J.R., Davis A., Davis A.P. (2003), Methods of polyphenols analysis, In:
Santos-Bulga C. Williamson G. eds., Analysis and Purification of Catechins and Their
Transformation Products, The Royal Society of Chemistry.
Bontsidis C., Mallouchos A., Terpou A., Nikolaou A., Batra G., Mantzourani I., Alexopoulos
A., Plessas S. (2021), Microbiological and chemical properties of chokeberry juice
fermented by novel lactic acid bacteria with potential probiotic properties during
fermentation at 4 °C for 4 weeks, Foods, 10(4), p. 768, DOI: 10.3390/foods10040768.
Chen C., Yanqing L., Haiyan Y., Zeyuan C., Huaixiang T. (2019), Influence of 4 lactic acid
bacteria on the flavor profile of fermented apple juice, Food Bioscience, 27, pp. 30–36,
DOI: 10.1016/j.fbio.2018.11.006.
Cichońska P., Ziarno M. (2022), Legumes and legume-based beverages fermented with lactic
acid bacteria as a potential carrier of probiotics and prebiotics, Microorganisms, 10(1),
91, DOI: 10.3390/microorganisms10010091.
Crespo L., Gaglio R., Martínez F. G., Martin G. M., Franciosi E., Madrid-Albarrán Y.,
Settanni L., Mozzi F., Pescuma M. (2021), Bioaccumulation of selenium-by fruit origin
lactic acid bacteria in tropical fermented fruit juices, Food Science and Technology, 151,
112103, DOI: 10.1016/j.lwt.2021.112103.
Dan T., Chen H., Li T., Tian J., Ren W., Zhang H., Sun T. (2019), Influence of Lactobacillus
plantarum P-8 on fermented milk flavor and storage stability, Frontiers in Microbiology,
3133. DOI: 10.3389/fmicb.2018.03133.
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
61
De la Fuente B., Luz C., Puchol C., Meca G., Barba F. J. (2021), Evaluation of fermentation
assisted by Lactobacillus brevis POM, and Lactobacillus plantarum (TR-7, TR-71, TR-
14) on antioxidant compounds and organic acids of an orange juice-milk based beverage,
Food Chemistry, 343, 128414, DOI: 10.1016/j.foodchem.2020.128414
Dimitrovski D., Velickova E., Langerholc T., Winkelhausen E. (2015), Apple juice as a
medium for fermentation by the probiotic Lactobacillus plantarum PCS 26 strain,
Annals of Microbiology, 65(4), pp. 2161–2170, DOI: 10.1007/s13213-015-1056-7
Fonseca H. C., Duarte E. R., Souza L. C. A. S., Mariano E. G. A., Pires A. C. D. S., Lima T.
S., Pinto M. S. (2020), Growth, viability, and post-acidification of Lactobacillus
plantarum in bovine transition milk, Revista mexicana de ciencias pecuarias, 11(2), pp.
539-552.
Fonseca H. C., Melo D. D. S., Ramos C. L., Dias D. R., Schwan R. F. (2021),
Lactiplantibacillus plantarum CCMA 0743 and Lacticaseibacillus paracasei subsp.
paracasei LBC-81 metabolism during the single and mixed fermentation of tropical fruit
juices, Brazilian Journal of Microbiology, 52(4), pp. 2307-2317.
Garcia C., Guerin M., Souidi K., Remize F. (2020), Lactic fermented fruit or vegetable juices:
Past, present and future, Beverages, 6(1), 8. DOI: 10.3390/beverages6010008.
Garcia-Gonzalez N., Battista N., Prete R., Corsetti A. (2021), Health-promoting role of
Lactiplantibacillus plantarum isolated from fermented foods, Microorganisms, 9(2),
349, DOI: 10.3390/microorganisms9020349.
Gomes I. A., Venâncio A., Lima J. P., Freitas-Silva O. (2021), Fruit-based non-dairy beverage:
A new approach for probiotics, Advances in Biological Chemistry, 11(6), pp. 302–330,
DOI: 10.4236/abc.2021.116021.
Guiné R. P., Barroca M. J., Coldea T. E., Bartkiene E., Anjos O. (2021), Apple fermented
products: An overview of technology, properties and health effects, Processes, 9(2),
223, DOI: 10.3390/pr9020223.
Hashemi S. M. B., Mousavi K. A., Barba F. J., Nemati Z., Sohrabi S. S., Alizadeh F. (2017),
Fermented sweet lemon juice (Citrus limetta) using Lactobacillus plantarum LS5:
Chemical composition, antioxidant and antibacterial activities, Journal of Functional
Foods, 38, pp. 409–414, DOI: 10.1016/j.jff.2017.09.040.
Hussein A. S. (2022), Production nutritious juice blends containing bioactive healthy
compounds, Egyptian Journal of Chemistry, 65(3), pp. 1-2, DOI:
10.21608/ejchem.2021.87808.4238.
Janiszewska-Turak E., Walczak M., Rybak K., Pobiega K., Gniewosz M., Woźniak Ł.,
Witrowa-Rajchert D. (2022), Influence of fermentation beetroot juice process on the
physico-chemical properties of spray dried powder, Molecules, 27(3), 1008.
Katoch G. K., Nain N., Kaur S., Rasane P. (2021), Lactose intolerance and its dietary
management: An update, Journal of the American College of Nutrition, pp. 1–11, DOI:
10.1080/07315724.2021.1891587.
Khubber S., Marti-Quijal F. J., Tomasevic I., Remize F., Barba F. J. (2022), Lactic acid
fermentation as a useful strategy to recover antimicrobial and antioxidant compounds
from food and by-products, Current Opinion in Food Science, 43, 189–198, DOI:
10.1016/j.cofs.2021.11.013.
Lee N.K., Paik H.D. (2017), Bioconversion using lactic acid bacteria: Ginsenosides, GABA,
and phenolic compounds, Journal of Microbiology and Biotechnology, 27(5), pp. 869–
877, DOI: 10.4014/jmb.1612.12005.
Li Z., Teng J., Lyu Y., Hu X., Zhao Y., Wang M. (2019), Enhanced antioxidant activity for
apple juice fermented with Lactobacillus plantarum ATCC14917, Molecules, 24(1), 51,
DOI: 10.3390/molecules24010051.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
62
Lillo-Pérez S., Guerra-Valle M., Orellana-Palma P., Petzold G. (2021), Probiotics in fruit and
vegetable matrices: Opportunities for nondairy consumers, Food Science and
Technology, 151, 112106, DOI: 10.1016/j.lwt.2021.112106.
Mashayekh S., Hashemiravan M., Mokhtari F. D. (2015), Study on production possibility of
probiotic fermented beverage based on mixture of pineapple, apple and mango juices,
Journal of Chemical and Pharmaceutical Research, 7(12), 1132–1137.
Mousavi Z. E., Mousavi S. M., Razavi S. H., Hadinejad M., Emam-Djomeh Z., Mirzapour M.
(2013), Effect of fermentation of pomegranate juice by Lactobacillus plantarum and
Lactobacillus acidophilus on the antioxidant activity and metabolism of sugars, organic
acids and phenolic compounds, Food Biotechnology, 27(1), pp. 1–13, DOI:
10.1080/08905436.2012.724037.
Multari S., Carafa I., Barp L., Caruso M., Licciardello C., Larcher R., Tuohy K., Martens S.
(2020), Effects of Lactobacillus spp. on the phytochemical composition of juices from
two varieties of Citrus sinensis L. Osbeck: ‘Tarocco’ and ‘Washington navel,’ Food
Science and Technology, 125, 109205, DOI: 10.1016/j.lwt.2020.109205.
Munoz-Pina S., Duch-Calabuig A., Ros-Lis J. V., Verdejo B., García-España E., Argüelles
Á., Andrés A. (2022), A tetraazahydroxypyridinone derivative as inhibitor of apple juice
enzymatic browning and oxidation, Food Science and Technology, 154, 112778, DOI:
10.1016/j.lwt.2021.112778.
Nguyen B. T., Bujna E., Fekete N., Tran A., Rezessy-Szabo J. M., Prasad R., Nguyen Q. D.
(2019), Probiotic beverage from pineapple juice fermented with Lactobacillus and
Bifidobacterium strains, Frontiers in Nutrition, 6, 54, DOI: 10.3389/fnut.2019.00054.
Ostlie H.M., Helland M.H., Wicklund T, Narvhus J.A. (2003), Growth and metabolism of
selected strains of probiotic bacteria in milk, International Journal of Food
Microbiology, 87, pp. 17–27.
Peng W., Meng D., Yue T., Wang Z., Gao Z. (2021), Effect of the apple cultivar on cloudy
apple juice fermented by a mixture of Lactobacillus acidophilus, Lactobacillus
plantarum, and Lactobacillus fermentum, Food Chemistry, 340, 127922, DOI:
10.1016/j.foodchem.2020.127922.
Plessas S. (2022), Advancements in the use of fermented fruit juices by lactic acid bacteria as
functional foods: Prospects and сhallenges of Lactiplantibacillus (Lpb.) plantarum
subsp. plantarum application, Fermentation, 8(1), 6, DOI:
10.3390/fermentation8010006.
Ricci A., Cirlini M., Maoloni A., Del Rio D., Calani L., Bernini V., Galaverna G., Neviani E.,
Lazzi C. (2019), Use of dairy and plant-derived Lactobacilli as starters for cherry juice
fermentation, Nutrients, 11(2), 213, DOI: 10.3390/nu11020213.
Rocchetti M. T., Russo P., Capozzi V., Drider D., Spano G., Fiocco D. (2021), Bioprospecting
antimicrobials from Lactiplantibacillus plantarum: Key factors underlying its probiotic
action, International Journal of Molecular Sciences, 22(21), 12076, DOI:
10.3390/ijms222112076.
Saeed A. H., Salam A. I. (2013), Current limitations and challenges with lactic acid bacteria:
a review, Food and Nutrition Sciences, 2013, DOI: 10.4236/fns.2013.411A010.
Shakya S., Danshiitsoodol N., Sugimoto S., Noda M., Sugiyama M. (2021), Anti-oxidant and
anti-inflammatory substance generated newly in paeoniae radix alba extract fermented
with plant-derived Lactobacillus brevis 174A, Antioxidants, 10(7), 1071, DOI:
10.3390/antiox10071071.
Shu C. H., Jaiswal R., Peng Y. Y., Liu T. H. (2022), Improving bioactivities of Momordica
charantia broth through fermentation using mixed cultures of Lactobacillus plantarum,
Gluconacetobacter sp. and Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Process Biochemistry, 117, 142-
152, DOI: 10.1016/j.procbio.2022.03.023.
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
63
Tkesheliadze E., Gagelidze N., Sadunishvili T., Herzig C. (2021), Health promotional apple
as an ideal substrate for probiotic beverages, Annals of Agrarian Science, 19, pp. 77–84.
Wang H., Tao Y., Li Y., Wu S., Li D., Liu X., Han Y., Manickam S., Show P. L. (2021),
Application of ultrasonication at different microbial growth stages during apple juice
fermentation by Lactobacillus plantarum: Investigation on the metabolic response,
Ultrasonics Sonochemistry, 73, 105486, DOI: 10.1016/j.ultsonch.2021.105486.
Włodarska K., Pawlak-Lemańska K., Górecki T., Sikorska E. (2017), Classification of
commercial apple juices based on multivariate analysis of their chemical profiles,
International Journal of Food Properties, 20(8), pp. 1773–1785, DOI:
10.1080/10942912.2016.1219367.
Won G., Choi S.I., Park N., Kim J.E., Kang C.-H., Kim G.H. (2021), In vitro antidiabetic,
antioxidant activity, and probiotic activities of Lactiplantibacillus plantarum and
Lacticaseibacillus paracasei strains, Current Microbiology, 78(8), pp. 3181–3191, DOI:
10.1007/s00284-021-02588-5.
Wu C., Li T., Qi J., Jiang T., Xu H., Lei H. (2020), Effects of lactic acid fermentation-based
biotransformation on phenolic profiles, antioxidant capacity and flavor volatiles of apple
juice, Food Science and Technology, 122, 109064, DOI: 10.1016/j.lwt.2020.109064.
Ye M., Yue T., Yuan Y. (2014), Evolution of polyphenols and organic acids during the
fermentation of apple cider, Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture, 94(14), pp.
2951–2957, DOI: 10.1002/jsfa.6639.
Zha M., Li K., Zhang W., Sun Z., Kwok L. Y., Menghe B., Chen Y. (2021), Untargeted mass
spectrometry-based metabolomics approach unveils molecular changes in milk
fermented by Lactobacillus plantarum P9, Food Science and Technology, 140, 110759.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
64
Quality assessment of sponge cake with reduced sucrose
addition made from composite wheat and barley malt flour
Marko Jukić1, Gjore Nakov2, Daliborka Koceva Komlenić1,
Franjo Šumanovac1, Antonio Koljđeraj1, Jasmina Lukinac1
1 – Josip Juraj Strossmayer University of Osijek, Faculty of Food Technology,
Osijek, Croatia
2 – Institute of Cryobiology and Food Technologies, Agricultural Academy –
Sofia, Bulgaria
Keywords:
Sponge cake
Barley malt
Flour
Sucrose
Functionality
Abstract
Introduction. The aim of this study was to investigate the effects
of replacing part of the wheat flour (WF) with brewer's barley malt
flour (BMF), while reducing the sucrose in the recipe, on the quality
characteristics of sponge cakes.
Materials and methods. For the production of sponge cake
samples, WF and three different types of brewer's BMF (Pilsen,
Amber and Black) were used in different ratios with simultaneous
reduction of sucrose addition. The content of reducing sugars in WF
and BMF was determined, as well as the moisture content and water
activity in sponge cake samples. Determination of specific volume,
colour in CIEL*a*b* space, texture profile analysis (TPA) and
sensory analysis using the nine-point hedonic scale were also
performed.
Results and discussion. The contents of reducing sugars were
0.43, 7.75, 17.05 and 61.02 g/100 g in WF, Amber, Pilsen and Black
BMF, respectively. Since sucrose is known to be an excellent
ingredient for lowering water activity, both moisture content and
water activity in the sponge cake samples increased significantly
when the addition of sucrose was reduced. The specific volume
decreased from 1.99 cm3/g in the control WF sample to 1.79 cm3/g in
the WF sample with reduction of sucrose content by 50.0%.
Reducing the sucrose addition significantly increased the hardness
and chewiness, while the resilience and cohesiveness of the cake
decreased (p < 0.05). Addition of 20% BMF and reduction of sucrose
to 83.3% of the original recipe mitigated these effects and there were
no statistically significant differences between these samples and the
control WF sample in terms of specific volume and texture
parameters. The addition of BMF significantly affected all colour
parameters of the sponge cake crumb (p < 0.05). Amber BMF:WF
(20:80) sponge cake with reduced sucrose addition (83.3%) had the
highest sensory scores for colour, appearance and overall
acceptability. Pilsen BMF:WF (20:80) with reduced added sucrose
(83.3%) had the best odour and the best taste was the WF control
sample.
Conclusion. By replacing WF with BMF in the production of
sponge cakes, a very wide range of sponge cake products with
different quality characteristics, improved nutritional and functional
properties can be obtained. BMF has significant amounts of its own
sugars, which can minimize the effect of the reduction of sucrose
content in the sponge cake recipe.
Article history:
Received
12.07.2021
Received in
revised form
19.12.2021
Accepted
31.03.2022
Corresponding
author:
Marko Jukić
E-mail:
mjukic@
ptfos.hr
DOI:
10.24263/2304-
974X-2022-11-1-
8
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
65
Introduction
Sponge cakes are considered to be food with low nutritional value because they usually
contain high amounts of refined wheat flour (WF) and sucrose. Consumption of so-called
sweetened grain products, which include sponge cakes, significantly increases the intake of
sugar and decreases the intake of fibre (Frary et al., 2004). This has a negative impact on the
quality of the human diet and increases the risk of various diseases such as diabetes, dental
decay and obesity, and thus also hypertension and cardiovascular diseases. Therefore, all
attempts to increase the nutritional value of these types of products are welcome. One way to
achieve this goal is to use non-wheat flour in a sponge cake recipe. For fermented products,
such as bread, the use of non-wheat flour is limited as a significant amount of gluten is
desirable to produce quality products (Ho et al., 2018). However, this is not the case for
products such as sponge cakes. Sponge cakes are foam-like products and their structure
depends mainly on the incorporation of air bubbles into the foam during the mixing phase
and on the functionality of sucrose and eggs in the recipe (Godefroidt et al., 2019). Since
gluten is not so important for making sponge cake, many recipes have been developed with
flours from other grains and even legumes (Sobhy et al., 2015). Barley flour has long been
used as a substitute for WF in the manufacture of various cereal-based products, including
different types of cakes (Gupta et al., 2009; Khalek, 2020; Sangeeta and Chopra, 2013).
Barley grain is considered more nutritious than wheat due to a higher content of
β-glucan, insoluble fibre, vitamins, minerals and phenolic substances (Farag et al., 2022).
However, as far as we know, no attempt has yet been made to use barley malt flour (BMF)
for making sponge cake. Barley malt is normally used in the production of beer and other
barley malt-based beverages and in small quantities in the production of bakery products to
optimise amylolytic activity (diastatic malt) and in confectionery to improve colour and
flavour (non-diastatic malt) (Pyler and Gorton, 2008). The malting process consists of four
steps: steeping, germination, kilning and/or roasting, and cleaning the malted grains from
rootlets and impurities. During the malting process, barley undergoes numerous changes in
its composition and its functional and nutritional properties. During germination, there is an
intensive synthesis of hydrolysing enzymes (β-glucanase, amylases and proteases) and a
moderate change in the main components of the barley grain (starch, proteins, β-glucan)
(Celus et al., 2006; Gupta et al., 2010; Šimić et al., 2015). Elevated temperatures during
kilning and/or roasting step abort these modifications and contribute to the development of
the colour and flavour of the malt (Hertrich, 2013). Malting is considered a process that
improves the nutritional value of barley by increasing the digestibility of protein and the
bioavailability of vitamins B and C and minerals (copper, calcium, zinc and manganese)
(Baranwal, 2017), increasing antioxidant activity through the release of bound phenolic
compounds and the generation of Maillard reaction products (Carvalho et al., 2016).
Although the use of non-wheat flour is widespread and does not cause major problems
in the production of sponge cakes, the situation is quite different when sucrose is reduced
because sucrose is not only a sweetener but an ingredient that significantly affects the
technological quality of sponge cakes (Godefroidt et al., 2019). Sucrose plays a multiple role
in creating the structure of the sponge cake. It facilitates the incorporation of air and improves
the stability of the foam (Goranova et al., 2020), delays the development of gluten and the
gelatinisation of starch, so that the cake can expand better before it sets and the texture
becomes softer ( Godefroidt et al., 2019; Paton et al., 1981).
The aim of this study was to investigate the effects of replacing part of the WF with
three different types of brewer's BMF with a simultaneous reduction of sucrose in the recipe
on the physical and sensory properties of sponge cakes.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
66
Materials and methods
Materials
Commercial plain WF (Tena-Žito Ltd., Đakovo, Croatia) and three different types of
brewer’s BMF were used for this study: Pilsen (enzymatically active), Amber (low-
enzymatically active) and Black malt (non-enzymatically active). (Slavonija slad d.o.o., Nova
Gradiška, Croatia; Boortmalt, Antwerp, Belgium). Protein content was 10.6, 11.2, 11.1 and
10.8% in WF, Pilsen, Amber, and Black BMF respectively. Shortening (Zvijezda d.d.,
Zagreb, Croatia), sucrose, eggs, milk, and sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3) were purchased
from a local market.
Reducing sugar content in flour
The content of reducing sugars in WF and BMF was determined using AACC
International Method 80-68.01 (Schoorl method) (AACC, 2010). Since maltose is the
dominant reducing sugar in malt, the results of reducing sugar content were expressed on a
maltose basis. The measurements were carried out in triplicate for each sample.
Sponge cake production
The sponge cakes were prepared according to the procedure of Velioǧlu et al. (2017)
with slight modifications. The quantities of raw materials (100 g flour base) are given in
Table 1. First, the total amount of eggs and sugar was added to the bowl of an electronic
mixer (Gorenje MMC800W, Slovenia) and the mixture was stirred with a wire attachment
for 4 minutes at maximum speed until a voluminous foam was formed. The other raw
materials were then added and mixing continued at a lower speed for a further 4 minutes. The
accurately weighed sponge cake mixture (175 g) was distributed into moulds, which were
placed in the oven (Wiesheu Minimat Zibo, Wiesheu GmbH, Germany). Baking was carried
out at 180 °C for 20 minutes in triplicate batches.
Moisture content and water activity (aw)
Moisture content was determined according to AACC International Method 44-15.02
(AACC, 2010) and water activity with the Hygropalm AW1 indicator (Rotronic, USA).
Physical analysis
The specific volume (cm3/g) of the sponge cakes was measured using the VolScan
Profiler (Stable Micro Systems, UK).
Texture profile analysis (TPA) was performed using the TA.XT2i Texture Analyzer
(Stable Microsystems Ltd., Surrey, UK). The sponge cake samples were cut into cubes
(30x30x30 mm) and subjected to double compression at 40% with 5 s delay between
compressions and a test speed of 1 mm/s. An aluminium plate with a diameter of 75 mm was
used. Hardness (N), cohesiveness, resilience, and chewiness (N) were determined from the
TPA curves.
The colour of the cross-section of sponge cakes was measured using the CR -400
chromameter (Konica Minolta, Japan) and expressed in a CIEL*a*b* colour model. The L*
value ranges from 0 (black) to 100 (white) and represents the lightness or luminance of the
sample. The a* and b* values range from -128 to 127 and represent the green-red (a*) and
blue-yellow (b*) axes of the colour space. The total colour difference (∆E) between the
control and sample sponge cakes was calculated according to the CIE76 colour difference
equation (Mokrzycki and Tatol, 2011).
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
67
Table 1
Formulation of sponge cakes made from composite flours containing wheat flour (WF) and
barley malt flour (BMF)
WF
(g)
BMF
(g)
Sucrose 1
(g)
Shortening
(g)
Sunflower
oil (mL)
Milk
(mL)
Egg
(g)
NaHCO₃
(g)
WF
(Control)
100
-
79.5
(100%)
28.4
22.7
45.5
40.0
2.4
WF
100
-
66.2
(83.3%)
28.4
22.7
45.5
40.0
2.4
100
-
53.0
(66.6%)
28.4
22.7
45.5
40.0
2.4
100
-
39.8
(50.0%)
28.4
22.7
45.5
40.0
2.4
PILSEN:WF
80
20
66.2
(83.3%)
28.4
22.7
45.5
40.0
2.4
60
40
53.0
(66.6%)
28.4
22.7
45.5
40.0
2.4
40
60
39.8
(50.0%)
28.4
22.7
45.5
40.0
2.4
AMBER:WF
80
20
66.2
(83.3%)
28.4
22.7
45.5
40.0
2.4
60
40
53.0
(66.6%)
28.4
22.7
45.5
40.0
2.4
40
60
39.8
(50.0%)
28.4
22.7
45.5
40.0
2.4
BLACK:WF
80
20
66.2
(83.3%)
28.4
22.7
45.5
40.0
2.4
60
40
53.0
(66.6%)
28.4
22.7
45.5
40.0
2.4
40
60
39.8
(50.0%)
28.4
22.7
45.5
40.0
2.4
1 Percentage of added sucrose compared to standard recipe.
Sensory analysis
The sensory assessment of the sponge cakes was conducted by a panel of eleven semi-
trained evaluators with previous experience in sensory analysis. The nine-point hedonic scale
was used to asses individual sensory characteristics: colour, appearance, odour, taste, and
overall acceptance. The scores were: like extremely (9), like very much (8), like moderately
(7), like slightly (6), neither like nor dislike (5), dislike slightly (4), dislike moderately (3),
dislike very much (2), and dislike extremely (1).
Statistical analysis
Analysis of variance (ANOVA) and multiple comparison post-hoc Fisher Least
Significant Difference (LSD) test were performed (p < 0.05) using XLSTAT software
(Addinsoft, New York, USA).
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
68
Results and discussion
In this study, WF was partially replaced by brewer’s BMF (Pilsen, Amber, and Black
BMF). The ratios of the prepared BMF:WF composite flours were 20:80, 40:60 and 60:40,
respectively. The addition of sucrose was reduced to 83.3, 66.6 and 50.0% (66.2, 53.0 and
39.8 g/100 g flour base), compared to the original sponge cake recipe in the ratios 20:80,
40:60 and 60:40 BMF:WF, respectively. The sponge cake made from 100% WF and 100%
(75 g/100 g flour base) added sucrose served as the control sample. In order to evaluate only
the influence of sucrose on the quality characteristics of the sponge cake, WF sponge cakes
with reduced sucrose addition were also prepared.
Reducing sugar content
The reducing sugars content in WF and BMF was 0.43, 7.75, 17.05 and 61.02 g/100 g
in WF, Amber, Pilsen and Black BMF, respectively (Table 2). The content of reducing sugars
in BMF samples is significantly higher (p < 0.05) than in WF. This is due to the enzymatic
hydrolysis of starch and thermal dextrinization in the kilning/roasting stage of malt
production, where a certain proportion of starch is broken down into various dextrins and
short-chain sugars, many of which have a reducing potential. Table 2
Reducing sugars content in wheat flour (WF) and barley malt flours (BMF)
Flour
Reducing sugar content (g/100 g)1
WF
0.43±0.09d
Pilsen BMF
7.75±0.21c
Amber BMF
17.05±0.19b
Black BMF
61.02±0.32a
1 The values are Mean±SD (n = 3). Different letters (a–d) indicate
statistically significant differences (p < 0.05)
Maltose is the dominant sugar in malt, followed by maltotriose and glucose. Moreover,
the dextrin content is proportional to the applied temperature in the final malting step, which
is evident from the results obtained, where the reducing sugar content was highest in Black
BMF and lowest in Pilsen BMF (Duke and Henson, 2008; Koljonen et al., 1995). This was
to be expected as the kilning temperature for Pilsen malt is in the range of 50–85 °C, roasting
of Amber malt is done at 100–150 °C and for Black malt at 230 °C. The higher the
temperature and the longer the roasting, the more dark dextrins are formed. Thus, the roasting
of Black malt produces a very dark, almost black colour, which comes from the pyrodextrins
(Srivastava et al., 1970). Since starch hydrolysis during malting produces maltodextrins
together with various simple sugars, the exact molecular composition is not known.
Therefore, the results obtained should be understood as the total reduction potential and not
the exact content of reducing sugars.
Moisture content and water activity (aw) of BMF:WF sponge cakes
Sucrose has many functions in the production of sponge cakes. One of the most
important functions of sucrose is its moistening (hygroscopic) effect and its influence on
water activity. It is very important to keep water activity as low as possible to prevent spoilage
and staling of products. Therefore, the reduction of sucrose in the sponge cake recipe is a
very difficult task.
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
69
Table 3
Moisture content and water activity (aw) of sponge cakes
BMF:WF
Sucrose
(%) 1
Moisture content
(%)
Water activity
WF (Control)
0:100
100
21.4±0.1j 2
0.851±0.016h
WF
0:100
83.3
23.7±0.2de
0.924±0.005bc
0:100
66.6
24.8±0.0b
0.945±0.003a
0:100
50.0
25.9±0.3 a
0.946±0.015a
PILSEN:WF
20:80
83.3
21.6±0.2ij
0.875±0.012g
40:60
66.6
22.5±0.0gh
0.901±0.003de
60:40
50.0
23.9±0.1cd
0.924±0.009bc
AMBER:WF
20:80
83.3
22.0±0.3hi
0.881±0.001fg
40:60
66.6
23.0±0.1fg
0.900±0.006def
60:40
50.0
24.2±0.1cd
0.914±0.006cde
BLACK:WF
20:80
83.3
22.2±0.1hi
0.850±0.008h
40:60
66.6
23.3±0.4ef
0.883±0.009fg
60:40
50.0
24.4±0.1bc
0.916±0.002cde
1 Percentage of added sucrose compared to original recipe.
2 The values are Mean±SD (n = 3). Different letters (a–j) indicate statistically significant
differences (p < 0.05)
The results of moisture content and water activity are summarised in Table 3. The
moisture content and water activity in the control WF sponge cake sample were 21.4% and
0.851 respectively. When the addition of sucrose was reduced, both the moisture content and
water activity increased significantly. The highest moisture content and water activity were
obtained in sponge cake with 50% added sucrose. In this sponge cake sample, the moisture
content was 25.9 and the water activity was 0.946. This was to be expected as sucrose is
known to be an excellent ingredient for lowering water activity in various products. Similar
results were obtained in the study by Milner et al. (2020), when cakes with sucrose had a
significantly lower moisture content and water activity than samples in which sucrose was
partially replaced by whey permeate, apple pomace, polydextrose and oligofructose.
When BMF was used as a partial substitute for WF in the ratio 20:80 and sucrose was
reduced to 83.3% of the original recipe, moisture content increased slightly but water activity
remained well below 0.900. Water activity was 0.875, 0.881 and 0.850 for Pilsen, Amber and
Black BMF:WF (20:80), respectively. This was much lower than the WF sample with the
same degree of sucrose reduction (83.3%), where a water activity of 0.924 was measured.
This can be explained by the fact that BMF has significant amounts of its own sugar, which
can weaken the effect of the reduced sucrose addition in the sponge cake recipe. A similar
attenuating effect of BMF was observed in the production of biscuits with reduced sucrose
content (Jukić et al., 2022).
Further reducing the amount of sucrose added (66.6% of the original recipe) and
increasing the amount of BMF (40%) increased the water activity, but it was still within an
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
70
acceptable range (bellow 0.883-0.901) and significantly lower than samples with the same
amount of sucrose. In samples with a BMF:WF ratio of 60:40, the water activity remained
similar or even lower than in WF samples with a sucrose addition of 83.3% of the original
formulation, even when the sucrose addition was reduced to 50%.
Physical properties of BMF:WF sponge cakes
The formation of the cake structure during baking is controlled by the occurrence of
three phase transitions: water evaporation, gelatinisation of starch and thermosetting of egg
white and gluten proteins.
Table 4
Specific volume and texture properties of sponge cakes
BMF:WF
Sucrose
(%) 1
Specific
volume
(cm3/g)
Hardness
(N)
Cohesiveness
Resilience
Chewiness
(N)
WF (Control)
0:100
100
1.99±0.03b 2
23.3±3.2de
0.68±0.02a
0.88±0.03ab
15.5±1.3gh
WF
0:100
83.3
1.94±0.01bc
27.6±0.3cd
0.68±0.00a
0.89±0.01a
18.6±0.0fg
0:100
66.6
1.78±0.03d
42.6±3.4b
0.63±0.00bcd
0.86±0.00abc
26.5±2.1bc
0:100
50.0
1.79±0.05d
50.1±0.9b
0.57±0.00ef
0.85±0.01bcd
28.3±1.0b
PILSEN:WF
20:80
83.3
2.11±0.02a
20.2±0.3de
0.65±0.00ab
0.89±0.02a
13.3±0.4h
40:60
66.6
1.89±0.04c
32.5±2.1c
0.63±0.01bc
0.85±0.00bcd
19.8±1.0def
60:40
50.0
1.77±0.03de
44.0±3.4b
0.55±0.00f
0.80±0.00ef
22.7±1.7cde
AMBER:WF
20:80
83.3
1.91±0.03c
27.7±2.5cd
0.64±0.00bc
0.88±0.01ab
17.6±1.3fg
40:60
66.6
1.71±0.02f
42.3±2.3b
0.61±0.03cd
0.85±0.01bcd
25.1±0.3bc
60:40
50.0
1.47±0.02g
77.3±1.8a
0.57±0.00ef
0.81±0.01def
42.6±1.1a
BLACK:WF
20:80
83.3
2.05±0.01a
18.6±4.6e
0.66±0.02ab
0.86±0.01abc
11.7±2.4h
40:60
66.6
1.81±0.05d
32.2±2.0c
0.59±0.01de
0.83±0.01cde
18.9±1.5efg
60:40
50.0
1.72±0.01ef
46.4±2.9b
0.54±0.00f
0.78±0.03f
23.0±0.4cd
1 Percentage of added sucrose compared to original recipe.
2 The values are Mean±SD (n = 3). Different letters (a–g) indicate statistically significant
differences (p < 0.05)
The addition of sucrose affects all three factors by regulating water activity, raising the
gelatinisation temperature of starch and increasing the denaturation temperature of proteins.
In this way, the thermal stability of the proteins is increased and they form a network with
the incorporated swollen and gelatinised starch granules (Godefroidt et al., 2019; van der
Sman and Renzetti, 2021).
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
71
One of the most important indicators of the quality of sponge cakes is the formation of
a porous structure, which forms when air is incorporated during batter mixing and the volume
increases during baking. Evaluation of the specific volume of a sponge cake serves as an
excellent tool to assess the porosity of a product (Psimouli and Oreopoulou, 2012). The
results showed that the addition of sucrose plays a decisive role in the porosity of the sponge
cakes (Table 4). A higher specific volume indicates greater porosity. The specific volume
decreased from 1.99 cm3/g in the control WF sample to 1.79 cm3/g in the WF sample with
50.0% reduced sucrose addition. This is consistent with the study by Sangeeta and Chopra
(2013), where a 10% reduction in sugar content reduced cake volume by almost 8%. Specific
volume is directly related to the texture of sponge cakes. A high specific volume means a low
cake density and consequently a softer texture of the product. Therefore, by reducing the
addition of sucrose, the hardness and chewiness increased significantly, while the resilience
(elasticity) and cohesiveness of the cake decreased. The use of BMF in a 20:80 ratio and the
reduction of sucrose to 83.3% of the original recipe mitigated this deterioration and there
were no statistically significant differences between these samples and the control WF sample
in terms of specific volume and texture parameters. Further reduction of sucrose and addition
of higher amounts of BMF significantly deteriorated the specific volume and textural
properties of sponge cakes. This is particularly evident in sponge cakes made with Pilsen and
Black BMF. The probable reason for this negative effect is that although these BMFs contain
significant amounts of reducing sugars, the starch content is considerably reduced due to
intensive starch hydrolysis during malting of barley, and starch is one of the key factors in
the formation of sponge cake structure. This lower starch content should be taken into
account in future studies when BMF is used as a substitute for WF. A similar effect on the
textural properties of sponge cake was found by Gupta et al. (2009) in their study on the
effects of partial replacement of WF with barley flour. Their results showed that adding
barley flour up to 40% increased the hardness and chewiness and reduced the volume,
cohesiveness and elasticity of the cake.
The interdependence between sucrose addition, water activity, specific volume and
texture parameters of sponge cake was demonstrated and described by correlation analysis
(Table 5).
Table 5
Correlation matrix of data for specific volume and texture properties of sponge cakes
Variables
Water
activity
Specific
volume
(cm3/g)
Hardness
(N)
Cohesiveness
Resilience
Chewiness
(N)
Sucrose (%)
-0.729**
0.781**
-0.808**
0.934**
0.834**
-0.720**
Water activity
-
-0.573*
0.629*
-0.571*
-0.361
0.633*
Spec. volume (cm3/g)
-
-
-0.950**
0.725**
0.696**
-0.928**
Hardness (N)
-
-
-
-0.722**
-0.636*
0.982**
Cohesiveness
-
-
-
-
0.890**
-0.599*
Resilience
-
-
-
-
-
-0.491
*p <0.05; **p < 0.01
The results showed that there were significant correlations (p < 0.01) between sucrose
addition and water activity (r = -0.729), specific volume (r = 0.781), hardness (r = -0.808),
cohesiveness (r = 0.934), resilience (r = 0.834) and chewiness (r = -0.720). The highest
correlation (r = -0.950) was between the specific volume and the hardness of sponge cake.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
72
In this study, the colour of the sponge cake crumb was measured using the CIEL*a*b*
colour, as this model approximates human vision. The L* value stands for the lightness or
luminance of the sample, and the a* and b* values stand for the "green-red" and "blue-
yellow" axes of the colour space.
Table 6
Colour of sponge cakes
BMF:WF
Sucrose (%) 1
L*
a*
b*
ΔE
WF (Control)
0:100
100
76.4±0.8a
-2.8±0.1i
23.6±0.5de
-
WF
0:100
83.3
76.4±0.8a
-2.7±0.1hi
23.1±0.3ef
0.5
0:100
66.6
76.5±2.2a
-2.6±0.2hi
23.0±0.8f
0.7
0:100
50.0
76.4±2.5a
-2.5±0.1h
22.8±0.7fg
0.9
PILSEN:WF
20:80
83.3
69.5±1.3b
0.2±0.2g
22.4±0.4gh
7.6
40:60
66.6
65.2±1.9c
1.5±0.2f
23.9±0.4d
12.0
60:40
50.0
59.2±1.3d
2.7±0.1e
24.9±0.7c
18.1
AMBER:WF
20:80
83.3
56.0±0.9e
6.7±0.3c
30.4±0.6b
23.5
40:60
66.6
47.6±0.7f
9.9±0.4b
31.4±0.5a
32.4
60:40
50.0
38.2±2.1g
11.2±0.4a
31.9±1.3a
41.5
BLACK:WF
20:80
83.3
24.3±0.7h
6.6±0.2c
14.3±0.4i
53.8
40:60
66.6
15.0±0.8h
3.5±0.4d
6.6±0.7j
64.0
60:40
50.0
14.1±1.0h
1.7±0.2f
3.8±0.3k
65.6
1 Percentage of added sucrose compared to original recipe.
2 The values are Mean±SD (n = 3). Different letters (a–j) indicate statistically significant
differences (p < 0.05)
Unlike biscuits, where the colour is largely determined by the amount of sucrose added
in the recipe, the colour of sponge cakes is more strongly influenced by added eggs and other
coloured ingredients. From the results of the colour determination shown in Table 6, it can
be seen that the addition of sucrose had no effect on the colour of the sponge cake crumb.
There were no statistically significant differences between the control WF sample and the
WF samples with reduced sucrose addition in the L*, a* and b* values and the (ΔE) total
colour difference was very small (0.5–0.9).
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
73
Figure 1. Sponge cakes made from composite flours containing wheat flour (WF) and barley
malt flour (BMF)
The addition of BMF significantly influenced all colour parameters of the sponge cake
crumb (p < 0.05). The colour changes depended on the type of BMF used and its amount in
the recipe. The colour of BMF comes from the process of barley malting and the intensity of
the colour is directly proportional to the temperature during kilning and/or roasting (Hertrich,
2013). The lightest BMF was the Pilsen BMF, slightly darker with an intense amber hue was
the Amber BMF, while the Black BMF was the darkest, almost black. Consequently, the
sponge cakes with Pilsen BMF were the lightest among the three composite sponge cakes,
and the cakes with Black BMF were the darkest. The addition of the Amber BMF caused the
highest increase in a* and b* values, resulting in a reddish amber colour of the sponge cakes.
The lowest L*a*b* values were observed in the Black BMF:WF cakes, as these samples had
a very dark colour even at a BMF:WF ratio of 20:80. These samples also had the largest
colour difference (ΔE) compared to the WF control sample. The total colour difference (ΔE)
between the control WF sample and the Pilsen BMF:WF cakes was the smallest, but even
with a BMF:WF ratio of 20:80, this difference was > 5, which is the smallest difference that
can be easily perceived by the consumer (Mokrzycki and Tatol, 2011). Since many types of
BMFs can be found on the market, it can be concluded that by using them in the production
of sponge cakes, it is very easy to influence the colour of the product and achieve a more
attractive appearance of the cakes (Figure 1).
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
74
Sensory evaluation
The results of the sensory evaluation, which was carried out using the nine-point
hedonic scale, are shown in Table 7. The sensory evaluation showed that by reducing the
sugar content in the sponge cake samples, all sensory ratings decreased, confirming the
importance of adding sucrose in the production of sponge cake and its multifunctionality.
Black BMF:WF sponge cakes had the lowest sensory scores, followed by WF cakes with
reduced added sucrose.
Table 7
Sensory evaluation of sponge cakes
BMF:WF
Sucrose
(%) 1
Colour
Appearance
Odour
Taste
Overall
acceptance
WF
(Control)
0:100
100
7.4±1.4ab
7.6±1.2a
7.1±1.8ab
7.6±1.8a
7.4±1.2ab
WF
0:100
83.3
6.8±1.3abc
6.6±0.5abc
7.1±1.2ab
6.9±1.6ab
6.9±1.1ab
0:100
66.6
6.7±1.4abc
6.1±1.1abcd
6.6±1.6ab
6.1±1.6abc
6.4±1.7ab
0:100
50.0
6.0±1.9abcd
5.1±1.4cd
6.2±2.1ab
5.9±2.5abc
5.8±1.7abcd
PILSEN:WF
20:80
83.3
7.5±1.1ab
7.1±1.4ab
7.6±1.0a
7.0±1.9ab
7.3±1.1ab
40:60
66.6
7.3±1.7ab
7.2±1.4ab
7.3±1.2a
6.4±1.9abc
7.1±1.3ab
60:40
50.0
7.0±1.9abc
6.0±1.7abcd
6.7±1.7ab
6.2±2.1abc
6.5±1.8abc
AMBER:WF
20:80
83.3
7.9±0.8a
7.8±1.1a
7.3±0.9a
7.0±1.3ab
7.5±1.0a
40:60
66.6
7.4±1.1ab
6.6±1.0abc
6.9±1.1ab
6.3±1.6abc
6.8±1.2ab
60:40
50.0
6.9±1.1abc
6.3±1.3abc
6.5±1.4ab
6.0±2.5abc
6.4±2.1abc
BLACK:WF
20:80
83.3
4.5±3.0d
5.9±2.1bcd
4.2±3.1cd
4.5±2.8cd
4.8±2.7cd
40:60
66.6
3.2±1.9e
3.4±2.0ef
3.0±3.1cd
3.0±2.8de
3.2±2.3de
60:40
50.0
2.3±1.5e
2.5±2.5f
2.5±3.3d
2.3±1.8e
2.4±1.8e
1 Percentage of added sucrose compared to original recipe.
2 The values are Mean±SD (n = 3). Different letters (a–e) indicate statistically significant
differences (p < 0.05)
Amber BMF:WF (20:80) sponge cake with reduced sucrose addition of 83.3% had the
highest sensory scores for colour, 7.9, and appearance, 7.8, resulting in the highest overall
acceptability score of 7.5, placing this sample between "like moderately" and "like very
much" on the nine-point hedonic scale. Pilsen BMF:WF (20:80) sponge cake with reduced
sucrose addition, 83.3%, had the best odour, 7.6, and WF control sample had the best taste,
7.6. The panellists emphasised the pleasant aroma and rich flavour of Pilsen and Amber
BMF:WF composite sponge cakes, and the attractive colour and caramel-like taste of Amber
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
75
BMF:WF cakes. This is consistent with the research of Gupta et al. (2009) where the sponge
cake samples with 20% barley flour achieved the best sensory results. Further increasing the
addition of Pilsen and Amber BMF and reducing the sucrose content lowered the liking scores
of the sponge cakes, but there were no significant differences (p <0.05) compared to the
control sample, even with a BMF:WF ratio of 60:40 and a 50% reduction in sucrose addition.
The low sensory rating of the Black BMF:WF composite sponge cakes was to be
expected as the Black BMF had a distinct "roasted" flavour, but for comparison it was used
in this study in the same quantities as Pilsen and Amber BMFs. The samples with Black BMF
added resulted in the highest level of disagreement among the panellists (highest standard
deviation). Most rated these samples as inferior and considered them undesirable, with a
bitter taste and too dark a colour. Nevertheless, some panellists found these samples
interesting precisely because of their special taste and chocolate-like appearance. It can be
concluded that Black BMF should be used in much smaller quantities (e.g. < 10%) as an
effective colouring agent. Apart from the detrimental effect on flavour and taste, the use of
this type of BMF in large quantities should also be considered from a safety point of view,
as highly roasted BMF can contain significant amounts of acrylamide and therefore the
amount of its addition should be kept to a minimum in order to comply with health
regulations.
Conclusion
1. By replacing WF with BMF in the production of sponge cakes, a very wide range of
sponge cake products with different quality characteristics and improved nutritional and
functional properties can be obtained, as many types of brewing malts can be found on
the market.
2. BMF has significant amounts of its own sugars, which can minimize the effect of the
reduced sucrose addition in the sponge cake recipe.
3. By substituting WF with up to 40% Pilsner or Amber BMF while reducing the addition
of sucrose to 66.6% of the original recipe, the sponge cakes retained similar qualitative
characteristics to the control WF sponge cake samples.
4. The Black BMF:WF composite sponge cakes had a pronounced "roasted" flavour and
taste, and poorer technological properties compared to control WF samples. Therefore,
it can be concluded that Black BMF should only be used in much smaller quantities
(e.g. < 10%) as an effective colouring agent.
Acknowledgments. Bulgarian Ministry of Education and
Science, National Research Fund under the contract number
KΠ-O6-M56/3-2021 is gratefully acknowledged.
References
AACC Approved Methods of Analysis. 11th ed. (2010),. ST. Paul: AACC International.
Baranwal D. (2017), Malting: An indigenous technology used for improving the nutritional
quality of grains- A review, Asian Journal of Dairy and Food Research, 36(3), pp. 179–
183.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
76
Carvalho D.O., Gonçalves L.M., Guido L.F. (2016), Overall antioxidant properties of malt
and how they are influenced by the individual constituents of barley and the malting
process, Comprehensive Reviews in Food Science and Food Safety, 15(5), pp. 927–943.
Celus I., Brijs K., Delcour J.A. (2006), The effects of malting and mashing on barley protein
extractability, Journal of Cereal Science, 44(2), pp. 203–211.
Duke S.H., Henson C.A. (2008), A comparison of barley malt quality measurements and malt
sugar concentrations, Journal of the American Society of Brewing Chemists, 66(3), pp.
151–161.
Farag M.A., Xiao J., Abdallah H.M. (2022), Nutritional value of barley cereal and better
opportunities for its processing as a value-added food: a comprehensive review, Critical
Reviews in Food Science and Nutrition, 62(4), pp. 1092–1104.
Frary C.D., Johnson R.K., Wang M.Q. (2004), Children and adolescents’ choices of foods
and beverages high in added sugars are associated with intakes of key nutrients and food
groups, Journal of Adolescent Health, 34(1), pp. 56–63.
Godefroidt T., Ooms N., Pareyt B., Brijs K., Delcour J.A. (2019), Ingredient functionality
during foam-type cake making: A review, Comprehensive Reviews in Food Science and
Food Safety, 18(5), pp. 1550–1562.
Goranova Z., Petrova T., Baeva M., Stefanov S. (2020), Effect of natural sugar substitutes –
mesquite (Prosopis alba) flour and coconut (Cocos nucifera L.) sugar on the quality
properties of sponge cakes, Ukrainian Food Journal, 9(3), pp. 561–575.
Gupta M., Abu-Ghannam N., Gallaghar E. (2010), Barley for brewing: characteristic changes
during malting, brewing and applications of its by-products, Comprehensive Reviews in
Food Science and Food Safety, 9(3), pp. 318–328.
Gupta M., Bawa A.Sa., Semwal A.D. (2009), Effect of barley flour incorporation on the
instrumental texture of sponge cake, International Journal of Food Properties, 12(1),
pp. 243–251.
Hertrich J.D. (2013), Topics in brewing: malting, Technical Quarterly, 50, pp. 29-41.
Ho L.H., Chong L.C., Tan T.C. (2018), Composite flour as a new approach to improve the
nutritional value of foods: Product quality challenges, in Torres Pérez, M.D. ed., Flour:
Production, Varieties and Nutrition. Nova Science Publishers, Inc., pp. 141–174.
Jukić M., Nakov G., Komlenić D.K., Vasileva N., Šumanovac F., Lukinac J. (2022), Quality
Assessment of cookies made from composite flours containing malted barley flour and
wheat flour, Plants, 11(6), p. 761
Khalek M.H.A.-E.- (2020), Production of Ready-to-Bake Whole Grain Barley Cake Mix
with Improved Quality, Asian Food Science Journal, pp. 24–33.
Koljonen T., Hämäläinen J.J., Sjöholm K., Pietilä K. (1995), A model for the prediction of
fermentable sugar concentrations during mashing, Journal of Food Engineering, 26(3),
pp. 329–350.
Milner L., Kerry J.P., O’Sullivan M.G., Gallagher E. (2020), Physical, textural and sensory
characteristics of reduced sucrose cakes, incorporated with clean-label sugar-replacing
alternative ingredients, Innovative Food Science and Emerging Technologies, 59.
Mokrzycki W.S., Tatol M. (2011), Colour difference Delta E – A survey, Machine Graphics
and Vision, 20(4), pp. 383–411.
Paton D., Larocque G.M., Holme J. (1981), Development of cake structure:influence of
ingredients on the measurement of cohesive force during baking, cereal chemistry, 58,
pp. 527–529.
Psimouli V., Oreopoulou V. (2012), The effect of alternative sweeteners on batter rheology
and cake properties, Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture, 92(1), pp. 99–105.
Pyler E.J., Gorton L.A. (2008), Bakery Ingridients, In: Pyler E.J., Gorton L.A. eds., Baking
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
77
Science and Technology; Volume I: Fundamentals & Ingredients. IV. Sosland
Publishing Company (Baking Science and Technology), pp. 189–190.
Sangeeta S., Chopra C.S. (2013), Studies on incorporation of barley and finger millet flour
in the preparation of cake, Food Science Research Journal, 4(2), pp. 121–125.
Šimić G., Lalić A., Horvat D., Abičić I., Beraković I. (2015), β-glucan content and β-
glucanase activity of winter and spring malting barley cultivars, Acta Alimentaria,
44(4), pp. 542–548.
van der Sman R.G.M., Renzetti S. (2021), Understanding functionality of sucrose in cake for
reformulation purposes, Critical Reviews in Food Science and Nutrition, 61(16), pp.
2756–2772.
Sobhy H.M., Gaafar A.M., El-anany A.M. (2015), Nutritional and sensory evaluation of
sponge cake incorporated with various, Advances in Food Science, 37(1), pp. 35–42.
Srivastava H.C., Parmar R.S., Dave G.B. (1970), Studies on dextrinization. part i.
pyrodextrinization of corn starch in the absence of any added catalyst, Starch – Stärke,
22(2), pp. 49–54.
Velioǧlu S.D., Güner K.G., Velioǧlu H.M., ÇelIkyurt G. (2017), The use of hazelnut testa in
bakery products, Journal of Tekirdag Agricultural Faculty, 14(3), pp. 127–139.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
78
Mineral composition of flours produced from modern
and ancient wheat varieties cultivated in Romania
Maria-Camelia Golea1,2, Marius Dan Şandru1,2,
Georgiana-Gabriela Codină1
1 – Ștefan cel Mare University of Suceava, Suceava, Romania
2 – Vegetal Genetic Resources Bank "Mihai Cristea" of Suceava, Romania
Keywords:
Triticum sp.
Wheat
Grains
Mineral
Hierarchical
cluster analysis
Abstract
Introduction. The aim of the present research was to study the
mineral composition of flours produced from different wheat
varieties from the collection of the Plant Genetic Resources Bank
"Mihai Cristea" Suceava, Romania cultivated under the same
conditions.
Materials and methods. Twenty four samples of whole wheat
flour produced from different wheat varieties namely fifteen from
common wheat (Triticum aestivum L.), five from einkorn wheat
(Triticum monococcum L.) and four from spelt wheat (Triticum
spelta L.) were analyzed to determine their mineral composition
using an Energy Dispersive X-ray Analysis. The statistical analysis
of the results was made using the hierarchical cluster analysis
technique with a WARD method as a grouping algorithm.
Results and discussion. Generally, the ancient species of
wheat were characterized by higher total mineral content than the
modern ones, especially einkorn varieties. For all samples of flours
significant differences were found in the amount of potassium (K),
phosphorus (P), calcium (Ca), manganese (Mn), iron (Fe), zinc (Zn)
and copper (Cu). However, all wheat varieties had high potassium
and low copper amounts comparative to the other determined
elements. Some of the most important microminerals for human
nutrition, for example, Fe and Zn, were found in high amounts in
flours from different wheat varieties but the samples from ancient
wheat were characterized with bigger amounts of these elements
than the modern ones. Meanwhile, in some modern wheat varieties
these minerals were also present in sufficient quantities. The content
of minerals depended more on the agronomic yield than on whether
wheat varieties belonged to ancient or modern species.
Conclusions. The results show high variation in the mineral
amount between different varieties. The knowledge of this variation
can be useful in further breeding studies which aim to improve the
nutritional quality of wheat grain and to develop micronutrient
biofortification strategies. Both spelt and common wheat varieties
showed overall a high mineral content. It seems that the agronomic
yield has a significant impact on the mineral nutrients amount in
wheat.
Article history:
Received
20.08.2021
Received in revised
form 11.11.2021
Accepted
31.03.2022
Corresponding
author:
Georgiana-Gabriela
Codină
E-mail:
codina@fia.usv.ro
DOI:
10.24263/2304-
974X-2022-11-1-9
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
79
Introduction
Many valuable nutritional and sensorial qualities of some wheat varieties have been lost
over time due to the need to increase wheat productivity, which is currently being carried out
for modern commercial varieties (Velimirovic et al., 2021). So, the requirement for high-
yielding wheat often leads to a decrease in its mineral content and modifications of its
composition (Magallanes-López et al., 2017). Nowadays, consumers are more and more
concerned about their health and demand food products of high quality (Codină et al., 2019).
Thus, it is expected that significant breeding efforts will be made in the coming decades to
improve the nutritional quality of the modern wheat varieties (Alvarez & Guzmán, 2018). It
has been reported that the healthier alternatives to modern varieties of wheat are the ancient
ones which are still being explored nowadays (Arzani & Ashraf, 2017). They are mainly used
for human consumption in the bread making of various types of fermented bread and
unleavened bread, but are also used as animal feed (Shewry, 2018). The ancient wheat term
refers only to wheat varieties from Triticum genus which were not subjected to intensive
genetic improvement programs and characterized as an origin prior to 1961. This includes
Triticum spelta, Triticum monococcum and Triticum dicoccum as ancient wheat varieties
(Cappelli & Cini, 2021). Grains of old wheat varieties are used for salads and for different
products after processing; for example, spelt wheat is mainly used for bakery products,
whereas einkorn and emmer grains are mainly used for pasta production (de Sousa et al.,
2021; Mastrangelo & Cattivelli, 2021; Witczak & Gałkowska, 2021).
Production of microelements-enriched food is considered as one of the trends for the
manufacturing of the breaking edge food in the next decade and wheat flour with a high
content of mineral elements is of particular interest as a widespread consumer product
(Ivanov et al., 2021). Ancient wheat varieties are used for food preparation because
consumption trends are constantly changing and there is a growing demand for sustainable,
regional and artisanal products that promote food diversity (Geisslitz & Scherf, 2020).
However, the reasons why ancient wheat varieties are more valuable for health and have a
higher nutritional value than modern ones are still unclear for now (Csákvári et al., 2021).
For a healthy diet, it is recommended to use wheat flour, which is obtained by milling of the
whole wheat grain (Gómez et al., 2020). This means that all the component parts of the wheat
(bran, germ and endosperm) remain in the flour and nothing is lost in the milling process of
the wheat grains (Šramková et al., 2008). Mineral substances are mainly located in the
peripheral parts of the grain, so the whole meal flour has higher contents of minerals than the
refined flour (Gómez et al., 2020). In wheat grains, the main minerals are potassium,
phosphorus, magnesium and calcium, followed by zinc, manganese and iron in smaller
amounts. Also, the presence of copper and selenium as oligominerals has been reported
(Anglani, 1998).
The content of oligominerals in wheat grains depends on wheat variety, genetic
predisposition, agricultural practices, type of soil and climatic conditions, as well as the
technological and culinary practices that have been applied (Fan et al., 2008). The nutritional
value of wheat products can be improved by the general use of less refined flour and by the
selection of wheat varieties with high content of minerals (Cubadda et al., 2009).
Due to the widespread use of wheat flour in human nutrition, it is an effective way to
supply the human diet with the required amounts of micronutrients thus preventing their
deficiencies (Zhao et al., 2009). The content of minerals in bakery products is determined by
their amount in the grains. Although their content can be increased by post-harvest
processing, such as fermentation and micro-milling, it seems that modern breeding
approaches may be the only way to achieve the significant increases in the amounts of
mineral elements in wheat (Balk et al., 2019).
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
80
The significant differences in the mineral contents in different wheat varieties were
reported (Magallanes-López, 2017; Zhao et al., 2009). However, these studies were
performed for the wheat varieties grown in different geographical areas. Romania is one of
the most important wheat producers within the European, being on the 4th rank for wheat
production (Ionescu et al., 2020). In the present work, the amount of different minerals in
various varieties of wheat stored in the current collection of BRGV and cultivated under the
same conditions was studied. Evaluation of the potassium (K), phosphorus (P), calcium (Ca),
iron (Fe), manganese (Mn), zinc (Zn) and copper (Cu) present in ancient (einkorn, spelt) and
modern wheat varieties was made.
Materials and methods
Materials
Twenty four samples of wheat grains from the active collection of BRGV Suceava were
used to determine their mineral amount (Table 1).
The wheat samples were of various origins namely Romanian, German, French,
Austrian and Russian. From the analyzed samples, fifteen samples were of common wheat
(Triticum aestivum L.), five samples of einkorn (Triticum monococcum L.) and four samples
of spelt (Triticum spelta L.). All varieties of wheat were cultivated in the experimental field
of the BRGV Suceava, under the same growing conditions. All samples were collected in
2021, when the wheat grains reached the optimum stage of maturation. The mature whole
grains were milled using the laboratory disc mill 3100 (Perten Instruments, Hägersten,
Sweden). The wholemeal flours obtained were kept at a temperature of 4 ºC, until be analyzed
for mineral amount.
Mineral composition analysis
The total mineral content of the wheat flours were determined by using the ICC standard
method 104/1. To determine the mineral composition of the flour from wheat varieties a non-
destructive method using an EDX system (Energy Dispersive X-ray Analysis), was used
(Atudorei et al., 2020; Golea et al., 2021; Mironeasa et al., 2016). For this purpose a
spectrometer Shimadzu EDX-900HS (Shimadzu Corporation, Kyoto, Japan) was used. The
method is an analytical one, which exploits the emission of X-rays (of a certain wavelength),
generated by an electron beam, accelerated incident on the sample.
The method of X-ray spectral analysis is based on a fundamental principle, which states
that each chemical element has a unique atomic structure. According to the theory, the X-ray
emission is made in high vacuum tubes, which contain a heat-emitting cathode and a metal
anode, which emits high-energy electrons, acquired by acceleration at direct voltage, tens or
hundreds of volts. Thus, in order to stimulate the characteristic X-ray emission of the
samples, an energy-charged beam, such as electrons or protons, or cannon X-rays, is directed
to the sample to be analyzed. The photons emitted by the sample are captured by a detector,
a silicon-doped silicon semiconductor or SDD (silicon drift detector), cooled by the Peltier
effect. Photons of different wavelengths reach the detector, which turns them into pulses
proportional to their energy (Golea et al., 2021; Mironeasa et al., 2016). The working
parameters used were: collimator diameter – 10 mm, atmosphere in the sample chamber –
air, concentration unit – % , the measuring channel used was Na-U, the measurement time of
the flour samples was 100 seconds.
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
81
Table 1
Wheat samples
Variety
Sample
number
Accession name
Biological status
Origin
Triticum aestivum
L.
1
Izvor
Modern 1
Romania
2
Glosa
Modern 1
Romania
3
Miranda
Modern 1
Romania
4
Andrada
Modern 1
Romania
5
Dumbrava
Modern 1
Romania
6
Aurelius
Modern 1
Austria
7
Sofru
Modern 1
France
8
Sosthene
Modern 1
France
9
Amicus
Modern 1
Austria
10
Sothys
Modern 1
France
11
Flavor
Modern 1
France
12
Solindo
Modern 1
France
13
Izalco
Modern 1
France
14
Tonnage
Modern 1
Austria
15
Sophie
Modern 1
France
Triticum
monoccocum L.
16
SVGB-11842
Landrace 2
Romania
17
SVGB-11861
Breeding line 3
Romania
18
SVGB-11865
Breeding line 3
Romania
19
SVGB-11887
Breeding line 3
Romania
20
SVGB-11886
Breeding line 3
Romania
Triticum spelta L.
21
Ebners Rotkorn
Modern 1
Austria
22
Frankenkorn
Modern 1
Austria
23
Alkoran
Modern 1
Russia
24
Oberkulmer Rotkorn
Modern 1
Germania
Currently cultivated variety, which has a high production potential and uniformity compared to a primitive variety
and which constitutes a major part of working collections and is extensively used as a parent in the breeding
program.
2Local variety of a plant species that has distinctive characteristics arising from development and adaptation over
time to conditions of a localized geographic region.
3Biological material developed by breeders to be used in modern scientific plant breeding.
Statistical analysis
Data were expressed as means ±standard deviations for triplicate determination.
Statistical analysis was performed using the Statistical Package for Social Science (free trial,
SPSS, Chicago, IL, USA). The data were subjected to the hierarchical cluster analysis (HCA)
technique, using the WARD method of the program as a grouping algorithm (Golea et al.,
2021).
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
82
Results and discussion
Mineral content of the flour from different wheat varieties
The composition of minerals in the studied wheat samples is shown in Table 2.
The samples from 1 to 15 are flours obtained from common wheat (Triticum aestivum
L.), the samples from 16 to 20 are (Triticum monococcum L.) flours from einkorn wheat, and
the samples from 21 to 24 are flours from spelt wheat (Triticum spelta L.). The
macrominerals analyzed were: potassium (K), phosphorus (P) and calcium (Ca). The
microminerals analyzed were: iron (Fe), manganese (Mn), zinc (Zn) and copper (Cu). The
wheat flour samples with the highest amounts of mineral elements were: sample 4 (common
wheat, Romanian variety Andrada) with 57.62% K; sample 9 (common wheat, Austrian
variety Amicus) with 1.53% Fe; sample 13 (common wheat, French variety Izalco) with
44.39% P and 1.80% Mn. A high amount of mineral elements 8.29% Ca, 0.08% Cu and 0.97
Zn% was observed in einkorn (sample 18).
The lowest amount of mineral elements were obtained in sample 5 (common wheat,
Romanian variety Dumbrava): 0.92% Ca, 0.39% Mn and 0.29% Fe; in sample 8 (common
wheat, French variety Sosthene) with 0.01% Cu and 0.15% Zn; in sample 20 (spelt wheat)
with 28.12% K, and in sample 23 (spelt wheat) with 27.74% P.
According to our data, the descending order of the macroelements was K >P >Ca for
all wheat varieties analyzed which is in the agreement with those reported by Biel with co-
authors (2021). Literature data (Arzani &Ashraf, 2017; Shewry, 2018) indicate the higher
levels of mineral content for ancient wheat species which is partially confirmed by our study
(an einkorn sample showed the highest Ca amount from all wheat samples). According to
Fan and co-authors (2008) this variation could be due to a mineral dilution caused by the
increased yields and that newer wheat cultivars have lower amounts of minerals in the grains.
Sample 24 contained the lowest amount of calcium, and sample 23 had the highest
amount of calcium. Both samples belong to the species Triticum spelta, which indicates a
high intraspecific variability in the amount of Ca. This variation is in agreement with the
results obtained by Suchowilska and co-authors (2012) and Biel with co-authors (2021), who
observed a large intraspecific variability in the amount of Ca as well as in common wheat
varieties (Triticum aestivum). In the data obtained for the analyzed wheat samples, a large
variation was found for all macromineral elements, confirming the results obtained by
Krochmal-Marczak & Sawicka (2016). According to Simsek and co-authors (2019), these
variations are related to the age of the wheat variety (year of introduction in cultivation) and
a possible reduction in bran content in relation to grain yield.
A great variation was found for all macromineral elements, confirming the results
obtained by Krochmal-Marczak & Sawicka (2016). According to Simsek and co-authors
(2019), these variations are related to the age of the wheat variety (the year of introduction
into the crop) and a possible reduction in the content of bran in relation to the yield of cereals.
However, from all the macroelements, calcium is the least associated with the launch year,
indicating that this element has changed the least in the historical period. Studies by
Morgounov with co-authors (2013) showed that old wheat varieties had higher amounts of
calcium than modern varieties. In our study, the amount of calcium did not show higher
values in the samples of ancient wheat compared to modern ones. This aspect is important
for wheat varieties, because calcium plays an essential role in human health, helping to
strengthen the immune system, and to regulate the heartbeat (Pravina et al., 2013).
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
83
Table 2
Content of potassium (K), phosphorus (P), calcium (Ca), iron (Fe), manganese (Mn), zinc (Zn)
and copper (Cu) in wheat varieties,% of total mineral composition
Sample
K
Ca
P
Mn
Fe
Cu
Zn
Total mineral content,
% of dry matter
1
55.19
±0.11
4.25
±0.08
37.89
±0.23
1.18
±1.18
0.82
±0.01
0.04
±0.01
0.42
±0.01
1.64
±0.08
2
55.25
±0.09
2.50
±0.06
39.46
±0.20
1.26
±0.01
0.85
±0.01
0.05
±0.01
0.41
±0.01
1.74
±0.07
3
55.75
±0.09
3.35
±0.06
37.38
±0.19
1.21
±0.01
0.68
±0.01
0.04
±0.01
0.36
±0.01
1.63
±0.06
4
57.62
±0.10
1.21
±0.05
37.20
±0.21
1.08
±0.01
0.91
±0.01
0.06
±0.01
0.50
±0.01
1.83
±0.06
5
29.92
±0.05
0.93
±0.02
32.38
±0.16
0.39
±0.02
0.29
±0.01
0.01
±0.00
0.18
±0.01
1.85
±0.07
6
53.61
±0.08
8.11
±0.05
35.31
±0.18
1.52
±0.01
0.90
±0.01
0.04
±0.00
0.49
±0.01
1.83
±0.06
7
57.38
±0.08
7.48
±0.05
32.37
±0.16
0.92
±0.01
0.58
±0.01
0.02
±0.00
0.31
±0.01
1.83
±0.05
8
29.37
±0.05
2.09
±0.02
32.56
±0.16
0.57
±0.01
0.29
±0.01
0.01
±0.00
0.14
±0.01
1.85
±0.06
9
52.53
±0.09
3.75
±0.06
39.89
±0.21
1.56
±0.01
1.53
±0.01
0.04
±0.00
0.57
±0.01
2.25
±0.07
10
56.85
±0.09
3.69
±0.05
35.62
±0.19
1.34
±0.01
0.96
±0.01
0.04
±0.00
0.47
±0.01
1.63
±0.08
11
29.78
±0.05
1.62
±0.02
32.44
±0.16
0.52
±0.01
0.26
±0.01
0.01
±0.000
0.16
±0.01
1.78
±0.07
12
55.80
±0.09
3.55
±0.06
38.14
±0.20
1.28
±0.01
0.64
±0.01
0.03
±0.00
0.36
±0.01
1.69
±0.07
13
48.17
±0.10
3.73
±0.06
44.39
±0.24
1.80
±0.01
1.00
±0.01
0.05
±0.00
0.69
±0.01
1.68
±0.08
14
57.48
±0.09
3.84
±0.06
34.58
±0.19
1.14
±0.01
0.79
±0.01
0.03
±0.01
0.42
±0.01
1.68
±0.07
15
56.01
±0.09
3.97
±0.05
37.39
±0.19
1.20
±0.01
0.88
±0.01
0.04
±0.01
0.44
±0.01
1.72
±0.11
16
38.91
±0.07
2.44
±0.29
28.27
±0.23
0.71
±0.01
0.94
±0.01
0.07
±0.00
0.53
±0.01
2.61
±0.10
17
35.82
±0.08
2.23
±0.28
31.05
±0.23
0.67
±0.01
1.05
±0.01
0.05
±0.01
0.44
±0.01
2.47
±0.07
18
49.57
±0.08
8.29
±0.05
38.19
±0.20
1.57
±0.01
1.31
±0.01
0.08
±0.01
0.97
±0.01
2.34
±0.07
19
51.247
±0.098
3.50
±0.05
41.66
±0.21
1.47
±0.01
1.12
±0.01
0.04
±0.01
0.83
±0.01
2.56
±0.07
20
28.119
±0.051
1.19
±0.02
33.49
±0.16
0.58
±0.01
0.52
±0.01
0.03
±0.00
0.35
±0.01
2.37
±0.11
21
36.36
±0.09
2.23
±0.25
27.86
±0.33
0.54
±0.01
1.12
±0.01
0.04
±0.01
0.50
±0.01
1.83
±0.11
22
35.79
±0.08
2.92
±0.04
30.76
±0.23
0.51
±0.01
0.75
±0.01
0.05
±0.00
0.45
±0.01
1.96
±0.10
23
46.26
±0.08
6.24
±0.04
27.73
±0.18
0.58
±0.01
0.82
±0.01
0.05
±0.01
0.40
±0.00
1.82
±0.11
24
47.80
±0.08
0.97
±0.05
30.84
±0.21
0.58
±0.01
0.94
±0.01
0.06
±0.00
0.49
±0.01
2.54
±0.09
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
84
The potassium amount varied between 28.119 and 57.617%, which indicates that this
mineral element did not show significant differences compared to the rest of the analyzed
samples, which showed a rather large variance interval. Ca amount ranged from 0.92 to
8.29% in wheat flour samples analyzed in this study. Also, the amount of Ca in the flour of
wheat varieties showed significant differences between all the analyzed samples. The
phosphorus amounts ranged from 27.74 to 44.39%, which was overall higher in modern
wheat varieties compared to the ancient ones in agreement with the results reported by Biel
with co-authors (2021).
Regarding the analyzed microelements, all of them varied between grain samples no
matter of their variety. These results were unexpected since wheat varieties have been
cultivated in the same conditions and no fertilization has been made. It seems that wheat lines
producing higher grain yields may lead to lower contents of trace elements. That way,
depending on grain yields the trace elements may vary. This is a consequence of
concentration-dilution by the dry matter accumulated in wheat grains. Interestingly, it was
reported that increasing grain yield by nitrogen fertilization did not influence the
micronutrient content of the grains and that only the grain yield has a major impact on trace
elements (McGrath, 1985; McDonald et al., 2008). This may explain the high variability
between microlements which was obtained between our wheat variety samples. According
to our data the Mn amount of the analyzed wheat varieties varied between 0.39 and 1.80%,
observing significant differences between samples. The Fe amount ranged from 0.29 to
1.53%, resulting in significant differences between samples with similar data reported also
by others (Zhao et al., 2009). Regarding the Cu amount, significant differences were observed
between the analyzed samples, except the spelt wheat. The variance range of Cu amount was
between 0.011 and 0.076%. It presented the lowest content from all wheat samples, this data
are in agreement with those reported by Biel with co-authors (2021). Also, the Zn amount
determined for the samples in our study varied between 0.145 and 0.966%, indicating
significant differences between samples. Generally, it may be seen that the modern varieties
presented a lower value of Zn than ancient ones, being in agreement with those reported by
Zhao et al. (2009) which concluded that this may be due to the genetic improvement of wheat
which seems to dilute.
According to our study, it can be seen that all the samples of ancient wheat have a high
amount of Zn and Fe, except for sample 20. These results are relevant because studies have
shown that these two microelements are deficient among children and women in developing
countries (Zhao et al., 2009). Also, it was estimated that one-third of the world’s population
present deficiencies in these minerals (Hotz & Brown, 2004) and therefore their content in
wheat grains is very important.
This concludes that ancient wheat is richer in these minerals, a result which is important
regarding wheat grains cultivation. However, there are some modern wheat varieties which
have high levels of Fe and Zn, but among these are some samples with a very low amount in
these minerals (for example samples 5, 8, 11). A possible reason for the low amount of
minerals, respectively Zn and Fe microelements, could be the fact that plant improvement is
oriented towards a high agronomic yield (Biel, 2021).
Cluster analysis of wheat varieties flours based upon its mineral amount
In order to analyze in a more complex way the mineral amount determined for the
twenty-four wheat varieties grown in Romania, in the experimental field of BRGV Suceava
the hierarchical analysis of clusters (HCA) was used. The WARD method was used as a
grouping algorithm, which determines for each cluster, the average of each variable, and the
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
85
distance between the clusters, is determined as the average of the distances from the middle
element to all the elements of the other cluster.
By applying HCA, the similarities between wheat genotypes were analyzed, based on
their mineral constituents and quality traits. Depending on the selected parameters, namely
the geometric mean given by the concentrations of the seven determined mineral elements,
the wheat samples were delimited into three groups called clusters, presented in the form of
a dendrogram in Figure 1.
Figure 1. Dendrogram for wheat flour samples showing single linkage with Euclidean distances
based on mineral amount
Thus, the use of HCA was effective for the classification of wheat varieties, based on the
similarity of mineral compositions, resulting in three groups (clusters) of the twenty four
samples of wheat studied as it may be seen from Table 3.
Table 3
Clusters grouped of the wheat varieties
Clusters
Wheat varieties
Cluster 1
Sosthene (8), Flavor (11), Dumbrava (5), T.monococcum (20),
T.monococcum (16), T.monococcum (17)
Cluster 2
Ebners Rotkorn (21), Frankenkorn (22), Alkoran (23), Oberkulmer
Rotkorn (24)
Cluster 3
Amicus (9), T. monococcum (19), Izalco (13), T .monococcum (18),
Aurelius (6), Sofru (7), Miranda (3), Sophie(15), Solindo (12), Izvor
(1), Glosa(2), Sothys(10), Tonnage (14), Andrada (4)
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
86
The first group includes six wheat samples (8, 11, 5, 20, 16, 17), of which 3 belong to
the species Triticum aestivum (8, 11, 5) and the other three to the species Triticum
monoccocum (20, 16, 17). It could be seen that in this group the wheat samples that had the
lowest amounts of: K (sample 20); Ca, Mn and Fe (sample 5), Cu and Zn (sample 8) are
present.
The second cluster comprises all four Triticum spelta samples studied in this experiment
and includes sample 23, which had the lowest amounts values of P content. In this group we
can highlight that there are no significant differences between the samples, except for the
values of Ca amounts, at which a considerable range of variance is observed.
In terms of the number of samples, the third group is the largest, comprising 14 samples,
of which 12 were Triticum aestivum and two were Triticum monoccocum (samples 18 and
19). In this cluster were found the samples with the largest amounts of minerals, determined
in this study. Thus, sample 9 had the highest amount of Fe, sample 13 had the highest amount
of P and Mn, also sample 18 had the highest amounts of Ca, Cu and Zn, and sample 4 had
the highest amount of K.
All the wheat samples presented a large variability of the mineral compositions. The
einkorn and modern wheat varieties are grouped in a mixed way in clusters 1 and 3 indicating
no significant differences between these wheat flours. However, all the spelt grains flours are
grouped together only in one cluster indicating some homogeneity between samples.
Mineral average amount for each cluster obtained for wheat flour varieties
The averages of the amounts of the seven mineral elements, corresponding to each of
the 3 clusters formed, are presented in Table 4.
Table 4
Potassium (K), phosphorus (P), calcium (Ca), iron (Fe), manganese (Mn), zinc (Zn) and copper
(Cu) average amount for each cluster obtained
Clusters
Mineral contents,% of total mineral composition
K
P
Ca
Mn
Fe
Zn
Cu
Total mineral
content,% of DM
Cluster 1
31.99
±4.32
31.17
±1.85
1.73
±0.60
0.57
±0,11
0.56
±0.35
0.30
±0.16
0.03
±0.02
2.03
±0.29
Cluster 2
41.55
±6.36
29.30
±1.73
3.09
±2.25
0.55
±0.04
0.91
±0.16
0.46
±0.05
0.05
±0.01
1.84
±0.28
Cluster 3
54.46
±3.02
37.82
±3.00
4.37
±2.08
1.32
±0.23
0.97
±0.26
0.52
±0.18
0.04
±0.01
1.97
±0.37
It may be seen that all three groups have a higher amount of micronutrients, as well as
an improved nutritional value of wheat samples. Also, the genotypes in the same group are
similar to each other and differ from the genotypes in the other groups. From all the analyzed
samples, spelt grains presented the highest homogeneity. These results were similar with
those reported by Gomez-Becerra with co-authors (2010) who concluded that spelt grains
had a good broad adaptation, stability across various environments and high heritability
values. It presents a genomic affinity and comparable yields with common wheats being a
valuable source of mineral nutrients.
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
87
Conclusion
Mineral contents of twenty four samples of wheat flour from modern and ancient
varieties were determined. A high variability has been recorded among the samples with no
significant differences between modern and ancient ones. From all the wheat flour samples
the highest homogeneity were obtained for spelt wheat flours which had higher mineral
amounts compared to the einkorn and common wheat flours ones. Among all the analyzed
mineral elements, potassium was in the largest amount followed by phosphorus and calcium.
Copper was in the lowest amounts in all wheat flour samples. Among the minerals analyzed
the highest interest presented calcium, zinc and iron which have the most important role in
human health. Calcium is a structural component in the human body which prevents
osteoporosis and maintains bone health, whereas iron combats anemia and zinc activates
body enzymes essential for cell division. The calcium amount significantly varied among the
samples. However, from all analyzed varieties einkorn ones presented the highest
homogeneity with high amounts in this mineral. All the ancient samples had high amounts
of iron and zinc. Also, many samples of modern wheat varieties also showed high amounts
of minerals including calcium, zinc and iron. These are more due to the high agronomic yield
of the grains that lead to a lower density in minerals. That way, the mineral amount profile
in wheat, especially for the most relevant ones for the human body, should be a breeding
target, aiming to improve the consumption of these important nutritional components in the
diet.
References
Alvarez J.B., Guzmán C. (2018), Interspecific and intergeneric hybridization as a source of
variation for wheat grain quality improvement, Theoretical and Applied Genetics, 131,
pp. 225–251, DOI: 10.1007/s00122-017-3042-x.
Anglani C. (1998), Wheat minerals – A review, Plant Foods for Human Nutrition, 52, pp.
177–186, DOI: 10.1023/a:1008065420536.
Arzani A., Ashraf M. (2017), Cultivated ancient wheats (Triticum spp.): A potential source
of health-beneficial food products, Comprehensive Reviews in Food Science and Food
Safety, 16, pp. 477–488, DOI: 10.1111/1541-4337.12262.
Atudorei D., Stroe S.G., Codină G.G. (2020), Physical, physiological and minerals changes
of different legumes types during the germination process, Ukrainian Food Journal,
9(4), pp. 844–863, DOI: 10.24263/2304-974X-2020-9-4-10.
Balk J., Connorton J.M., Wan Y., Lovegrove A., Moore K.L., Uauy C., Sharp P.A., Shewry
P.R. (2019), Improving wheat as a source of iron and zinc for global nutrition, Nutrition
Bulletin, 44, pp. 53-59, DOI: 10.1111/nbu.12361.
Biel W., Jaroszewska A., Stankowski S., Sobolewska M., Kępińska Pacelik J. (2021),
Comparison of yield, chemical composition and farinograph properties of common and
ancient wheat grains, European Food Research and Technology, 247, pp. 1525–1538,
DOI: 10.1007/s00217-021-03729-7.
Codină G.G., Dabija A., Stroe S.G., Ropciuc S. (2019), Optimization of iron–oligofructose
formulation on wheat flour dough rheological properties, Journal of Food Processing
and Preservetion 43, pp. 13857, DOI: 10.1111/jfpp.13857.
Cappelli A., Cini E. (2021), Challenges and opportunities in wheat flour, pasta, bread, and
bakery product production chains: A systematic review of innovations and
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
88
improvement strategies to increase sustainability, productivity, and product quality,
Sustainability, 13, pp. 2608, DOI: 10.3390/su13052608.
Csákvári E., Halassy M., Enyedi A., Gyulai F., Berke J. (2021), Is einkorn wheat (Triticum
monococcum L.) a better choice than winter wheat (Triticum aestivum L.)? Wheat
quality estimation for sustainable agriculture using vision-based digital image analysis,
Sustainability, 13(21), pp. 12005, DOI: 10.3390/su132112005.
Cubadda F., Aureli F., Raggi A., Carcea M. (2009), Effect of milling, pasta making and
cooking on minerals in durum wheat, Journal of Cereal Science, 49(1), pp. 92–97,
DOI:10.1016/j.jcs.2008.07.008.
de Sousa T., Ribeiro M., Sabença C., Igrejas G. (2021), The 10.000-year success story of
wheat!, Foods (Basel, Switzerland), 10(9), 2124, DOI: 10.3390/foods10092124.
Fan M.S., Zhao F.J., Fairweather-Tait S.J., Poulton P.R., Dunham S.J., McGrath S.P. (2008),
Evidence of decreasing mineral density in wheat grain over the last 160 years, Journal
of Trace Elements, 22(4), pp. 315–324, DOI: 10.1016/j.jtemb.2008.07.002.
Geisslitz S., Scherf K.A. (2020), Rediscovering ancient wheats, Cereal Foods World, DOI:
10.1094/CFW-65-2-0013.
Golea M.C., Stroe S.G., Codină G.G. (2021), Mineral composition of different wheat
varieties cultivated in Romania, Conference proceedings of selected papers Nano, Bio
and Green-Tehnologies for a sustainable future, SGEM 2021, August 16-22, 2021,
Albena, Bulgaria, 6.1, pp. 31–38.
Gomez-Becerra H.F., Erdem H., Yazici A., Tutus Y., Torun B., Ozturk L., Cakmak I. (2010),
Grain concentrations of protein and mineral nutrients in a large collection of spelt wheat
grown under different environments, Journal of Cereal Science, 52(30, pp. 342–349,
DOI: 10.1016/j.jcs.2010.05.003.
Gómez M, Gutkoski L.C., Bravo-Núñez Á. (2020), Understanding whole-wheat flour and its
effect in breads: A review, Comprehensive Reviews in Food Science and Food Safety,
19 pp. 3241–3265, DOI: 10.1111/1541-4337.12625.
Hotz C., Brown K.H. (2004), Assessment of the risk of zinc deficiency in populations and
options for its control, Food and Nutrition Bulletin, 25(1 Suppl 2), pp. 99–203.
Ionescu R.V., Zlati M.L., Antohi V.M., Stanciu S., Virlanuta F.O., Serban C. (2020), New
Agricultural Model of Economic Sustainability for Wheat Seed Production in Romania,
Sustainability, 12, pp. 4182, DOI: 10.4067/S0717-75182010000200014.
Ivanov V., Shevchenko O., Marynin A., Stabnikov V., Gubenia O., Stabnikova O.,
Shevchenko A., Gavva O., Saliuk A. (2021), Trends and expected benefits of the
breaking edge food technologies in 2021–2030, Ukrainian Food Journal, 10(1), 7-36,
DOI: 10.24263/2304-974X-2021-10-1-3.
Krochmal-Marczak B., Sawicka B. (2016), The nutritional value of spelled (Triticum spelta
L.) cultivated on Podkarpacie region, Herbalism, 1(2), pp. 146–159, DOI:
10.12775/HERB.2016.012.
Magallanes-López A.M., Hernandez-Espinosa N., Velu G., Posadas-Romano G., Guadalupe
Ordoñez-Villegas V.M., Crossa J., Ammar K., Guzmán C. (2017), Variability in iron,
zinc and phytic acid content in a worldwide collection of commercial durum wheat
cultivars and the effect of reduced irrigation on these traits, Food Chemistry, 237, pp.
499–505, DOI: 10.1016/j.foodchem.2017.05.110.
Mastrangelo A.M, Cattivelli L. (2021), What Makes Bread and Durum Wheat Different?,
Trends in Plant Science, 26(7), pp. 677-684, DOI: 10.1016/j.tplants.2021.01.004.
McDonald G.K., Genc Y., Graham R.D. (2008), A simple method to evaluate genetic
variation in grain zinc concentration by correcting for differences in grain yield, Plant
Soil, 306(1–2), pp. 49–55, DOI: 10.1007/s11104-008-9555-y.
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
89
McGrath S.P. (1985), The effects of increasing yields on the macroelement and
microelement concentrations and offtakes in the grain of winter wheat, Journal of the
Science of Food and Agriculture, 36, pp. 1073–1083, DOI: 10.1002/jsfa.2740361108.
Morgounov A.I., Belan I., Zelenskiy Y., Roseeva L., Tömösközi S., Békés F., Abugalieva
A., Cakmak I., Vargas M., Crossa J. (2013), Historical changes in grain yield and
quality of spring wheat varieties cultivated in Siberia from 1900 to 2010, Canadian
Journal of Plant Science, 93(3), pp. 425–433, DOI: 10.4141/CJPS2012-091.
Mironeasa S., Codină G.G., Stroe S.G. (2016), A new simple method for the evaluation of
mineral elements in different oilseeds, Communication in Soil Science and Plant
Analytical, 47(15), pp. 1731–1737, DOI: 10.1080/00103624.2016.1206914.
Pravina P., Sayaji D., Avinash M. (2013), Calcium and its role in human body, International
Journal of Research in Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Sciences, 4(2), pp. 659-668.
Shewry P.R. (2018), Do ancient types of wheat have health benefits compared with modern
bread wheat? Journal of Cereal Science, 79, pp. 469–476, DOI:
10.1016/j.jcs.2015.07.014.
Simsek S., Budak B., Schwebach C.S., Ovando-Martínez M. (2019), Historical vs. modern
hard red spring wheat: Analysis of the chemical composition, Cereal Chemistry, 96, pp.
937–949, DOI: 10.1002/cche.10198.
Šramková Z., Gregová E., Šturdik E. (2008), Chemical composition and nutritional quality
of wheat grain, Acta Chimica Slovenica, 2(1), pp.115–138.
Suchowilska E., Wiwart M., Kandler W., Krska R. (2012), A comparison of macro- and
microelement concentrations in the whole grain of four Triticum species, Plant, Soil
and Environment, 58(3), pp. 141–147, DOI: 10.17221/688/2011-PSE.
Velimirovic A., Jovovic Z., Pržulj N. (2021), From neolithic to late modern period: Brief
history of wheat, Genetika, 53(1), pp. 407–417, DOI: 10.2298/GENSR2101407V.
Witczak T., Gałkowska D. (2021), Sorption and thermal characteristics of ancient grain pasta
of various compositions, LWT-Food Science and Technology, 137, pp. 110433, DOI:
10.1016/j.lwt.2020.110433.
Zhao F.J., Su Y.H., Dunham S.J., Rakszegi M., Bedo Z., McGrath S.P., Shewry P.R. (2009),
Variation in mineral micronutrient concentrations in grain of wheat lines of diverse
origin, Journal of Cereal Science, 49(2), pp. 290–295, DOI: 10.1016/j.jcs.2008.11.007.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
90
Use of pumpkin seed flour in preparation of bakery
products
Anastasiia Shevchenko, Vira Drobot, Oleg Galenko
National University of Food Technologies, Kyiv, Ukraine
Keywords:
Pumpkin
Flour
Bread
Dough
Gas-forming
Abstract
Introduction. The aim of the study was to determine the
effect of pumpkin seed flour on the technological indicators of
bakery products.
Materials and methods. The flour from seeds of the
large-fruited, hard-skinned variety “Pink Banana” pumpkin
was used in the study. Microbiological processes in the dough
were characterized by the gas-forming ability of the dough and
the dynamics of gas formation. Biochemical processes in the
dough were investigated by kinetics of sugars in the dough.
Indicators of the quality of finished products were also studied.
Results and discussion. “Pink Banana” pumpkin seed
flour contains 3.8 times more protein and 3.5 times more fiber
than wheat flour. The particle size of pumpkin seed flour is
much larger than wheat wholemeal flour, so its application
should affect the structural and mechanical properties of dough
semi-finished products and finished bakery products. The
water absorption capacity of pumpkin seed flour exceeds the
corresponding value for wheat flour by 1.5 times. With an
increase in the dosage of this additive the gas-forming capacity
of the dough for bakery products decreased by 1.9–7.4%
compared to the control sample without pumpkin seed flour
and the amount of formed sugars decreased by 7.6–16.2%, but
the amount of fermented sugars increased by 16.9–20.3%. The
acidity of the crumb of products increased slightly, its specific
volume decreased by 3.6–38.4% and porosity – by 1.4–4.1%.
In finished bakery products, the protein content increased by
13.9–55.5% depending on the dosage of pumpkin seed flour,
fiber content – by 12.07–48.7%, which indicates the ability of
this raw material to significantly increase the nutritional value
of products when it is included in the recipe.
Conclusions. Replacing part of wheat flour in the recipes
of bakery products by pumpkin seed flour can increase the
protein and fiber contents in these products, which will
improve their nutritional value.
Article history:
Received 21.06.2021
Received in revised
form 19.11.2021
Accepted 31.03.2022
Corresponding
author:
Anastasiia
Shevchenko
E-mail:
nastyusha8@ukr.net
DOI: 10.24263/2304-
974X-2022-11-1-10
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
91
Introduction
Products for mass consumption often have insufficient nutritional value due to the low
content of complete proteins, dietary fiber, vitamins and minerals (French et al., 2019; Ivanov
et al., 2021). To improve the nutritional quality of foods, addition of different plant additives,
including pumpkin seed products, is recommended (Stabnikova et al., 2021).
Pumpkin itself as well as its parts and processing products could be the source of
proteins with high content of tryptophan, carotenoids, minerals, and unsaturated fatty acids
(Kalyna et al., 2021). To enrich food products with physiological and functional ingredients,
it is recommended to use pumpkin pulp, seeds (Dotto and Chacha, 2020), protein isolates and
hydrolysates, flour, fiber (Vinayashre et al., 2021), and pumpkin oil (Gedi et al., 2022).
However, the impact of these ingredients on the physico-chemical and technological
properties of food products, including bakery, remains insufficiently studied.
Flour from seeds of gymnosperm pumpkin contains all main nutrients, % of dry matter:
proteins, 43.2; fats, 17.3%; carbohydrates, 20.9% (including monosaccharides, 0.63%,
sucrose, 1.84%, starch, 4.21%, fiber, 14.28%) (Jurgita et al., 2014). Pumpkin seeds and shells
are potentially good raw materials for enriching food products due to the presence of
antioxidant compounds such as polyphenols and high antioxidant activity (Saavedra et al.,
2015). However, there is no data on the impact of the studied additives on the technological
process of manufacturing different groups of food products.
The total carotene content in wheat bread increased with the addition of pumpkin
products (Kampuse et al., 2015; Rakcejeva et al., 2011). However, the volume of bread
decreased with the increase of dosage of pumpkin pomace and pumpkin powder. The addition
of semi-finished products such as juice and puree from different varieties of pumpkin
improved the sensory bread properties, but physico-chemical characteristics of bread have
not been studied (Barabolia et al., 2018). Bread from a composite mixture of pumpkin and
spelled flour had potassium and calcium contents 1.5 times higher than wheat, in terms of
contents of phosphorus, magnesium and zinc 2–3 times higher. Altogether, prolongation of
freshness of finished products was also observed (Mykolenko et al., 2017). However, there
are no studies of the processes which occur in semi-finished bakery products added with
pumpkin products in the manufacture of bread, as well as indicators of quality of finished
products. Partial replacement of wheat flour up to 15% with pumpkin seed flour helped to
improve nutritional and sensory values of cookies (Alshehry, 2020).
Pumpkin has a special attention for food product enhancement for its health promoting
values. Pumpkin seeds contain biologically active substances having antidiabetic,
antidepressant, antioxidant, antitumor and cytoprotective activities (Dotto and Chacha,
2020). It is considered that consumption of pumpkin products reduces the risk of
gastrointestinal inflammation (Gad et al., 2019) and they are recommended in nutrient
therapy for persons suffering from intestinal diseases (Dar et al., 2017). Pumpkin seeds have
especially high beta-carotene content, so, consumption of food enriched with pumpkin
products helps to prevent skin diseases and support vision (Lyu et al., 2021). As beta-carotene
is a fat-soluble vitamin, its bioaccessibility increases in the presence of lipids. So nutritionists
recommend to include in recipes of food products enriched with pumpkin seeds lipid
components, in particular phospholipids, for example lecithin.
The aim of the present study was to determine the effect of pumpkin seed flour addition
on the technological characteristics of bakery products manufactured from wheat flour.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
92
Materials and methods
Preparation of dough samples
Dough samples were prepared from premium wheat flour, pressed baker's yeast, salt,
sunflower lecithin as a source of phosphatidylcholine, in the amount of 3% by weight of flour
(this dosage was chosen based on the recommendations for the daily intake of lecithin)
(Partridge et al., 2019), pumpkin seed flour in the amount of 5, 10, 15, 20% to replace wheat
flour. A sample without pumpkin seed flour and lecithin was used as a control sample.
Methods
Size of the flour particles. The size of the flour particles was determined by sieving on
sieves. Sieves of different sieve fabric and different hole sizes were used: No 33/36 (35) (220
μm), No 27 (260 μm), No 067 (670), No 49/52 PA (43) (132 μm), No 41/43 (38) (160 μm)
(Patwa et al., 2014).
Gas-forming ability of the dough. The indicator of gas-forming ability is the amount
of cm3 of carbon dioxide (CO2) emitted during the fermentation and keeping of the dough
from 100 g of flour at a temperature of 30 °C. This indicator was determined by the
volumetric method, namely the volume of CO2 emitted at constant temperature and pressure
(Munteanu et al., 2019; Verheyen et al., 2015).
Kinetics of sugar accumulation in the dough. The amount of sugars formed during
the fermentation of the dough was determined by the difference between their content in the
dough without yeast immediately after kneading and after 180 minutes of fermentation. The
amount of fermented sugars was determined by the difference between the sum of the amount
of sugars at the beginning of fermentation of yeast dough and the amount of sugars formed
in yeast-free dough and the amount of sugars contained in yeast dough after 180 minutes of
fermentation. The kinetics of sugar accumulation in the dough was determined by the
accelerated iodometric method (Manual of methods of analysis of food, beverages, sugar and
confectionery product, 2012)
Titrated acidity of the dough. Titrated acidity in semi-finished products (dough) was
determined by titration (Manual of methods of analysis of food, beverages, sugar and
confectionery products, 2012).
Moisture. The moisture content was determined using the SuperPoint grain moisture
meter. To measure the grain humidity, the appliance was switched on, the name of the scale
of the corresponding measuring crop or product was selected on the LCD screen, the
necessary sample was selected, which falls into the device, the pressure cover of the
pressurizes to the level until the pressure indicator was set to the level with the upper surface
of the lid. After tightening the button "TEST" was pressed and after 10 seconds the result of
the measurements of humidity in% was received. Measurement was carried out with an
accuracy of 0.5% with a range of humidity measurement from 8 to 45% (Manual of methods
of analysis of food, beverages, sugar and confectionery products, 2012).
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
93
Total protein. A product was digested with a strong acid so that it released nitrogen
which could be determined by a suitable titration technique. The amount of protein present
was then calculated from the nitrogen concentration of the product.
1 g of raw material was hydrolyzed with 15 mL concentrated sulfuric acid containing
two copper catalyst tablets in a heat block at 420 °C for 2 h. After cooling, H2O was added
to the hydrolysates before neutralization and titration (Mæhre et al., 2018).
Fat. The sample is placed in a thimble; once the flask is heated, the solvent is evaporated
and moved up to the condenser, where it is converted into a liquid and collected into the
extraction chamber containing the sample. When the solvent passes through the sample, it
extracts the fats and carries them into the flask. This extraction process typically lasts several
hours (6–24 h). After completion of the extraction, the solvent is evaporated, and the mass of
lipid remaining is measured and used to analyze (López-Bascón et al., 2020).
Fiber. A collaborative study was conducted to determine the total dietary fiber (TDF)
content in products, using enzymatic-gravimetric method (McCleary et al., 2012). TDF was
calculated as the weight of the residue minus the weight of protein and ash.
Specific volume of bread. The grain was filled with the excess, which was raked with
the edge of the ruler into the receiving container and removed through the hole. After that,
the curtains of the main capacity with grain were opened manually and put through the hole
into the bucket. This grain was used for determination. A small amount of grain was put into
the main container, bread was put on it carefully, without passing the grain, and the rest of
the grain was put in excess of the capacity. Grain was raked with the edge of the ruler and
put into the receiving container, and then, after opening the latch – into the measuring
cylinder. The volume of grain in a cylinder (cm3) was equal to the volume of bread.
Measurements were performed twice, deviations between parallel determinations should not
exceed 5%. The specific volume of bread was determined by dividing the volume of bread
by its weight and expressed to the nearest 0.01 cm3/g (Zhu et al., 2016).
Porosity of bread. The porosity of bread reflects the volume of the pores in a certain
volume of the crumb, expressed as a percentage to the total volume (Verheyen et al., 2015).
Statistical analysis. The statistical processing of the result values was performed by
sequential regression analysis using the Microsoft Excel XP and OriginPro 8 software
calculating correlation coefficients (Hinkle et al., 2003).
Results and discussions
Physico-chemical and technological characteristics of pumpkin seed flour
The chemical composition of raw materials is a major determinant in the development
of new product formulations (Jurgita et al., 2014). The chemical composition of pumpkin
seed flour compared to premium grade wheat flour is presented in Table 1.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
94
Table 1
Chemical composition of wheat flour and pumpkin seed flour
Indicator
Premium grade wheat
flour
Pumpkin seed
flour
Moisture,% weight
11.5
15.6
Proteins,%
10.3
40.0
Fats,%
1.1
9.0
Carbohydrates,%
69.8
23.6
Cellulose,%
3.5
12.2
Ash,%
0.75
4.7
It was shown that pumpkin seed flour contains 3.8 times more protein, 3.5 times more
dietary fiber, 6.3 times more ash than wheat flour. Thus, partial replacement of wheat flour
with pumpkin seed flour may lead to enhancement of nutritional value of bakery products.
Microbiological and biochemical processes in the dough, its structural and mechanical
properties are important in the manufacture of bakery products (Lisowska et al., 2016). They
are significantly influenced by the size of the components of the recipe (Table 2) and their
water absorption capacity (Figure 1).
Table 2
Size of the particles in pumpkin seed flour in comparison with wheat flour
Size indicators,
No of sieve
Size of the
hole, µm
Wheat flour, variety
Pumpkin seed
flour
First
Second
Whole-
meal
The residue on the
sieve% , no more:
No 33/36 (35)
220
2
-
-
28.1
No 27
260
-
2
-
63.18
No 067
670
-
-
2
6.92
Passage through a
sieve,% no less:
No 49/52 PА (43)
132
80
-
-
-
No 41/43 (38)
160
-
65
35
0.18
Estimation of the particle size distribution of pumpkin seed flour showed that it is much
larger than wheat wholemeal flour, as the residue on the sieve No 067 exceeds the maximum
standard value for wholemeal flour by 3.5 times.
The water absorption capacity of raw materials depends on the composition of its
biopolymers, particle size, the state of their surface (Zykova et al., 2015). The water
absorption capacity of pumpkin seed flour is 1.5 times higher than of wheat flour.
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
95
Influence of pumpkin seed flour on
microbiological processes in the dough
The intensity of dough fermentation,
which was determined by the amount of carbon
dioxide emitted during dough fermentation and
keeping of dough pieces, is determined by the
interaction of dough microflora and products of
enzymatic hydrolysis of flour biopolymers and
other components of the recipe. Samples with
lecithin as emulsifier and a source of
phosphatidylcholine and samples with different
dosage of pumpkin seed flour were studied.
The gas-forming capacity of the dough
(Figure 2) increased slightly with the addition of
lecithin, which can be explained by the presence
of choline in lecithin, which improves the
enzymatic ability of yeast (Medvid et al., 2018).
However, with increasing dosage of pumpkin seed flour, the gas-forming capacity decreased
by 1.9–7.4% compared to the control sample. This can obviously be explained by the
formation of protein complexes of pumpkin seed flour with wheat flour starch, which reduces
its availability to amylolysis.
Figure 2. Total gas formation in the dough during fermentation and keeping, сm3, СО2 :
1 – control sample;
2 – sample with lecithin;
3 – sample with lecithin and 5% pumpkin seed flour to replace wheat flour;
4 – sample with lecithin and 10% pumpkin seed flour to replace wheat flour;
5 – sample with lecithin and 15% pumpkin seed flour to replace wheat flour;
6 – sample with lecithin and 20% pumpkin seed flour to replace wheat flour
856 864
840
824 816
792
740
760
780
800
820
840
860
880
1 2 3 4 5 6
Total gas formation in the dough during
fermentation and keeping, cm3, СО2
Figure 1. Water absorption capacity,%
148
225
0
50
100
150
200
250
Wheat flour Pumpkin
seed flour
Water absorption capacity ,%
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
96
Decreased fermentation activity of yeast affects the dynamics of carbon dioxide
emission during the fermentation of the dough and the keeping of the dough pieces (Figure
3).
Figure 3. Dynamics of gas formation in the dough with different dosage of pumpkin seed flour:
1 – control sample;
2 – sample with lecithin;
3 – sample with lecithin and 5% pumpkin seed flour to replace wheat flour;
4 – sample with lecithin and 10% pumpkin seed flour to replace wheat flour;
5 – sample with lecithin and 15% pumpkin seed flour to replace wheat flour;
6 – sample with lecithin and 20% pumpkin seed flour to replace wheat flour
It was found that in the dough with flour from pumpkin seeds gas formation was less
intense, because there was a delay in fermentation by reducing the availability of nutrients.
The graph of the dynamics of carbon dioxide emissions shows that the first peak of gas
formation in the dough with the replacement of 5% wheat flour by pumpkin seed flour was
observed after 60 minutes, when replacing 10% – after 70 minutes, 15% – after 100 minutes,
20% – after 115 minutes of fermentation, and for wheat flour – in 50 minutes. Then the
amount of carbon dioxide emitted in the dough with pumpkin seed flour decreased sharply
and the second peak of gas formation was observed after 180 minutes, while in the control
sample – after 150 minutes. This is due to the fact that amylolytic enzymes of pumpkin seed
flour are less active than of wheat flour, which is due to the poor susceptibility of the starch
of this flour to amylolysis.
0
50
100
150
200
250
030 60 90 120 150 180 210
Volume of carbon dioxide released during
fermentation, cm3/ h per 100 g of flour
Duration of fermentation, min
1
2
3
4
5
6
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
97
Influence of pumpkin seed flour on biochemical processes in the dough
The process of gas formation in the dough is due to the sugar-forming ability (Drobot
et al., 2014), which in turn is provided by the susceptibility of starch to amylolysis and
amylase activity. The sugar content depends on the relationship between the intensity of
sugars accumulation in the dough and their fermentation by microorganisms (Drobot et al.,
2014). The depth of this process was characterized by the kinetics of accumulation and
fermentation of sugars (Table 3).
Table 3
Accumulation and fermentation of sugars during the fermentation of the dough (in terms of
maltose),% to dry matter
Indicators
Control
sample
Sample
with
lecithin
Pumpkin seed flour to replace wheat
flour,%
5
10
15
20
Yeast-free dough
After
kneading
2.10±0.10
2.10±0.10
2.10±0.10
2.00±0.10
2.00±0.10
1.99±0.09
After 3 hours
of
fermentation
3.15±0.13
3.39±0.17
3.32±0.15
3.21±0.14
3.20±0.14
3.12±0.12
Formed
sugars
1.05±0.01
1.29±0.03
1.22±0.03
1.21±0.03
1.20±0.03
1.13±0.02
Yeast dough
After
kneading
2.12±0.10
2.15±0.12
2.13±0.11
2.08±0.10
2.02±0.10
1.98±0.09
After 3 hours
of
fermentation
1.69±0.06
1.78±0.08
1.62±0.06
1.54±0.05
1.46±0.05
1.33±0.04
Fermented
sugars
1.48±0.05
1.66±0.06
1.73±0.08
1.75±0.08
1.76±0.08
1.78±0.08
It was found that with increasing the dosage of pumpkin seed flour, the amount of
formed sugars decreased by 7.6-16.2%. This can be explained by the fact that pumpkin seed
flour proteins form complexes with wheat starch and therefore impair the access of enzymes
to starch grains. However, the fermentation of sugars increased by 16.9–20.3%, due to the
depolymerization of carbohydrate additives (Teri et al., 2014).
The quality indicators of the finished products (Table 4) indicated an increase in the
acidity of the crumb of the products with the replacement of part of the wheat flour with
pumpkin seed flour due to the higher acidity of the added raw material. The shape stability
of bread did not change significantly.
However, its specific volume decreased by 3.6–38.4% and porosity decreased by 1.4–
4.1%, which can be explained by the specifics of swelling of pumpkin components, including
fiber (Pereira et al., 2018). At the same time, the organoleptic characteristics of the products
improved, in particular the taste and smell, which acquired a pleasant pumpkin hue. The
bread crumb was elastic, well fluffed.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
98
Table 4
Quality indicators of finished bread with pumpkin flour
Indicators
Control
sample
Sample
with
lecithin
Samples with pumpkin flour,% to
replace wheat flour
5
10
15
20
Acidity of the
crumb, degrees
2.0
2.0
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.4
Specific volume of
bread, cm3/100 g
224
234
220
218
178
146
Shape stability of
bread, H/D
0.56
0.61
0.60
0.58
0.55
0.53
Porosity of the
crumb,%
73
75
67
65
62
54
To meet the body's needs in essential nutrients, it was important to determine the effect
of different dosages of pumpkin seed flour on the nutritional value of the product (Table 5).
Table 5
Nutritional value of bread with the replacement of part of wheat flour with pumpkin seed flour
Indicators
Control
sample
Sample
with
lecithin
Pumpkin seed flour to replace wheat
flour,%
5
10
15
20
Proteins,%
8.10
8.10
9.23
10.35
11.48
12.60
Fats,%
1.09
3.06
3.36
3.66
3.96
4.26
Carbohydrates,%
52.97
52.97
51.20
49.43
47.65
45.88
Cellulose,%
2.65
2.65
2.97
3.30
3.62
3.94
Analysis of the chemical composition of bread prepared with partial replacement of
wheat flour with pumpkin flour showed an increase in protein content by 13.9–55.5%, fiber
– by 12.07-48.7% depending on its dosage in comparison with control sample made from
wheat flour only that indicates enhancement of the nutritional value of products.
Conclusions
1. Pumpkin seed flour is high in protein and fiber. The use of this raw material for partial
replacement of wheat flour in the bread recipe will make it possible to enrich products
with protein and fiber and increase their nutritional value.
2. The gas-forming capacity of the dough with increasing dosage of pumpkin seed flour
from 5% to 20% to replace wheat flour decreased by 1.9–7.4% compared to the control
sample without pumpkin seed flour.
3. With the increase in the dosage of pumpkin seed flour, the amount of formed sugars
decreased by 7.6-16.2%. This can be explained by the fact that pumpkin seed flour
proteins form complexes with wheat starch and therefore impair the access of enzymes
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
99
to starch grains. However, the amount of fermented sugars increased by 16.9–20.3%,
due to the depolymerization of carbohydrate additives.
4. The specific volume and porosity of bread decreased with increasing percentage of
replacement of wheat flour by pumpkin seed flour. Therefore, from a technological
point of view, it is rational to replace no more than 10% of wheat flour with this raw
material.
5. The protein content in finished products with the replacement of 5–20% of wheat flour
with pumpkin seed flour increased by 13.9–55.5% and fiber content increased by 12.07–
48.7% that indicates enhancement of the nutritional value of the products.
References
Alshehry G.A. (2020), Preparation and nutritional properties of cookies from the partial
replacement of wheat flour using pumpkin seeds powder, World Journal of Environmental
Biosciences, 9(2), pp. 48–56, DOI: 10.24263/2304-974X-2021-10-3-8
Barabolia O. V. Kalashnyk O. V., Moroz S. E., Zhemela H. P., Yudicheva O. P., Serhiienko O.
V. (2018), Vykorystannia napivfabrykativ harbuza dlia zbahachennia khliba
pshenychnoho, Visnyk Poltavskoi Derzhavnoi Ahrarnoi Akademii, 4, pp. 76–80, DOI:
10.31210/visnyk2018.04.11
Dar A., Sofi S., Rafiq S. (2017), Pumpkin the functional and therapeutic ingredient: A review,
International Journal of Food Science and Nutrition, 2(6), pp. 165–170.
http://www.foodsciencejournal.com/archives/2017/vol2/issue6/2-5-50
Dotto J. M., Chachab J.S. (2020), The potential of pumpkin seeds as a functional food
ingredient: A review, Scientific African, 10, e00575, DOI: 10.1016/j.sciaf.2020.e00575
Drobot V., Semenova A., Smirnova J., Mykhonik L. (2014), Effect of buckwheat processing
products on dough and bread quality made from whole-wheat flour, International Journal
of Food Studies, 3(1), pp. 1–12, DOI: 10.7455/ijfs/3.1.2014.a1
French S., Tangney C., Crane M., Wang Y., Appelhans B. (2019), Nutrition quality of food
purchases varies by household income: the SHoPPER study, BMC Public Health, 19, DOI:
10.1186/s12889-019-6546-2
Gad K., Kholief T., Barakat H., El- masry S. (2019), Evaluation of pumpkin (Cucurbita
moschata) pulp and seeds extracts on gastrointestinal ulcers induced by indomethacin in
rats, Journal of Scientific Research in Science, 36(1), pp. 180-197, DOI:
10.21608/JSRS.2019.34277
Gedi A. M., Gedi M. A. (2022), Pumpkin seed oil components and biological activities, Multiple
Biological Activities of Unconventional Seed Oils, pp. 171–184.
Hinkle D.E., Wiersma W., Jurs S.G. (2003), Applied statistics for the behavioral sciences,
Boston, Mass: Houghton Mifflin, DOI: 10.1016/B978-0-12-824135-6.00030-1
Ivanov V., Shevchenko O., Marynin A., Stabnikov V., Gubenia O., Stabnikova O., Shevchenko
A., Gavva O., Saliuk A. (2021), Trends and expected benefits of the breaking edge food
technologies in 2021-2030, Ukrainian Food Journal, 10(1), pp. 7–36, DOI:
10.24263/2304-974X-2021-10-1-3
Jurgita K., Jariene E., Danilcenko H., Černiauskienė J., Wawrzyniak A., Hamulka J.,
Juknevičienė E. (2014), Chemical composition of pumpkin (Cucurbita maxima D.) flesh
flours used for food, Journal of Food Agriculture and Environment, 12(3), pp. 61–64,
DOI: 10.1234/4.2014.5357.
Kalyna V., Kondratiuk N., Uvarova N., Rozghon O., Bohuslavskyi V., Lytsenko M. (2021),
Characteristics and composition of fractional products from pumpkin seeds, Journal of
Chemistry and Technologies, 29(4), pp. 660–670, DOI:
10.15421/jchemtech.v29i4.243302
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
100
Kampuse S., Ozola L., Straumite E., Galoburda R. (2015), Quality parameters of wheat bread
enriched with pumpkin (Cucurbita Moschata) by-products, Acta Universitatis Cibiniensis
Series E Food Technology, 19(2), pp. 3–14, DOI: 10.1515/aucft-2015-0010
Lisowska T., Chorna N., Yukalo V. (2016), Study the structural and mechanical properties
dough of flour mixture with extrudet corn flour, Scientific Messenger of LNU of Veterinary
Medicine and Biotechnologies. Series "Food Technologies", 18(2), pp. 51–55, DOI:
10.15421/nvlvet6810
López-Bascón M.A., de Castro M.L.(2020), Liquid-phase extraction, Elsevier, 11, pp. 327-354.
https://www.elsevier.com/books/liquid-phase-extraction/poole/978-0-12-816911-7
Lyu Y., Bi J., Chen Q., Wu X., Qiao Y., Hou H., Zhang X. (2021), Bioaccessibility of
carotenoids and antioxidant capacity of seed-used pumpkin byproducts powders as
affected by particle size and corn oil during in vitro digestion process, Food Chemistry,
343, 128541, DOI: 10.1016/j.foodchem.2020.128541
Maehre H.K., Dalheim L., Edvinsen G.K., Elvevoll E.O., Jensen I. (2018), Protein
determination—method matters, Foods, 7(1), pp. 5–14, DOI: 10.3390/foods7010005
Manual of methods of analysis of food, beverages, sugar and confectionery products. 2012; Lab.
Manual 4. Available at:
https://old.fssai.gov.in/Portals/0/Pdf/15Manuals/BEVERAGES,%
20SUGARS%20&%20CONFECTINERY.pdf (accessed on 31 October 2021)
McCleary B.V., DeVries J.W., Rader J.I., Cohen G., Prosky L., Mugford D.C. Champ M.,
Okuma K. (2012), Determination of insoluble, soluble, and total dietary fiber (CODEX
definition) by enzymatic-gravimetric method and liquid chromatography: collaborative
study, Journal of AOAC International, 95(3), pp. 824–844, DOI:
10.5740/jaoacint.cs2011_25
Medvid I., Shydlovska O., Dotsenko V. (2018), The use of sunflower lecithin in the technology
of glutenfree bread with enzymatic modification of flour starch, Food and Environment
Safety, 17(4), pp. 352–362. http://fens.usv.ro/index.php/FENS/article/view/611
Munteanu G.M., Voicu G., Ferdeș M., Ștefan E.M., Constantin G.A., Tudor P. (2019),
Dynamics of fermentation process of bread dough prepared with different types of yeast,
Scientific Study & Research, 20(4), pp. 575–584.
https://www.proquest.com/openview/441ae24785e6ae4e25ea62f950a156ac/1?pq-
origsite=gscholar&cbl=716381
Mykolenko S., Hez Ya. (2017), Doslidzhennia vplyvu speltovoho i harbuzovoho boroshna na
zminu spozhyvchykh kharakterystyk khliba, Prodovolchi Resursy, 9, pp. 228–234.
https://iprjournal.kyiv.ua/index.php/pr/article/view/215
Partridge D., Lloyd K. A., Rhodes J. M., Walker A. W., Johnstone A. M., Campbell B.J. (2019),
Food additives: Assessing the impact of exposure to permitted emulsifiers on bowel and
metabolic health – introducing the FADiets study, Nutrition Bulletin, 44(4), pp. 329–349,
DOI: 10.1111/nbu.12408
Patwa A., Malcolm B., Wilson J., Ambrose K. (2014), Particle size analysis of two distinct
classes of wheat flour by sieving, Transactions of the ASABE (American Society of
Agricultural and Biological Engineers), 57(1), pp. 151–159, DOI:
10.13031/trans.57.10388
Pereira A., Krumreicha F., Ramos D., Krolow A., Santos R., Gularte M. (2018),
Physicochemical characterization, carotenoid content and protein digestibility of pumpkin
access flours for food application, Food Science and Technology (Campinas), 40(2), pp.
691–698, DOI: 10.1590/fst.38819
Rakcejeva T., Galoburda R., Cude L., Strautniece E. (2011), Use of dried pumpkins in wheat
bread production, Procedia Food Science, 1, pp. 441– 447, DOI:
10.1016/j.profoo.2011.09.068
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
101
Saavedra M. J., Aires A., Dias C., Almeida J. A., De Vasconcelos M. C. B. M., Santos P., Rosa
E. A. (2015), Evaluation of the potential of squash pumpkin by-products (seeds and shell)
as sources of antioxidant and bioactive compounds, Journal of Food Science and
Technology, 52(2), pp. 1008–1015, DOI: 10.1007/s13197-013-1089-5
Stabnikova O., Marinin A., Stabnikov V. (2021), Main trends in application of novel natural
additives for food production, Ukrainian Food Journal, 10(3), pp. 524–551, DOI:
10.24263/2304-974X-2021-10-3-8
Teri G., Luo L., Savage P. (2014), Hydrothermal Treatment of Protein, Polysaccharide, and
Lipids Alone and in Mixtures, Energy Fuels, 28(12), pp. 7501–7509, DOI:
10.1021/ef501760d
Verheyen C., Albrecht A., Elgeti D., Jekle M., Becker T. (2015), Impact of gas formation
kinetics on dough development and bread quality, Food Research International, 76(3),
pp. 860–866, DOI: 10.1016/j.foodres.2015.08.013
Vinayashre S., Prasanna V. (2021), Biochemical, nutritional and functional properties of protein
isolate and fractions from pumpkin (Cucurbita moschata var. Kashi Harit) seeds, Food
Chemistry, 340, 128177, DOI: 10.1016/j.foodchem.2020.128177
Zhu F., Sakulnak R., Wang, S. (2016), Effect of black tea on antioxidant, textural, and sensory
properties of Chinese steamed bread, Food Chemistry, 194, pp. 1217–1223, DOI:
10.1016/j.foodchem.2015.08.110
Zykova A., Pantyukhov P., Kolesnikova N., Popov A., Olkhov A. (2015), Influence of particle
size on water absorption capacity and mechanical properties of polyethylene-wood flour
composites, AIP Conference Proceedings, 1683(1), id.020242, DOI: 10.1063/1.4932932
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
102
Effect of
Spirulina platensis
and kelp biomass addition on
the fatty acid composition of wheat bread
Denka Zlateva1, Rosen Chochkov2, Dana Stefanova1
1 – University of Economics, Varna, Bulgaria
2 – University of Food Technologies, Plovdiv, Bulgaria
Keywords:
Wheat bread
Spirulina platensis
Kelp
Fatty acids
Abstract
Introduction. The aim of the present study was to study the
effect of biomass of some edible algae – Spirulina platensis and
kelp – addition on the content of saturated and unsaturated fatty
acids in wheat bread.
Materials and methods. Bread was obtained from wheat
flour with the addition of biomass of kelp and Spirulina
platensis in the form of powder in the amount of 2 or 4% by the
weight of flour. The extraction of total lipids was performed by
the conventional method, the methyl esters of fatty acids were
analyzed using a gas chromatograph equipped with a flame
ionization detector.
Results and discussion. It was found that enrichment with
biomass of kelp and Spirulina platensis added in the amount of
2 and 4% by the weight of wheat flour changes the content of
saturated and unsaturated fatty acids in bread. As the different
algal species have a different fatty acid profile, the addition of
two aquacultures to the wheat flour had different effects. In
terms of saturated fatty acids, the incorporation of kelp biomass
in the bread recipe caused an increase in the content of stearic,
arachidonic and heneicosanoic acids, while enrichment with
biomass of Spirulina led to an increase in the content of caproic,
palmitic, arachidonic acids and, especially, of heneicosanoic
acid. In the control bread, the amount of heneicosanoic acid was
0.17 g/100 g of fat. In the bread enriched with 2 and 4% of kelp,
the amount of heneicosanoic acid was in 2.2 and 3.5 times
higher than in control, respectively; in the bread enriched with
with 2 and 4% of Spirulina platensis – in 3.4 and 3.1 times
higher than in control, respectively. Seaweed addition also
affects the content of unsaturated fatty acids in wheat bread.
When kelp was included in the bread recipe, there was an
increased content of oleic and α-linolenic acids, while in the
case of paulinic acid, enrichment with Spirulina platensis was
more efficient.
Conclusions. Fortification of wheat bread with biomass of
edible algae kelp and Spirulina platensis is an effective way for
increasing the content of some fatty acids in it. The effect of
biomass of Spirulina platensis addition is more pronounced.
Article history:
Received 12.07.2021
Received in revised
form 14.01.2022
Accepted 31.03.2022
Corresponding
author:
Rosen Chochkov
E-mail:
rosen4o4kov@abv.bg
DOI:
10.24263/2304-
974X-2022-11-1-11
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
103
Introduction
Fatty acids are a major structural component of lipids (de Carvalho et al., 2018). They
are a source of energy for cell growth, especially in childhood (Shahidi et al., 2008). It is well
known that polyunsaturated fatty acids are of great physiological importance (Simopoulos,
1999). The total lipid intake and the consumption ratio of saturated fatty acids (SFA) has
increased significantly in the Western diet in recent decades (Simopoulos, 2016). In order to
reduce the saturated fat content of processed foods, the food industry is facing a challenge to
replace animal fat by vegetable fat, which has a high content of unsaturated fats (Tavella et
al., 2000). On the other hand, there has been a growing public awareness of the benefits of
essential fatty acids (Kaur et al., 2014). However, most of them are either not synthesized at
all or are synthesized in insufficient quantities by the human body, which necessitates their
intake as supplements or enriched food products (Kaur et al., 2014). Predominance (over
50%) of omega-6 linoleic acid in grain cereals is a major reason for the imbalanced omega-
3/omega-6 ratio consumption in western diets (Fradique et al., 2013). This limitation can be
overcome by enrichment of food products with sources of omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty
acids (Barrow et al., 2009). Therefore, among the main tasks of the food industry is the
development of product formulations with better nutritional characteristics (Osuna et al.,
2014). According to Petrovna et al. (2022) enrichment of daily consumed food products with
essential fatty acids is an innovative approach, which is most advantageous for people that
do not require major changes to their dietary habits.
Incorporating bioactive ingredients, rich in different valuable compounds, into popular
foods such as bread, have grown rapidly due to the increased consumer health awareness
(Ibrahim et al., 2016). It is considered that bread prepared from refined flour has lower
nutritional value than whole grain bread and does not adequately meet the requirements for
many macro- or micro-nutrients (al-Kanhal et al., 1999; Škrbić et al., 2008). Due to its
relatively low cost, availability and widespread consumption, bread is a suitable product for
incorporation of functional ingredients, including omega-3 fatty acids (Dziki et al., 2014). In
recent decades, different research teams have worked on fortifying bread with natural
compounds due to the demands for healthier food (Melilli et al., 2019; 2020; Sillitti et al.,
2016).
Incorporation of edible seaweeds to increase nutritional value of different food products
including wheat bread are presently very popular (Stabnikova et al., 2021). Despite the
quantitative differences in chemical composition, seaweed is a sustainable and almost
inexhaustible source of polyunsaturated fatty acids. They are characterized by an optimal
ratio about 1.0 of omega-6: omega-3 fatty acids. According to the recommendations of the
World Health Organization, to prevent inflammatory, cardiovascular problems and diseases
of the nervous system this ratio should be less than 10. Prabhasankar et al. (2009) prepared
pasta, incorporating wakame (Undaria pinnatifida) as an ingredient at different ratios of
semolina to wakame (100:0; 95:5.0; 90:10; 80:20 and 70:30). Authors reported that compared
to the control (1:15.2), the ratio of omega-3 to omega-6 fatty acid in wakame enriched pasta
was 1:3.4. The importance of algae lipids lies in their potential as an alternative source for
the production of functional foods with increasing content of essential fatty acids, such as
eicosapentaenoic acid, docosahexaenoic acid, and their precursor α-linolenic acid (Ferreira
et al., 2019).
Nutritional characterization of seaweed and their application in food products
preparation are well studied (Caporgno et al., 2018; Lafarga, 2019; Sanjari et al., 2018). The
total lipid content and the fatty acid of different algae species is well known (Gosch et al.,
2012; Jay et al., 2018; Rodrigues et al., 2015). For example, Spirulina has lipid content 5.6 –
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
104
7.0% including linoleic and γ-linoleic fatty acids (Othes et al., 2001). Chlorella vulgaris
contains approximately 35–40% lipids, with up to 27% α-linolenic and 24% linoleic acid
(Freitas, 2017). Spirulina sp. has been frequently claimed as the cheapest source of γ-linoleic
acid (Choopano et al., 2016). Nevertheless, knowledge about the effect of supplementation
of wheat bread with some edible algae on the fatty acid composition of bread are limited.
Due to their valuable chemical composition, microalgae and brown algae are among the most
widely used as a food additive, also in the bakery industry. Most often, enriching bread with
these algae aims to increase its protein, mineral and fiber content (Ak et al., 2016; Saharan et
al., 2017; Yaiche et al., 2014). The effect of this aquaculture on the fatty acid profile of wheat
bread has been less studied.
The present study focuses on the impact of some of the most commonly used as
supplements in the food industry algae Spirulina platensis and kelp on the fatty acid amount
in wheat bread. The optimal amount of algae added was determined by preliminary
experimental studies. It was found that the biomass of algae mentioned above in the amount
of 2 and 4% by the weight of wheat flour has a clear positive effect on the nutritional value
of bread, without compromising its sensory characteristics and consumer acceptance. The
aim of this study was to investigate the effect of addition of Spirulina platensis and kelp
biomass in amounts of 2 and 4% by the weight of wheat flour on the content of saturated and
unsaturated fatty acids in bread.
Materials and methods
Materials
For the preparation of the bread samples, the following materials were used:
Commercial wheat flour type 500 with the following properties: moisture content
– 12.8% ; gluten content – 27.07% ; release of gluten – 6 mm; titratable acidity –
2 °H;
Water – according to ISO 6107-1:2004;
Commercial yeast (Lesafmaya);
Salt – according to Codex Standard for Food Grade Salt CX STAN 150-1985;
Spirulina platensis powder (average chemical composition: protein 64 g/100 g; fat
8.2 g/100 g of which saturated 3.42 g; carbohydrates 16.1 g/100 g, of which sugars
0.52 g, fiber 7 g/100 g).
Kelp powder (average chemical composition: protein 5.3 g/100 g; fat 4.2 g/100 g
of which saturated 0.9 g; carbohydrates 12.0 g/100 g, of which sugars 0.5 g, fiber
1.25 g/100 g).
Methods
Dough and bread composition
The composition of the bread samples is presented in Table 1.
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
105
Table 1
Bread samples composition
Ingredients
Bread samples
Control
sample
Sample S2 –
with 2%
Spirulina
platensis
Sample S4 –
with 4%
Spirulina
platensis
Sample K2 –
with 2%
kelp
Sample K4 –
with 4%
kelp
Wheat flour, g
250
245
240
245
240
Water, cm3
140
145
155
145
155
Yeast, g
3.37
3.37
3.37
3.37
3.37
Salt, g
3.25
3.25
3.25
3.25
3.25
S. platensis, g
–
5
10
–
–
Kelp, g
–
–
–
5
10
Bread preparation
Bread was prepared from type 500 wheat flour by a two-phase method. Initially, knead
the yeast, flour and water dough in a 1:1 ratio in a kneading machine (Labomix 1000,
Hungary). Pre-mixed Spirulina platensis and kelp algae (powder) in the amount of 2% or 4%
by the weight of flour are added to the mixing water (combinations K2 and K4, for the breads
prepared with kelp and combinations S2 and S4, for the breads prepared with Spirulina
platensis, respectively). The control sample was prepared only with wheat flour. The dough
thus prepared matures for 4 hours at 33 °C and then mixes the dough to obtain a homogeneous
mass by adding the remainder of the flour according to the formulation and salt (1.3 kg/100
kg flour). The bread dough divides into pieces by 440 g and forms, matures for 55 minutes
at 38 °C (Tecnopast CRN 45–12, Novacel ROVIMPEX Novaledo, Italy). After the end
fermentation, the pieces of dough were put into an electric oven (Salva E-25, Spain) pre-
heated to 200–220 °C. The baking time was 24 min, until the temperature in the center of the
bread crumb reached 96-98 °C. After baking, the bread was allowed to cool down for 3 h at
room temperature.
Determination of fatty acid composition
The extraction of total lipids was performed by the conventional method, as the methyl
esters of fatty acids were analyzed using a gas chromatograph "Shimadzu GC-17A" equipped
with an automatic injector (AOC 2), a Restek (19091N-213) column (100 m
length × 0.32 mm inside diameter, and 0.5 μm film thickness), and a flame ionization
detector (FID).
The tested sample was placed in a suitable flask and 4 ml of methanolic NaOH solution
and boiling aid were added. A Graham condenser was connected to the flask. If the fatty acids
contain more than two double bonds, the air from the flask was removed by blowing with
dry nitrogen for a few minutes. The sample is boiled for 5 to 10 minutes, shaking the flask
periodically. Then 5 ml of boron trifluoride methanol solution through the upper end of the
condenser were added. Boiling lasts 3 minutes. 1 to 3 ml of isooctane are added to the boiling
mixture through the upper end of the condenser. When the heating of the flask is completed
20 ml of NaCl solution are added immediately. The flask should be closed and shaken
vigorously for at least 15 s. Saturated NaCl solution is added so that the liquid level is up to
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
106
the neck of the flask. The two phases are separated in a separating funnel. 1-2 ml of the upper
isooctane layer are placed in a 4 ml vial and anhydrous sodium sulphate is added to remove
all traces of water. The isooctane solution thus obtained can be injected (ISO 5508:1990).
The temperature of the injector and detector was kept at 250 °C. The injection volume was 1
μl. Fatty acids were identified by comparison of their retention times with those of authentic
standards and reported as g/100 g fat.
Results and discussion
Effect of Spirulina platensis and kelp addition on the content of saturated fatty
acids in wheat bread
The results on the influence of Spirulina platensis and kelp algae addition on the amount
of saturated fatty acids (SFA) in the different samples of bread are presented in Table 2.
Table 2
Influence of Spirulina platensis and kelp on the content of saturated fatty acids in wheat bread
Saturated
fatty acids
Content of saturated fatty acids in the bread samples, g/100 g fat
Control
K2 with
2% of
kelp
K4 with
4% of
kelp
S2 with 2%
of S.
platensis
S4 with 4%
of S.
platensis
Caproic acid C
6:0
0.19
0.06
0.12
0.27
0.41
Capric acid
C 10:0
0.21
0.08
0.10
0.11
0.21
Lauric acid
C 12:0
0.45
0.25
0.21
0.24
0.19
Myristic acid
C 4:0
0.14
0.04
0.02
0.07
0.13
Palmitic acid
C 6:0
8.46
9.11
8.19
8.54
8.79
Stearic acid
C 18:0
3.01
3.84
3.16
3.07
2.84
Arachidic acid
C 20:0
0.15
0.20
0.19
0.19
0.25
Heneicosylic
acid C 21:0
0.17
0.38
0.61
0.58
0.52
As it can be seen from the results, the amount of saturated fatty acids in the control
sample ranged from 0.14 g/100 g fat (for myristic acid) to 8.46 g/100 g fat (for palmitic acid).
Palmitic and stearic acids were predominant in quantity, and for all other fatty acids the
reported amounts were below 1 g/100 g of fat. The addition of algae in the bread recipe has
an effect on the amount of saturated fatty acids, and in this case the influence of both the
species and the amount of aquaculture is clearly seen. It’s known that the fatty acid
composition depends on the species – the alga Porphyra spp. have the lowest content of
saturated fatty acids (17.4% of the total fatty acids), while Plocamium brasiliense have the
highest – 74% of the total (Gressler et al., 2011).
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
107
The content of caproic acid in the control sample was low – 0.19 g/100 g fat. There was
a twofold increase in its content when enriching wheat bread with 4% alga S. platensis. This
fatty acid acts as a membrane stabilizer – it supports the formation and maintains the stability
of cell membranes. Enriching bread with seaweed did not increase the amount of capric,
lauric and myristic acids. Other authors showed results that do not match ours. Fradique et
al. (2013) found that when enriching pasta with two types of marine microalgae from the
class Haptophyceae, the amount of myristic acid (14:0) increased from 0.14% in the control
sample to 2.14% in the sample enriched with algae. However, it depends on the spice of algae
used.
In the control sample of bread the highest content of palmitic acid – 8.46 g/100g fat was
obtained. Similar results for the content of palmitic acid in bread were published by Lazova-
Borisova et al. (2019) – 10.40 g/100 g fat. Of all the tested samples with a maximum content
of palmitic acid, the one prepared with the addition of 2% kelp algae (9.11 g/100 g fat) stands
out. For the other samples, the quantities are comparable to those in the control sample. In
their study, Rodrigues et al. (2015) found that seaweed S. muticum, S. polyschides and C.
tomentosum are characterized by low fat content (0.6–3.6%), combined with a specific fatty
acid profile, with a predominance of palmitic and arachidonic acid. Another study (Jay et al.,
2018) also focuses on the fact that palmitic acid is predominant in the fatty acid profile of
different algae species – in Chlorella vulgaris its amount reaches 22.8%, and in
Nannochloropsis gaditana – 53.4%. Fradique et al. (2013) study the effect of Isochrysis
galbana and Diacronema vlkianum on the fatty acid composition of pasta. They point out
that both types of algae are rich in palmitic acid (2711 mg/100 g DW for Isochrysis galbana
and 1320 mg/100 g DW for Diacronema vlkianum respectively). That’s why after the
incorporation of aquacultures palmitic acid (16:0) is the main SFA present in raw pastas. In
the control sample, palmitic acid represents 21.75% of the total fatty acids, while in the
enriched sample – 23.67%. For a long time, high intake of palmitic acid has been associated
with harmful health effects. In fact, it is the most common saturated fatty acid, representing
20–30% of the total fatty acids in the human body and can be obtained through food or
synthesized endogenously. To maintain the balance of membrane phospholipids, the optimal
intake of palmitic acid in a certain ratio with unsaturated fatty acids, especially omega-6 and
omega-3 (Carta et al., 2017) is crucial.
The amount of stearic acid increases when enriching bread with kelp seaweed, and when
using S. platensis, 2%, the reported result was similar and lower in the sample with 4%.
Probably the reason is that kelp brown algae is rich in this fatty acid, unlike Spirulina
platensis. This makes sense because algae of different species have different fatty acid
contents, and those of the same species can vary greatly depending on different growing
conditions, techniques and cultivation environment. Relatively low content of stearic acid,
which does not affect its amount in fortified wheat products, found other authors too
(Fradique et al., 2013).
The content of archaic acid was influenced (but not significantly) by the inclusion of
algae in the bread recipe. In contrast, in the case of heneicosanoic acid, there was a clear
difference in the results for the tested samples. In the control sample, the amount was 0.17
g/100 g fat. The addition of both types of aquacultures led to an increase in the content of
this fatty acid. In the enriched samples the quantities were as follows: for bread with 2% of
kelp in 2.2 times higher than in the control, for bread with 4% of kelp in 3.53 times, for bread
with 2% of S. platensis in 3,4 times, for bread with 4% of S. platensis in 3.05 times higher.
Other authors have also studied the fatty acid profile of different species of algae.
According to Gosch et al. (2012) the highest relative share of C16:0 (palmitic acid) is in
relation to the total fatty acid content of red algae, followed by green and brown. Another
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
108
study found that Spirulina platensis contained 33.68 – 66.75% saturated fatty acids and 28.20
– 47.78% polyunsaturated fatty acids. Eicosapentaenoic acid and docosahexaenoic acid were
found only in individual samples (Diraman et al., 2009).
Until recently, it was thought that high saturated fatty acid intake was associated with
some negative health effects (Kromhout et al., 2000). However, more recent studies show
that this view is not true (Mozaffarian et al., 2004). A number of scientific studies have
proven the ability of saturated fatty acids to be transformed into unsaturated fatty acids in the
human body. Each of the saturated fatty acids from C12:0 (lauric acid) to C18:0 (stearic acid)
is converted to the corresponding monounsaturated acid under the action of the enzyme Δ9-
desaturase (stearoyl-CoA-desaturase), but with different efficiency. Evidence has been
presented that palmitic acid (C16:0) can also be desaturated from the enzyme Δ6-desaturase
(Guillou et al., 2003) to sapienic acid (C16:1n-10) (Ge et al., 2003).
Effect of Spirulina platensis and kelp algae addition on the content of unsaturated
fatty acids in wheat bread
According to Polat et al. (2013), the content of monounsaturated fatty acids (MUFA) in
different algae species varies from 12.52% to 32.94%, with the highest content found in
Dasya rigidula algae harvested in autumn. Oleic acid is a monounsaturated omega-9 fatty
acid found in various foods of animal and plant origin. The content of oleic acid in algae
varies greatly depending on the species, region and season of extraction. Thus, in green algae
Ulva lactuca, harvested off the coast of northern California in November, the oleic acid
content was 1% (Khotimchenko et al., 2002), while in U. lactuca, obtained from the shores
of the North Sea in September/October, the amount reached 20% (van Ginneken et al., 2011).
The results on the effect of Spirulina platensis and kelp algae on the oleic acid content
of wheat bread are presented in Figure 1.
Figure 1. Effect of addition of algae Spirulina platensis and kelp on the oleic acid content in
wheat bread
Source: author's research
The amount of oleic acid reported in the control sample is 32.14 g/100 g fat and it is
comparable to the results found for samples K4, S2 and S4. Giaretta et al. (2018) found the
content of oleic acid in wheat bread 24.53 mg/100 g of total lipids, indicating that it is the
predominant monounsaturated fatty acid in bread. The most pronounced influence on the
32.14
36.32
32.58
31.92
29.87
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
CONTROL SAMPLE
SAMPLE K2
SAMPLE K4
SAMPLE S2
SAMPLE S4
Oleic acid content, g/100 g fat
Samples of bread
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
109
content of this fatty acid in wheat bread had the enrichment with 2% of kelp seaweed – there
was an increase of 13%. This result is supported by data published by Matanjun et al. (2008).
According to the authors, brown algae, which includes kelp, is rich in oleic acid. Silva et al.
(2013) studied the fatty acid profile of ten brown macroalgae and pointed out that oleic acid
was in general the most abundant monounsaturated fatty acid, representing 2.3–12.1% of
total content. Khotimchenko et al. (2002) also found this acid to be one of the major MUFA
in other brown algae species. That is why enriching bread with kelp is more effective in
increasing the oleic acid content. Another study evaluated the partial replacement of pea flour
by Chlorella sorokiniana biomass powder to increase the nutritional quality of gluten free
bread. The oleic acid was the primary fatty acid found in the bread samples, ranging from
46.4 to 50.6% of the total fatty acids (Diprat et al., 2020).
Paulinic acid is also monounsaturated, but contains 20 carbon atoms and is an omega-7
fatty acid. It is involved in the metabolism of lipids and fatty acids, and is also needed for the
formation and maintenance of cell membranes. The results obtained in determining the
content of paulinic acid in the tested bread samples are presented in Figure 2.
Figure 2. Effect of algae Spirulina platensis and kelp addition on the paullinic acid content in
wheat bread
Source: author's research
Experimental results show that the inclusion of kelp algae in the recipe is accompanied
by a reduction in the amount of paullinic acid in wheat bread. In its enrichment with Spirulina
platensis an increase in the available amount was reported, and it is weaker when the
aquaculture is added in the amount of 2% by the weight of flour – by 18%. In the sample
prepared with 4% of Spirulina platensis, the amount of paulinic acid was 1.78 times higher
than in the control sample, 3 times higher than in sample K2 and 2.08 times higher than in
sample K4. There is no specific literature data on the content of paullinic acid in Spirulina
platensis, but the results presented in this study give a reason to believe that this kind of algae
is rich in paullinic acid.
The linoleic acid content of the control bread sample was 54.37 g / 100 g fat. Very close
to this are the results published by Lazova-Borisova et al. (2019) – 54.09 g/100 g fat (although
in rye bread). Another study points out that the linoleic acid and the α-linolenic acid were the
only unsaturated fatty acids in bread, representing around 23 and 5.5% of total fatty acids,
respectively (Diprat et al., 2020). When kelp seaweed was included in the composition of
wheat bread, the amount of linoleic acid decreased insignificantly compared to that in the
control sample. Enrichment with 4% of algae Spirulina platensis led to an increase in the
0.41
0.24
0.35
0.5
0.73
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
CONTROL SAMPLE
SAMPLE K2
SAMPLE K4
SAMPLE S2
SAMPLE S4
Paulinic acid content, g/100 g fat
Samples of bread
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
110
content of this fatty acid by 2.35%, while at lower doses the effect was less significant.
Diraman et al. (2009) published research, according to which Spirulina platensis is a rich
source of γ-linolenic acid, which represents 4.07 – 22.51% of fatty acids. The results for the
composition of 10 strains of Spirulina show the highest content of γ-linolenic acid and
linoleic acid, if it grown at 20 °C (Mühling et al., 2005), which proves the influence of
environmental factors. The data are also confirmed by other authors, according to which
Spirulina algae are rich in essential fatty acids (Belay et al., 1993; Duda-Chodak, 2013).
Until now, fish oil was considered the main source of omega-3 and omega-6 long-chain
polyunsaturated fatty acids. It should be noted, however, that they are not synthesized in the
body of fish, but in seaweed and phytoplankton, which are their main food source (Nordy et
al., 1989). It is therefore of interest to determine the effect of addition of kelp and Spirulina
platensis biomass on the α-linolenic acid content in wheat bread. The experimentally
obtained results are presented in Figure 3.
Figure 3. Effect of algae Spirulina platensis and kelp addition on the content of α-linolenic acid
in wheat bread
Source: author's research
As it can be seen from the figure, the lowest content of α-linolenic acid was deterimined
in the control sample – 0.16g/100g fat. Enrichment with both types of aquacultures led to an
increase in the amount of this essential fatty acid. The values reported for samples K4, S2
and S4 vary within very narrow limits, while sample K2 had the highest content – 0.31 g /
100 g of fat, which was almost twice as high as in unenriched bread. This is due to the fact
that seaweeds, and more precisely brown algae (including kelp), produce polyunsaturated
fatty acids, especially long chain fatty acids of the ω-3 series (Colombo et al., 2006). Kumari
et al. (2010) emphasized that the availability of linoleic acid, α-linoleic acid, γ-linoleic acid
and other polyunsaturated fatty acids with proven nutraceutical effect, indicates the potential
of brown macroalgae to be included in functional foods. In terms of the other type seaweed
used in the study Shabana Ali and Arabi Saleh reported that the content of α-linolenic acid
in Spirulina powder was about 8.87% (Ali et al., 2012). Fatty acid profile of S. platensis
includes saturated fatty acids (46.9%), monounsaturated (7.8% ) and polyunsaturated fatty
acids (42.8% ) with γ-linolenic acid as the most abundant PUFA (Sahbazizadeh et al., 2015).
The effect of Spirulina on the amount of fatty acids in other bakery products has been studied.
Cookies contain γ-linolenic acid of 2.54; 2.78; 2.80 and 2.73% at 0, 0.5, 1 and 1.5% of S.
platensis microalgal biomass incorporation, respectively. The levels of γ-linolenic acid were
increased in fortified cookies, even after baking, whereas all the other fatty acids, mainly
0.16
0.31
0.21
0.2
0.23
0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35
CONTROL SAMPLE
SAMPLE K2
SAMPLE K4
SAMPLE S2
SAMPLE S4
α-linolenic acid content, g/100 g fat
Samples of bread
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
111
provided by shortening, showed large variations. The authors suggested that the microalgae
cells could resist thermal treatment, encapsulating the fatty acid molecules, thus protecting
them from oxidation (Prabhasankar et al., 2009).
Different species of algae have a different fatty acid profile, and there is no consensus
among the authors which factor is crucial – genetic characteristics or environmental
conditions. Some authors believe that more important are the genetic features (Matanjun et
al., 2008; van Ginneken et al., 2011), while others consider the influence of the environment
to be decisive, including: temperature (Colombo et al., 2006), harvesting season of
aquaculture (Denis et al., 2010), salinity of sea water (Floreto et al., 1998) and its mineral
content (Sanina et al., 2004). Japanese researchers have found that in Spirulina platensis a
higher content of polyunsaturated fatty acids (and in particular – γ-linolenic acid) can be
achieved by culturing the algae in direct light, and then leaving them in the dark for a week
(Hirano et al., 1990).
Different authors highlight that algae have been reported overall to have a low lipid
content, but their fatty acid composition is superior to those of the terrestrial vegetables
(Darcy-Vrillon, 1993; Susanto et al., 2016). They are rich in polyunsaturated fatty acids with
nutritional value and thus have to be studied extensively for biotechnological and food
applications (Chandini et al., 2008).
Conclusions
1. The enrichment of wheat bread with seaweed has an impact on the content of fatty acids.
As different species of algae have a different fatty acid profile, the two aquacultures used
in the study (Spirulina platensis and kelp) affect the amount of individual fatty acids
differently.
2. The inclusion of kelp in bread recipes leads to an increase in the content of some saturated
fatty acids – stearic, arachidonic and heneicosanoic acids. When Spirulina platensis (at
the amount of 2 or 4% on the basis of flour) is added to the raw materials for bread
making, the amount of caproic, palmitic, arachic and heneicosanoic acids increases.
3. The amount of unsaturated fatty acids is also affected by the enrichment of wheat bread
with algae. When kelp is included in the bread recipe, a higher content of oleic and α-
linolenic acids is measured, while in the case of paulinic acid, enrichment with Spirulina
platensis is more efficient.
These findings confirm the importance of algae incorporation in traditional foods (such
as wheat bread) as an easily accessible way to enhance the nutritional value. It can be
definitely said that with appropriate selection of the types and quantities of added
aquaculture, the desired impact on the fatty acid profile of bread and the resulting healthy
effect for consumers can be achieved.
References
Ak B., Avsaroglu E., Isik O., Ozyurt G., Kafkas E., Etyemez M., Uslu L. (2016), Nutritional and
physicochemical characteristics of bread enriched with microalgae Spirulina platensis,
International Journal of Engineering Research and Application, 6(12), pp. 30–38.
Ali S., Saleh A. (2012), Spirulina – an overview, International Journal of Pharmacy and
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 4(3), pp. 9–15.
al-Kanhal M., al-Mohizea I., al-Othaimeen A., Khan M. (1999), Nutritive value of various breads
in Saudi Arabia. International Journal of Food Science and Nutrition, 50(5), pp. 345–349.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
112
Barrow C., Nolan C., Holub B. (2009), Bioequivalence of encapsulated and micro- encapsulated
fish-oil supplementation, Journal of Functional Foods, 1, pp. 38–43.
Belay A., Ota Y., Miyakawa K., Shimamatsu H. (1993), Current knowledge on potential health
benefits of Spirulina, Journal of Applied Phycology, 5, pp. 235–241.
Caporgno M., Mathys A. (2018), Trends in microalgae incorporation into innovative food
products with potential health benefits, Frontiers in nutrition, 5. pp. 58–69.
Carta G., Murru E., Banni S., Manca C. (2017), Palmitic acid: Physiological role, metabolism and
nutritional implications, Frontiers in Physiology, 8,
https://doi.org/10.3389/fphys.2017.00902.
Chandini S., Ganesan P., Suresh P., Bhaskar N. (2008), Seaweeds as source of nutritionally
beneficial compounds – A review, Journal of Food Science and Technology, 45(1), pp. 1–
13.
Choopano A., Poorsoltan M., Fazilati M., Latifi A. M., Salavati H. (2016), Spirulina: a source of
gmma-linoleic acid and its applications, Journal of Applied Biotechnology Reports, 3(4), pp.
483-488.
Colombo M., Rise P., Giavarini F., Angelis L., Galli C., Bolis C. (2006), Marine macroalgae as
sources of polyunsaturated fatty acids, Plant Foods for Human Nutrition, 61, pp. 67-72.
Darcy-Vrillon B. (1993), Nutritional aspects of the developing use of marine macroalgae for the
human food industry, International Journal of Food Science and Nutrition, 44, pp. 23–35.
de Carvalho C., Caramujo M. (2018), The various roles of fatty acids, Molecules, 23(10),
https://doi.org/10.3390/molecules23102583.
Denis C., Morançais M., Li M., Bouet E. (2010), Study of the chemical composition of edible red
macroalgae Grateloupa turuturu from Brittany (France), Food Chemistry, 119, pp. 913-917.
Diprat A., Silveira Thys R., Rodrigues E., Rech R. (2020), Chlorella sorokiniana: A new
alternative source of carotenoids and proteins for gluten-free bread, LWT, 134,
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lwt.2020.109974.
Diraman H., Koru E., Dibeklioglu H. (2009), Fatty acid profile of Spirulina platensis used as a
food supplement, The Israeli Journal of Aquaculture – Bamidgeh, 61(2), pp. 134-142.
Duda-Chodak A. (2013), Impact of water extract of Spirulina (WES) on bacteria, yeasts and
molds, Acta Scientiarum Polonorum, Technologia Alimentaria, 12(1), pp. 33-40.
Dziki D., Rózyło R., Gawlik-Dziki U., Swieca M. (2014), Current trends in the enhancement of
antioxidant activity of wheat bread by the addition of plant materials rich in phenolic
compounds, Trends Food Science and Technology, 40(1), pp. 48–61.
Ferreira G., Pinto L., Filho R., Fregolente L. (2019), A review on lipid production from
microalgae: Association between cultivation using waste streams and fatty acid profiles,
Renewable & Sustainable Energy Reviews, 109, pp. 448–466.
Floreto E., Teshima S. (1998), The fatty acid composition of seaweeds exposed to different levels
of light intensity and salinity, Botanica Marina, 41, pp. 467–481.
Fradique M., Batista A., Nunes M., Gouveia L., Bandarra N., Raymundo A. (2013), Isochrysis
galbana and Diacronema vlkianum biomass incorporation in pasta products as PUFA’s
source, LWT – Food Science and Technology, 50(1), pp. 312–319.
Freitas H. (2017), Chlorella vulgaris as a source of essential fatty acids and micronutrients: a brief
commentary, The Open Plant Science Journal, 10(1), pp. 92–99.
Ge L., Gordon J., Hsuan C., Stenn K., Prouty S. (2003), Identification of the delta-6 desaturase of
human sebaceous glands: expression and enzyme activity, Journal of Investigative
Dermatology, 120, pp. 707–714.
Giaretta D., Lima V., Carpes S. (2018), Improvement of fatty acid profile in breads supplemented
with Kinako flour and chia seed, Innovative Food Science & Emerging Technologies, 49,
pp. 211–214.
Gosch B., Magnusson M., Paul N., de Nys R. (2012), Total lipid and fatty acid composition of
seaweeds for the selection of species for oil-based biofuel and bioproducts, GCB Bioenergy,
4(6), pp. 919–930.
Gressler V., Fujii M., Martins A., Colepicolo P., Mancini-Filho J., Pinto E. (2011), Biochemical
composition of two red seaweed species grown on the Brazilian coast, Journal of the Science
of Food and Agriculture, 91(9), pp. 1687–1692.
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
113
Guillou H., Rioux V., Catheline D., Thibault JN., Bouriel M., Jan S., D’Andrea S., Legrand P.
(2003), Conversion of hexadecanoic acid to hexadecenoic acid by rat Δ6-desaturase, Journal
of Lipid Research, 44(3), pp. 450–454.
Hirano M., Mori H., Miura Y., Matsunaga N., Nakamura N., Matsunaga T. (1990), γ-Linolenic
acid production by microalgae, Applied Biochemistry and Biotechnology, 24, pp. 183–191.
Ibrahim U., Salleh R., Maqsood-ul-Haque S. (2016), Bread towards functional food: An overview,
ETP International Journal of Food Engineering, 1(1), pp. 39–43.
Jay M., Kawaroe M., Effendi H. (2018), Lipid and fatty acid composition microalgae Chlorella
vulgaris using photobioreactor and open pond, IOP Conference Series: Earth and
Environmental Science, 141, pp. 1–7.
Kaur N., Chugh V., Gupta A. (2014), Essential fatty acids as functional components of foods- a
review, Journal of Food Science and Technology, 51(10), pp. 2289–2303.
Khotimchenko S., Vaskovsky V., Titlyanova T. (2002), Fatty acids of marine algae from the
Pacific coast of North California, Botanica Marina, 45, pp. 17–22.
Kromhout D., Bloemberg B., Feskens E., Menotti A., Nissinen A. (2000), Saturated fat, vitamin
C and smoking predict long-term population all-cause mortality rates in the seven countries
study, International Journal of Epidemiology, 29(2), pp. 260–265.
Kumari P., Kumar M., Gupta V., Reddy C., Jha B. (2010), Tropical marine macroalgae as
potential sources of nutritionally important PUFAs, Food Chemistry, 120 (3), pp. 749–757.
Lafarga T. (2019), Effect of microalgal biomass incorporation into foods: Nutritional and sensorial
attributes of the end products, Algal Research, 41,
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.algal.2019.101566.
Lazova-Borisova I., Angelov L., Rohrer K. (2019), Fatty acid composition in bread-type
“diabetic”, intended for specific health needs, Rastenievadni nauki, 56(4), pp. 55–62.
Matanjun P., Mohamed S., Mustapha N., Muhammad K., Ming C. (2008), Antioxidant activities
and phenolics content of eight species of seaweeds from north Borneo, Journal of Applied
Phycology, 20(4), pp. 367–373.
Melilli M., Di Stefano V., Sciacca F., Pagliaro A., Bognanni R., Scandurra S., Virzì N., Gentile
C., Palumbo M. (2020), Improvement of fatty acid profile in durum wheat breads
supplemented with Portulaca oleracea L. Quality traits of purslane-fortified bread, Foods,
9, pp. 1–11.
Melilli M., Sillitti C., Conte, A., Padalino L., Del Nobile M., Bognanni R., Pagliaro A. (2019),
Quality characteristics of cereal-based foods enriched with quinoa and inulin. In Quinoa:
Cultivation, Nutritional Properties and Effects on Health, Nova Science Publishers, Inc, p.
328.
Mozaffarian D., Rimm E., Herrigton D. (2004), Dietary fats, carbohydrate, and the progression of
coronary atherosclerosis in postmenopausal women, American Journal of Clinical Nutrition,
80, pp. 1175–1184.
Mühling M., Belay A., Whitton B. (2005), Variation in fatty acid composition of Arthrospira
(Spirulina) strains, Journal of Applied Phycology, 17, pp. 137–146.
Nordy A., Dyerberg J. (1989), Omega-3 fatty acids in health and disease, Journal of Internal
Medicine, 225, pp. 81–83.
Osuna M., Judis M., Romero A., Avallone C., Bertola N. (2014), Improvement of fatty acid profile
and studio of rheological and technological characteristics in breads supplemented with
flaxseed, soybean, and wheat bran flours, The Scientific World Journal,
https://doi.org/10.1155/2014/401981.
Othes S., Pire R., (2001), Fatty acid composition of Chlorella and Spirulina microalgae species,
Journal of AOAC International, 84(6), pp. 1708–1714.
Petrovna G., Vladimirovna E., Dashievna S., Sergeevna T. (2022), The functional properties of
bread enriched with essential fatty acids, KnE Life Sciences, 7(1), pp. 236–250,
https://doi.org/10.18502/kls.v7i1.10126.
Polat S., Ozogul Y. (2013), Seasonal proximate and fatty acid variations of some seaweeds from
the northeastern Mediterranean coast, Oceanologia, 55(2), pp. 375–391.
Prabhasankar P., Ganesan P., Bhaskar N. (2009), Influence of Indian brown seaweed (Sargassum
marginatum) as an ingredient on quality, biofunctional, and microstructure characteristics
of pasta, Food Science and Technology International, 15(5), pp. 471–479.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
114
Prabhasankar P., Ganesan P., Bhaskar N., Hirose A., Stephen N., Gowda L., Hosokawa M.,
Miyashita K. (2009), Edible Japanese seaweed, wakame (Undaria pinnatifida) as an
ingredient in pasta: Chemical, functional and structural evaluation, Food Chemistry, 115(2),
pp. 501–508.
Rodrigues D., Freitas A., Pereira L., Rocha-Santos T., Vasconcelos M., Roriz M., Rodrigez-
Alcala L., Gomes A., Duarte A. (2015), Chemical composition of red, brown and green
macroalgae from Buarcos bay in Central West Coast of Portugal, Food Chemistry, 183, pp.
197–207.
Saharan V., Jood S. (2017), Vitamins, minerals, protein digestibility and antioxidant activity of
bread enriched with Spirulina platensis powder, International Journal of Agriculture
Sciences, 9(9), pp. 3917–3919.
Sahbazizadeh S., Khosravi K., Sohrabvandi S. (2015), Fortification of Iranian traditional cookies
with Spirulina platensis, Annual Research & Review in Biology, 7(3), pp. 144–154.
Sanina N., Goncharova S., Kostesky E. (2004), Fatty acid composition of individual polar lipid
classes from marine macrophytes, Phytochemistry, 65, pp. 721–750.
Sanjari S., Sarhady H., Shahdadi F. (2018), Investigating the effect of Spirulina platensis
microalgae on textural and sensory properties of baguette bread, Journal of Nutrition and
Food Security, 3(4), pp. 218–225.
Shahidi F., Senanayake S. (2008), International Encyclopedia of Public Health, Academic Press.
Sillitti C., Melilli M., Padalino L., Bognanni R., Tringali S., Conte A., Raccuia S., Del Nobile M.
(2016), Healthy pasta production using inulin from cardoon: First results of sensory
evaluation, ISHS Acta Horticulture, 1147(57), pp. 407–412.
Silva G., Pereira R., Valentão P., Andrade P., Sousa C. (2013), Distinct fatty acid profile of ten
brown macroalgae, Revista Brasileira de Farmacognosia, 23(4), pp. 608–613.
Simopoulos А. (1999), Essential fatty acids in health and chronic disease, The American Journal
of Clinical Nutrition, 70(3), pp. 560–569.
Simopoulos A. (2016), An increase in the omega-6/omega-3 fatty acid ratio increases the risk for
obesity, Nutrients, 8(3), 128.
Škrbić B., Filipčev B. (2008), Nutritional and sensory evaluation of wheat breads supplemented
with oleic-rich sunflower seed, Food Chemistry, 108(1), pp. 119–129.
Stabnikova O., Marinin A., Stabnikov V. (2021), Main trends in application of novel natural
additives for food production, Ukrainian Food Journal, 10(3), pp. 524–551.
https://doi.org/10.24263/2304-974X-2021-10-3-8.
Susanto E., Fahmi A., Abe M., Hosokawa M., Miyashita K. (2016), Lipids, fatty acids, and
fucoxanthin content from temperate and tropical brown seaweeds, Aquatic Procedia, 7, pp.
66–75.
Tavella M., Peterson G., Espeche M., Cavallero E. (2000), Trans fatty acid content of a selection
of foods in Argentina, Food Chemistry, 69(2), pp. 209–213.
van Ginneken V., Helsper J., de Visser W., van Keulen H., Brandenburg W. (2011),
Polyunsaturated fatty acids in various macroalgal species from north Atlantic and tropical
seas, Lipids in Health and Disease, 10, pp. 104.
Yaiche H., Doumandji A., Sadi S., Saadi S. (2014), Evaluation of nutritional and sensory
properties of bread enriched with spirulina, Annals Food Science and Technology, 15(2), pp.
270–275.
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
115
Oenological characterisation of white wines produced
from some Georgian grape varieties using Kakhetian
winemaking methods
Tamari Makhviladze, George Kvartskhava
Georgian Technical University, Tbilisi, Georgia
Keywords:
White wine
Kakhetia
Winemaking
Bioactive
Antioxidant
Abstract
Introduction. The aim of the study was to highlight the quality
parameters (oenological characterisation and content of bioactive
compounds) of wines based on their varietal origin and winemaking
methods without environmental, soil, viticulture, and industrial
environment.
Materials and methods. Four white grape varieties Rkatsiteli,
Mtsvane Kakhuri, Kisi, and Khikhvi were used to make twelve wine
samples. "Kakhetian" winemaking technique was applied by
spontaneous must fermentation with grape's skins, seeds, peduncles,
pips, and stalk. The content of organic acids was determined by the
HPLC method. The total tannin content was analysed by the titration
method. Spectrometric methods were used to measure the total
phenolic content and total antioxidant activity.
Results and discussion. The research demonstrated that the
quality characteristics of Kisi and Khikhvi wines were better than
those of Rkatsiteli and Mtsvane Kakhuri. However, Khikhvi showed
higher results related to the technological parameters: the content of
alcohol ranged between 13.6 and 13.7%; the content of
reducing sugars was between 3.7 and 4.0 g/L. Those values were
predictable due to the high sugar concentration in Khikhvi and Kisi's
grape juice. Concentrations of volatile acids (VA) depend on
intracellular metabolism during vinification and can cause differences
in their values, which varied from 0.40 to 0.46 g/L. In addition,
concentrations of malic, citric, and succinic acids varied from 1.72 to
1.85 g/L, from 0.007 to 0.72 g/L, and from 1.05 to 1.5 g/L,
respectively. Mtsvane Kakhuri differed by the composition of the
organic acids and revealed the highest tartaric acid content, 1.42–1.95
g/L, within the studied wine samples. Both grape variety and yeast
strain can cause variations in the content of organic acids during
spontaneous fermentation. The content of bioactive compounds was
higher in the Kisi wine samples than in the rest of the analysed white
wines. Total tannin content ranged from 0.123 to 0.155%, total
phenolic content varied from 636.4–743.7 mg/L gallic acid
equivalents and possessed a total antioxidant activity of 651.2–2629.8
mg/L in the Kisi samples. Therefore, it seems possible that the grape
cultivar also played a significant role in the content of phenolic
compounds and tannins. Furthermore, a high positive correlation was
found between total tannins content and antioxidant activity (R²
=0.8871), which was stronger than the correlation between total
phenolic content and antioxidant activity with R²=0.8324. This could
be explained by the different chemical structures of bioactive
compounds, particularly the quantitative content of the OH group.
Conclusion. The "Kakhetian" winemaking method is
advantageous by enhancing wine with oenological and bioactive
compounds and ensures obtaining high-quality wine. Additionally,
the quality of the wines is highly correlated with the grape cultivar.
Article history:
Received
16.10.2021
Received in
revised form
12.02.2022
Accepted
31.03.2022
Corresponding
author:
Tamari
Makhviladze
E-mail:
t.makhviladze@
gtu.ge
DOI:
10.24263/2304-
974X-2022-11-1-
12
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
116
Introduction
Wine contains various chemical compounds, including plant secondary metabolic
products, which affect the nutritional quality of food, wine, and other beverages (Morata and
Loira, 2016). The quality parameters of wine correlates with its chemical composition and
content of bioactive compounds, which get into the wine from different parts of the grape
such as skin, pulp, seeds, pips, and stalks (Bora et al., 2016). The composition and quantity
of bioactive compounds depend on the grape variety, winemaking and post-fermentation
methods (Luna-Guevara et al., 2018). “Kakhetian” technique is an oenological practice based
on fermenting and maturating the grape must with all solid parts of the grape: skins, seeds,
peduncles, pips, and stalk (Glonti, 2020). In contrast, the classical white winemaking method
is described by must fermentation without solid parts of the grape (Ribéreau-Gayon et al.,
2006). Characterising Georgian varieties and winemaking methods is vital due to the
increasing popularity in the domestic and international market (Kharaishvili et al., 2014;
Rytkönen et al., 2021). Rkatsiteli (R), Mtsvane Kakhuri (MK), Kisi (K), and Khikhvi (KH)
are one of the autochthonous and widely planted grapevines in Georgia. These grape wines
have some of the most commercial relevance for Georgian white wine production (National
Statistics Office of Georgia, 2016). Numerous studies have been conducted on the correlation
between chemical and bioactive compounds and the antioxidant properties of wine. However,
access is limited to the most commercially available Georgian white grape varieties
fermented by the traditional winemaking method. Especially white wines according to
potential chemical descriptions without the influence of terroirs and viticulture methods
(Gurgenidze et al., 2019; Sordia, 2020; Tauchen et al., 2015).
Therefore, the research aims to assess the wine quality based on grape varieties and
winemaking methods. For this purpose, the following objectives were established: (1) to
determine the major chemical component and organic acids composition (i.e., tartaric, malic,
citric, succinic, fumaric acids), total phenolic and total tannin content and (2) to find a
correlation, if any, between content of bioactive compounds and antioxidant activity in
studied wines (Rkatsiteli, Mtsvane Kakhuri, Kisi, and Khikhvi varieties).
Materials and methods
Wine samples
Four individual white grape varieties were selected to make wine, which were as
follows- Rkatsiteli (R), Mtsvane Kakhuri (MK), Kisi (K), and Khikhvi (KH). For each grape
variety, three simultaneous micro-vinification was carried out. As a result, twelve wine
samples were collected and used for further analysis (Table 1).
The grapes were obtained from the experimental base of perennial crops at Georgian
Scientific Research Centre of Agriculture, Jigaura, Mtskheta. All-wine samples were
produced by “Kakhetian” methods, which included spontaneous must fermentation with
skins, seeds, peduncles, pips, and stalks of the grape. Each wine was stirred several times a
day. Vinification was carried out approximately at 20 oC. After completed fermentation,
maceration was extended for about five months. Later wine samples were filtered and bottled
into 750 ml glass vessels, and samples were stored at 4 oC before analyses.
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
117
Table 1
Wine samples of each micro-vinification
Grape variety
Wine sample
Grape variety
Wine sample
Rkatsiteli
R1
R2
R3
Kisi
K1
K2
K3
Mtsvane Kakhuri
MK1
MK2
MK3
Khikhvi
KH1
KH2
KH3
Grape juice sugar concentration was determined refractometrically. The main chemical
wine indicators, alcohol content (AC), pH, residual sugars (RS), total acidity (TA) and
volatile acidity (VA), were assessed according to the methods of the International
Organization of Vine and Wine (2009, 2015, 2011).
Total tannins content by titration method
Total tannin content (TTC) was determined by the potassium permanganate titration
method (Khudbudin al., 2016). Concisely, back (A) and blank (B) titration was conducted for
the wine samples. Consumed quantity for the back (A) and blank (B) titration were recoding
for later calculations. The back titration: 5 mL wine with 10 mL distilled water was heated
until the volume was decreased to 5 mL. Another 10 mL of water with Indigo carmine (2
mL, 0.5%) was added, and titration was carried out by Potassium permanganate (0.004 M)
until the golden yellow colour was noted. For blank (B) titration – charcoal (1g) was mixed
with a 25 mL wine sample and was kept at room temperature for a quarter of an hour. For
titration, the back titration producer was carried out. The presence of tannin in wine can be
calculated using the following equation:
TTC = 0.01664·(A – B) (1)
where A is a volume of 0.004 M KMnO4 consumed by the back sample in mL;
B is a volume of 0.004 M KMnO4 consumed by the blank sample in mL;
The standard tannin solution for which 1 mL of 0.004 M KMnO4 = 0.0832 mg of tannin,
therefore, percent of tannins in wine is 0.01664·(A – B)
Total phenolic content
Total phenolic content (TPC) was measured by methods (Singleton et al., 1999) with
slight modification. Concisely, the total phenolic content was determined using the Folin-
Ciocalteu reagent and spectrophotometric method and expressed as mg/L gallic acid
equivalent. First, 1 mL of 20 times diluted wine sample was mixed with ten times diluted 5
mL Folin-Ciocalteu reagent and was kept at room temperature. Then, about 8 minutes later
solution was mixed with sodium carbonate (4 mL) and was measured at 765 nm wavelength
after an hour delay again at room temperature.
The correlation of gallic acid standard solution concentration (10–50 μg/mL) and
absorbance was used to calculate TPC (R2=0.983). The total phenolic content was expressed
as mg gallic acid equivalents (GAE) per litre of wine.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
118
Total antioxidant activity
A quantitative equivalent of ascorbic acid was used to measure total antioxidant activity
(AOA) (Benzie and Strain, 1996) with minor variation. For AOA determination ferric
reducing ability of plasma (FRAP) solution was prepared by the concentration 1:1:10–0.01M
2,4,6-tripyridyl-s-triazine (TPTZ) diluted with 0.04 M hydrochloric acid, 0.02 M Iron (III)
chloride, and 0.3 M acetate buffer (pH 3.6). The resulting solution and 1mM ascorbic acid
were placed in a water bath at 37oC for a quarter of an hour. 1000 μmol/L solution of FeSO4·
7H2O was used to calibrate the spectrophotometer. First, the 100 μL wine sample was added
to 3 mL of working solution; later, the absorbance was determined by 593 nm wavelength.
The result was fixed after 4 minutes. A working solution was used for control, and ascorbic
acid was used for comparison.
Determination of organic acid by HPLC
Organic acid determination was carried out according to the International Organization
of Vine and Wine method (OIV, 2020). Concisely, the sample was filtered by nylon
membrane (0.45 mm), and a volume of 10 μL was injected into the C18 column (4 X
250:5mm) of HPLC (Varian Prostar 500, Walnut Creek, California, USA). The organic acid
was detected at 210 nm. The eluent was KH2PO4, and an ammonium sulphate solution with
pH 2.1. Identification was performed by calculating pure compound retention times.
Calibration curves were applied to determine quantification.
Statistical analysis
Three replicates were performed for all data and were expressed as mean values
±Standard Deviation (SD). Pearson correlation between two variables was determined. In
addition, the ANOVA was used to represent variance among chemical data in individual
wines produced by different grapevines. All statistical analyses were performed with
Microsoft Excel (Microsoft 365, 2021).
Results and discussion
Oenological composition
The physicochemical composition of the studied wines is presented in Table 2.
Regarding the alcoholic content, no significant differences were observed between the
analysed samples. The average alcohol content among samples was 13.3% (12.6–13.7%). All
studied samples had higher residual sugar concentrations than Georgian dry wines, which
were predictable due to the sugar content in grape juice. Residual sugar concentration (1.6–
4.0 g/L) indicated complications of the fermentation process. Sugar content in grape juice
was as follows: Rkatsiteli – 21.2 g/100 mL; Mtsvane Kakhuri – 21.8 g/100 mL; Kisi – 24.0
g/100 mL; Khikhvi – 28.7 g/100 mL. For white wines maximum limit of volatile acids is1.0
g/L and total acidity should be not less than 4 g/L (Resolution No. 3 of 2014 of Georgian
Government on General Rules for Production of Grape Wines). All sample studied herein
corresponded to the local regulations and had the content ranged: TA from 5.03±0.03 to
6.08±0.00g/L, and VA from 0.26±0.01 to 0.46±0.05g/L. Khikhvi wine exhibited the highest
content of VA 0.46±0.05 g/L and pH 4.2 and the lowest content of TA 5.03±0.06 g/L.
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
119
Table 2
Physicochemical composition of studied wines
Wine
sample
Reducing
sugar, g/L
Alcoholic
content,% vol.
pH
Volatile
acidity, g/L
Total
acidity, g/L
R1
1.63±0.01
13.00±0.09
4.1
0.26±0.01
5.55±0.05
R2
1.72±0.01
13.20±0.01
4.1
0.33±0.01
5.70±0.05
R3
1.72±0.02
12.60±0.01
4.1
0.33±0.00
5.40±0.05
MK1
1.82±0.01
13.00±0.03
4.0
0.33±0.00
5.18±0.07
MK2
1.58±0.05
13.30±0.00
4.0
0.33±0.03
5.33±0.05
MK3
1.92±0.09
13.20±0.00
4.0
0.33±0.01
5.25±0.03
K1
3.78±0.17
13.20±0.00
4.1
0.33±0.04
5.93±0.02
K2
2.54±0.23
13.50±0.00
4.1
0.40±0.01
6.08±0.00
K3
3.99±0.16
13.00±0.03
4.1
0.33±0.00
6.00±0.01
KH1
3.99±0.14
13.60±0.05
4.2
0.46±0.05
5.18±0.05
KH2
3.68±0.2
13.70±0.00
4.2
0.40±0.07
5.03±0.06
KH3
3.17±0.07
13.70±0.05
4.2
0.40±0.02
5.18±0.04
Mean
2.63
13.25
4.1
0.35
5.48
Max
3.99
13.7
4.2
0.46
6.08
Min
1.58
12.6
4.0
0.26
5.03
Organic acid composition
The content of tartaric, malic, citric, succinic, and fumaric acids were determined in
studied white wines (Table 3).
Table 3
Organic acids concentration of the studied wines
Wine
sample
Tartaric
acid, g/L
Malic acid,
g/L
Citric acid,
g/L
Succinic
acid, g/L
Fumaric
acid, g/L
R1
1.38±0.02
0.29±0.05
0.085±0.01
N/A*
N/A
R2
1.63±0.07
0.3±0.29
0.058±0.02
N/A
N/A
R3
1.44±0.01
0.32±0.12
0.052±0.01
N/A
N/A
MK1
1.95±0.03
0.09±0.04
0.001±0.01
N/A
1.3±0.23
MK2
1.48±0.02
0.33±0.09
0.66±0.12
0.46±0.04
N/A
MK3
1.42±0.09
0.13±0.12
0.65±0.10
0.9±0.09
N/A
K1
1.51±0.04
0.6±0.04
0.006±0.00
N/A
N/A
K2
1.63±0.06
0.94±0.14
0.007±0.00
N/A
N/A
K3
1.49±0.02
1.18±0.08
0.092±0.01
N/A
N/A
KH1
1.37±0.01
1.78±0.07
0.095±0.01
1.23±0.16
0.1±0.01
KH2
1.18±0.03
1.72±0.05
0.72±0.2
1.05±0.18
N/A
KH3
1.38±0.08
1.85±0.13
0.007±0.01
1.5±0.25
N/A
Mean
1.488
0.794
0.203
1.328
0.655
Min
1.180
0.090
0.001
0.460
0.100
Max
1.950
1.850
0.720
1.500
1.300
*Not determined.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
120
The tartaric acid concentration varied from 1.18 g/L to 1.95 g/L with a mean of 1.49
g/L. Tartaric acid has an essential role in wine sensory perception (Volschenk et al., 2006).
Thus, tartaric acid content in Mtsvane Kakhuri wines was in a range from 1.95±0.03 to
1.42±0.09 g/L with mean 1.62 g/L, in Kisi wines varied from 1.49±0.02 to 1.63±0.06 g/L
with mean 1.54 g/L, in Rkatsiteli wines the tartaric acid ranged from 1.38±0.02 to 1.63±0.07
g/L with mean 1.48 g/L, and in Khikhvi wine its content varied from 1.18±0.03 to 1.38±0.08
g/L with mean 1.31 g/L. According to Waterhouse et al. (2016), tartaric acid concentration
changes during ageing through the different physicochemical processes.
Different concentration variations were reported for malic acid, g/L, based on the
average value. They were as followed: in Khikhvi wine it was 1.72±0.05 – 1.85±0.13 g/L
(mean 1.78 g/L), Kisi wines contained 0.60±0.04 – 1.18±0.08 g/L (mean 0.90 1/L), in
Rkatsiteli wines this acid ranged from 0.29±0.05 to 0.32±0.12 g/L (mean 0.30 g/L), in
Mtsvane Kakhuri wines it was in a range from 0.09±0.0 to 40.33±0.09 g/L (mean 0.18 g/L).
Similar results were reported by Whiting (1976). Furthermore, according to his
study, malic acid content can vary due to spontaneous fermentation.
Presence of citric acid has an essential effect on the sensory profile of the wine and its
stability (Mendes Ferreira and Mendes-Faia, 2020). The highest concentration of citric acid
was observed in KH2, 0.72±0.2 g/L, and the lowest was found in MK1, 0.001±0.01 g/L. The
average content of citric acid among the studied samples was 0.203 g/L.
The succinic acid was detected only in the second and third samples of Mtsvane
Kakhuri: 0.46±0.04 and 0.9±0.09 g/L, respectively, and in all samples of Khikhvi wines –
1.05±0.18 – 1.5±0.25 g/L, with an average mean of 1.328 g/L. According to Chidi et al.
(2018), succinic acid concentration depends on several factors, especially from yeast strain.
The fumaric acid was detected only in KH1, 0.1±0.01 g/L, and in MK1, 1.3±0.23 g/L.
According to Ough and Kunkee (1974), fumaric acid may be metabolised by yeast and
therefore were not represented in other samples.
The organic acid composition differs based on the terroirs, grape variety, microbial
diversity, and winemaking methods (Chidi et al., 2018). In our study, grape variety strongly
effect succinic acid and fumaric acid content. All organic acids were found only in the first
sample of Khikhvi wine, and as mentioned above, fumaric acid was observed in MK1 and
KH1. Khikhvi wine samples contained a higher average content of all organic acids.
However, it is worth underlining that tartaric acid content was lowest compared to the other
wine sample. The results of total acid contents, tartaric, malic, and citric acids, were
compared to other white wines reported in publications. The average content of tartaric, citric,
and succinic acids was similar to results reported by Chahine et al. (2019), meanwhile, the
fumaric acid content was higher and malic acid lower in the studied Georgian wine than
reported in the above research.
Total tannin and total phenolic contents
Bioactive components are present in much smaller quantities in white wines than in red
wines (Pérez-Navarro et al., 2020). Even though, the content of bioactive compounds is low
in white wines, studied wines contained relatively high values of total tannin content (TTC)
ranged from 0.067±0.001% to 0.155±0.002% with a mean of 0.098% . The highest value of
tannins was observed in Kisi, 0.123±0.002 – 0.155±0.002%, followed by Khikhvi,
0.093±0.00 – 0.108±0.001%, and Rkatsiteli, 0.077±0.002 – 0.083±0.002%. The lowest TTC
content was found in Mtsvane Kakhuri, 0.067±0.001 – 0.078±0.001% (Table 4). This
difference is due to the varietal properties, and in the same wine, the variation may be caused
by grape skins and seeds tannins ability to bind with proteins and cell wall material (Watrelot
and Norton, 2020).
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
121
Table 4
Bioactive components and antioxidant activity of the studied wines
Wine
sample
Total tannin
content,%
Total phenolic content,
mg GAE /L
Antioxidant activity,
mg AAE /L,
R1
0.083±0.002
233.171±8.31
661.247±63.455
R2
0.077±0.002
225.041±7.424
777.155±83.681
R3
0.087±0.002
241.301±3.415
725.852±89.452
MK1
0.067±0.001
174.634±3.032
418.030±13.764
MK2
0.078±0.001
176.260±3.031
317.323±27.925
MK3
0.072±0.001
203.902±6.163
321.123±23.705
K1
0.123±0.002
636.423±31.621
1651.217±19.489
K2
0.155±0.002
743.740±35.111
2460.675±148.209
K3
0.135±0.002
670.569±28.455
2629.787±129.095
KH1
0.103±0.001
504.715±1.849
1548.610±93.637
KH2
0.093±0.002
478.699±8.31
765.754±81.132
KH3
0.108±0.001
486.829±7.424
965.269±79.420
Mean
0.098
397.940
1103.504
Min
0.067
174.634
317.323
Max
0.155
743.740
2629.787
Total phenolic content in the studied wine samples showed the same varietal
characteristics as was observed in the case of total tannin quantity: Kisi, 636.423±31.621 –
743.740±35.111 mg GAE/L, followed by Khikhvi, 504.715±1.849 – 478.699±8.31 mg
GAE/L, and Rkatsiteli, 225.041±7.424 – 241.301±3.415 mg GAE /L. The lowest content of
TP was showed by Mtsvane Kakhuri, 174.634±3.032 – 203.902±6.163 mg GAE/L.
According to Sordia (2020) the fermentation and maturation during winemaking by the
Kakhetian method ensure phenolic compounds' migration into wine. The same results were
shown by Shalashvili et al. (2010) while studying white wine obtained by the Kakhetian
method.
The total antioxidant activity presents one of the essential attributes of wine quality and
may determine consumer buying behaviour (Droli et al., 2019). In this research, all wines
showed relatively high level of AOA ranging between 317.323 – 2629.787 mg AAE/L with
average: 721.418 mg AAC/L for Rkatsiteli, 352.1587 mg AAC /L for Mtsvane Kakhuri,
2247.226 mg AAE/L for Kisi and 1093.211 mg AAE/L for Khikhvi. The highest total
antioxidant activity, 2629.787±129.095 mg AAE/L, was observed in the third sample of Kisi,
which was almost eight time higher than the lowest antioxidant activity in the MK2 sample,
317.323±27.925 mg AAC /L.
High total tannin content and antioxidant activity were found in samples R2 and R3: the
total antioxidant activity was 77.16–725.85 mg AAC/L and the content of tannin was 0.08–
0.09%. It was similar to KH2: the total antioxidant activity was 765.75 mg AAC/L and the
content of tannin was 0.09%. This may be explained by spontaneous fermentation (Vejarano
et al., 2019). As a result, in Rkatsiteli, wine bioactive components were ultimately
transformed from the grape into wine, while a minimum of them was migrated into the
Khikhvi wine sample. The MK1 sample had the lowest total tannin and total phenolic
contents. However, the highest total antioxidant activity was found for MK1 among the
Mtsvane Kakhuri wine samples. The MK3 showed higher total phenolic content than the MK
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
122
2 sample, however content of total tannin showed the opposite; KH1 had lower total tannin
content, and higher total antioxidant activity compared to the KH3 sample, having higher
TTC and lower AOA. The R2 sample had a lower TTC and TPC than the R3 sample, but
AOA was higher for the R2 sample. Similarities were observed between the K2 sample
(higher TTC and TPC) and the K3 sample (higher AOA).
Pearson correlation was used to quantify the correlation between bioactive parameters
and antioxidant activity. Among all samples, a strong relationship was observed between the
TPC-AOA and TTC-AOA. The correlation coefficient for antioxidant activity and total
tannin content was 0.832 (Figure 1) and for antioxidant activity and total phenolic content
was equal 0.8871 (Figure 2).
Figure 1. Correlation between the total tannin content and antioxidant activity of Kakhetian
style wine samples
Figure 2. Correlation between the antioxidant activity and total phenolic content of Kakhetian
style wine samples
R² = 0.8871
0.00
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.10
0.12
0.14
0.16
0.18
0500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Total tannin content,%
Antioxidant activity, mg AAE/L
R² = 0.8324
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
0500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Total phenolic content, mg
GAE/L
Antioxidant activity, mg AAE/L
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
123
An incomplete correlation and some exemption between TTC-AOA and TPC-AOA can
be caused by different chemical structures of bioactive compounds, particularly the
quantitative content of the OH group (Bendary et al., 2013). The high correlation between
TPC and AOA within Kakhetian style Georgian white wines was described by
Khatchapuridze et al., (2021). It is worth mentioning that the present study was focused on
micro-vinification, and further studies are needed to observe the same parameters in a large-
scale wine production.
Conclusions
1. The technological parameters of the wine produced by the "Kakhetian" method using
the Khikhvi grape variety had the highest concentration of the studied technological
indicators compared to the rest of the studied white wines. Kisi had the highest content
of some bioactive compounds, and the Mtsvane Kakhuri was distinguished by tartaric
acid content.
2. The studied wines were rich in bioactive compounds and possessed high antioxidant
activity.
3. A high positive correlation was found between total phenolic content and antioxidant
activity and between total tannins content and antioxidant activity. It should be
mentioned that antioxidant activity and total tannin content were better correlated than
antioxidant activity and total phenolic content.
References
Bendary E., Francis R., Ali G., Sarwat I., El Hady S. (2013), Antioxidant and structure-activity
relationships (SARs) of some phenolic and anilines compounds, Annals of Agricultural
Sciences, 58(2), pp. 173–181.
Benzie F., Strain J. (1996), the ferric reducing ability of plasma (FRAP) as a measure of
‘antioxidant power’: The FRAP assay, Analytical Biochemistry, 239(1), pp. 70–76.
Bora D., Donicl A., Osiobanu A., Fitiu A., Babes C., Bunea I. (2016), Qualitative assessment of
the white wine varieties grown in Dealu Bujorului vineyard, Romania, Notulae Botanicae
Horti Agrobotanici Cluj-napoca, 44(2), pp. 593–602.
Chahine S., Tong A. (2019), Effect of climatic conditions on organic acid composition of some
wines obtained from different sources, AIMS Agriculture and Food, 4(1), pp. 27–40.
Chidi S., Bauer F., Rossouw D. (2018), Organic acid metabolism and the impact of fermentation
practices on wine acidity: A review, South African Journal of Enology and Viticulture,
39(2), pp. 1–15.
Cosme F., Gonçalves B., Inês A., Vilela A., Vilela J. (2016), Grape and wine metabolites:
Biotechnological approaches to improve wine quality, In: Morara A., Loria I. ed., Grape
Wine Biotechnol; IntechOpen, pp. 187–224.
Droli M., Sarnari T., Bašan L. (2019), Defining evidence-based marketing strategies for wine
producers and wine tourists destinations: is the total antioxidant index approach valuable?,
Zbornik Veleučilišta u Rijeci – Journal of the Polytechnic of Rijeka, 7(1), pp. 239–255.
Glonti T. (2010), Traditional technologies and history of Georgian wine, Available at
https://www.semanticscholar.org/paper/Traditional-technologies-and-history-of-Georgian-
Glonti/cc96fbba1685a825f6363d64e8cee245c8e158aa.
Gurgenidze L., Kanchaveli T., Ugrekhelidze V., Mamardashvili N., Kvartskhava G. (2019),
Physical and chemical characteristics of wine, fermented from Georgian endemic varieties,
Bulletin of the Georgian National Academy of Sciences, 13(3), pp. 84–89.
───Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
124
International Organisation of Vine and Wine (2020), The Compendium of International Methods
of Analysis – OIV Organic acids, Method OIV-MA-AS313-04.
International Organisation of Vine and Wine (2009), The Compendium of International Methods
of Analysis- OIV Alcoholic strength by volume – Type I methods, Method OIV-MA-
AS312-01A.
International Organisation of Vine and Wine (2009), The Compendium of International Methods
of Analysis – OIV Reducing substances, Method OIV-MA-AS311-01A.
International Organisation of Vine and Wine (2015), The Compendium of International Methods
of Analysis – OIV Total acidity, Method OIV-MA-AS313-01.
International Organisation of Vine and Wine (2015), The Compendium of International Methods
of Analysis – OIV Volatile acidity, Method OIV-MA-AS313-02.
International Organisation of Vine and Wine (2011), The Compendium of International Methods
of Analysis – OIV pH, Method OIV-MA-AS313-15.
Kharaishvili E., Chavleishvili M., Natsvaladze M. (2014), Trends and Prospects for the
Development of Georgian Wine Market, World Academy of Science, Engineering and
Technology International Journal of Economics and Management Engineering, 8(10), pp.
3267–3271.
Khatchapuridze Z., Gugulashvili G., Ghvachliani V., Ploeger A., Gulua L., Turmanidze T. (2021),
In-vitro functional efficacy of extracts from Caucasian Rhododendron (Rhododendron
caucasicum) and Rkatsiteli wines as pancreatic lipase inhibitors, Ukrainian Food Journal,
10 (1), pp. 37–50.
Khudbudin M., Nutan P., Niraj N., Varsha R. (2016), Determination of tannins and sulfur dioxide
content of different wine samples by titrimetric method, Chemical science transactions,
5(2), pp. 458–462.
Luna-Guevara L., Luna-Guevara J., Hernández-Carranza P., Ruíz-Espinosa H., Ochoa-Velasco
C. E. (2018), Phenolic compounds: A good choice against chronic degenerative diseases, In:
Atta-ur-Rahman ed., Studies in Natural Products Chemistry, 59, pp. 79–108, DOI:
10.1016/B978-0-444-64179-3.00003-7.
Mendes Ferreira A., Mendes-Faia A. (2020), The role of yeasts and lactic acid bacteria on the
metabolism of organic acids during winemaking, Foods, 9(9), pp. 1–19.
National Statistics Office of Georgia (2016), 3.43 Land area under vineyards and number of vines,
Available at: http://census.ge/en/2014-general-population-census-main-results-general-
information/202.
Niculescu C., Paun N., Ionete E. (2017), The evolution of phenols from grapes to wines, In: Jordão
A.M., Cosme F., eds., Grapes and Wines-Advances in Production, Processing, Analysis and
Valorization, IntechOpen, pp. 119–141800.
Ough S., Kunkee E. (1974), The effect of fumaric acid on malo-lactic fermentation in wines from
warm areas, American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 25(4), pp. 188–190.
Pérez-Navarro J., Izquierdo-Cañas P.M., Mena-Morales A., Chacón-Vozmediano J.L., Martínez-
Gascueña J., García-Romero E., Hermosín-Gutiérrez I., Gómez-Alonso S. (2020),
Comprehensive chemical and sensory assessment of wines made from white grapes of Vitis
vinifera cultivars Albillo Dorado and Montonera del Casar: A comparative study with Airén,
Foods, 9(9), pp.1–17.
Government of Georgia. (2014), General Rules for Production of Grape Wines, Resolution No. 3,
Available at: https://matsne.gov.ge/en/document/view/2189695.
Ribéreau-Gayon P., Dubourdieu D., Donèche B. (2006), Handbook of enology (2nd ed), John
Wiley, Chichester.
Rytkönen P., Vigerland L., Borg E. (2021), Tales of Georgian wine: storytelling in the Georgian
wine industry, Journal of Wine Research, 32(2), pp. 117–133.
Shalashvili A., Targamadze I., Zambakhidze N., Chichua D., Nareklishvili V., Ugrekhelidze D.
(2010), Comparison of wines of Kakhetian and European types according to quantitative
─── Food Technology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
125
content of flavonoids and antiradical efficiency, Bulletin of the Georgian National Academy
of Sciences, 175(4), pp. 102–105.
Singleton L., Orthofer R., Lamuela-Raventós R. M. (1999), Analysis of total phenolicand other
oxidation substrates and antioxidants by means of folin-ciocalteu reagent, In: Methods in
Enzymology, Academic Press, 299, pp. 152–178, DOI: 10.1016/S0076-6879(99)99017-1.
Sordia E. (2020), study of total phenolicand antioxidants in “Qvevri” and European recipe,
Georgian wines, Georgian Engineering News, 91(2), pp. 98–102.
Tauchen J., Marsik P., Kvasnicova M., Maghradze D., Kokoska L., Vanek T., Landa P. (2015),
In vitro antioxidant activity and phenolic composition of Georgian, Central and West
European wines, Journal of Food Composition and Analysis, 41, pp. 113–121, DOI:
10.1016/j.jfca.2014.12.029.
Vejarano R., Gil-Calderón A., Díaz-Silva V., León-Vargas J. (2019), Chapter 11-Improvement of
the Bioactive Profile in Wines and Its Incidence on Human Health: Technological Strategies,
Morata A., Loira I. ed., In: Advances in Grape and Wine Biotechnology, IntechOpen, pp. 1–
22, Available at: https://www.intechopen.com/books/8054.
Volschenk H., Vuuren H., Viljoen-Bloom M. (2006), Malic acid in wine: Origin, function and
metabolism during vinification, South African Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 27(2), pp.
123–136, DOI: 10.21548/27-2-1613.
Waterhouse L., Sacks L, Jeffery W. (2016), -Acids, In: Waterhouse A.L., Sacks G.L., Jeffery
D.W. ed., Understanding Wine Chemistry, Wiley Online Books, pp. 19–33.
Watrelot A., Norton L. (2020), Chemistry and reactivity of tannins in Vitis spp.: A review,
Molecules, 25(9), pp. 1–24.
Whiting C. (1976), Organic acid metabolism of yeasts during fermentation of alcoholic beverages
– a review, Journal of the Institute of Brewing, 82(2), pp. 82–94.
───Economics and Management ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
126
China and changing food trends: A sustainability
transition perspective
Dora Marinova1, Diana Bogueva1, Yanrui Wu2, Xiumei Guo1
1 – Curtin University, Perth, Australia
2 – University of Western Australia, Perth, Australia
Keywords:
Transition
theory
Sustainability
Food
China
Protein
Abstract
Introduction. Global population has witnessed significant changes in
the way food is produced and consumed. Although this has benefitted
population health, it has also contributed to climate change and
unsustainable use of natural resources.
Materials and methods. Сomprehensive literature review.
Results and discussion. The characteristics of four transition theories
related to food are outlined to help explain population behaviour, namely
demographic, nutrition/protein, food and sustainability transition. This is
followed by a further desktop analysis of the changes occurring in China,
the world’s largest demography, and this country’s contribution to a most-
needed global sustainability transition.
The theoretical framework of transition theories used since the mid-
20th century outlines changes in population behaviour impacting
relationships between people and more recently with the natural
environment. As a multidisciplinary field describing fundamental shifts in
human societies, transition theories are very insightful in relation to food
and nutrition. The demographic transition links industrialisation with
fertility and mortality rates but also with food availability. During the
nutrition transition, a change occurs in people’s calorie intakes from
different food groups. While the share of protein remains relatively stable,
the initial transition from plant- to animal-based foods now changes in
reverse with increasing ecological and health awareness. This
nutrition/protein transition can result in a better dietary behaviour with
reduction in over-consumption, losses and waste. The food transition
explains the transformations on the supply side – how food is produced,
processed and distributed, reflecting changes in agricultural methods, use
of land, soil, water, fertilisers and chemicals, supply and distribution chains.
More sustainable farming methods are currently being introduced in
response to ecologically threatening trends as a result of land-use changes
and use of chemicals. As distinct from the other concepts, sustainability
transition does not describe an evolutionary pattern of changes but only the
current most necessary transformation in development. It requires radical
transformation and action towards reduced environmental footprints of all
human activities, including food.
China’s development has experienced similar transitions although with
unique features. Its demographic transition has been influenced by the “one
child policy” while the nutrition/protein transition has been fuelled by
increasing income levels. Industrialisation of food production with
application of chemicals is widespread but more recently, organic methods
of farming are gaining momentum. Food security and production are
recognised as a challenge and opportunity in China’s sustainability
transition with state-driven dietary efforts to contain domestic meat
consumption.
Conclusion. China has the opportunity to play a prominent role in the
global transition to improved food choices, as required by the current
environment and climate emergency, by shifting its own eating habits and
also contributing to the burgeoning field of new alternatives to livestock
products.
Article history:
Received
12.09.2021
Received in
revised form
21.02.2022
Accepted
31.03.2022
Corresponding
author:
Dora Marinova
E-mail:
D.Marinova@
curtin.edu.au
DOI:
10.24263/2304-
974X-2022-11-
1-13
─── Economics and Management ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
127
Introduction
With a population nearing 1.5 billion (Worldometer, 2022), China is the world’s largest
demography. Its economic power has consistently risen since the opening up and reforming
of the country’s economy in 1978, which was followed by an extended period of Gross
Domestic Product (GDP) annual growth of 10% and 800 million people lifted out of poverty
(World Bank, 2022). China has also become a powerful player in manufacturing and
technology development, resulting in being the world’s top exporter of goods and services
estimated at US$2.72 trillion in 2020 (World Population Review, 2022).
These pronounced changes over a relatively short period of time have significantly
improved many aspects of the quality of life of Chinese citizens. One of them is availability
and access to food. The Chinese staple diets where rice and other coarse crops occupied a
prominent place have gradually been replaced with a variety of foods, including many that
are processed and animal-based (Chang et al., 2018). This transition is one of several
demographic and socio-economic changes experienced across the globe. The latest and most
needed transition is that towards more sustainable ways of living, where environmental,
social and economic priorities co-exist in an integrated way that looks after the well-being of
people but also the planet.
There is ample evidence (Marinova et al., 2022, Tirado et al., 2018; Willett et al., 2019;)
that changes in the way we produce food and in our eating preferences need to be part and a
main driver in such a sustainability transition. What this paper explores is China’s role in the
global transition posing the question how this country can influence its own and planetary
future. It uses the theoretical framework of transition theories to first outline the concepts.
This is followed by evidence from China. The last section explores opportunities to impact
the global sustainability transition through changing food preferences and novel alternative
proteins which reduce the presence of livestock-sourced foodstuffs.
Materials and Methods
Material
Food is a basic necessity for human survival (Maslow, 1943). Throughout the centuries,
the ways people have satisfied their demand for food has evolved. Globally, starvation and
hunger have become less dominant while overweight and obesity have been radically on the
increase, particularly among richer sections of society (FAO, 2019). While humanity has
been successful in producing more food, this has largely come at the expense of the health of
the natural environment and our production and consumption practices are threatening the
well-being of all species on the planet (Marinova & Bogueva, 2022). How did we get to this
situation? What changes have occurred in the process and most importantly, what
transformations are needed to shift the downward spiral trends?
The paper explores the transitions in human behaviour as consumers and producers of
food. It particularly analyses the changes in China, the world’s largest demography, and links
them to the global developments in search of sustainability transition.
Methods
This study is based on desktop analysis of existing literature and secondary data. It
covers published and online sources related to major societal shifts in food consumption and
production. This analysis allows to synthesise and describe historical trends in human
───Economics and Management ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
128
behaviour as well as outline the importance of future changes towards sustainable
development in response to climate change, depletion in soil fertility, biodiversity loss,
freshwater use and other major environmental challenges. By systematically integrating
insights from a wide range of sources, the study provides a transdisciplinary overview of
existing evidence and synthesis of areas in which research has been previously dispersed and
disparate (Snyder, 2019).
Results and discussion
Theoretical framework and method
Transition theories are a multidisciplinary field that tries to explain human behaviour
and following from that, fundamental shifts in human societies. The theoretical frameworks
of transition studies vastly vary – from system thinking (Zolfagharian et al., 2019) to
psychology and counselling (Bailey-Taylor, 2009), education (Jindal-Snape, 2021),
economics (Topalli & Ivanaj, 2016), innovation (Twomey & Gaziulusoy, 2014), technology
(Paredis, 2011), sustainable development (Geels, 2011) and politics (Avelino et al., 2016),
offering different perspectives ranging from individual conducts of people and organisations
to multi-level societal and governance developments to technological elements and new
knowledge generation.
Another distinctive area of interest in transition studies is population health and
nutrition (Santosa et al., 2014). In fact, the oldest transition theory, namely the demographic
transition (from high to low birth and death rates) developed in 1945 by Notestein (Diggs,
2020), originated in population studies. Furthermore, epidemiological transition analyses
disease and mortality patterns across human populations (McKeown, 2009) while in the field
of food, nutrition transition describes major dietary changes (Popkin, 2006), including the
occurrence of obesity (Poulain, 2009).
Transition theory frameworks are also applied to area-based studies, such as related to
Eastern Europe (Genov, 2021), China (Hong, 2016), Sub-Saharan Africa (Leshabari, 2021),
Latin America (Juri et al., 2021), the European Union (European Environment Agency, 2017)
or USA (Gersten, 2021). It is interesting to note the specific features of each transition as
they relate to the geo-political, cultural and historical background of the place as well as
access to technologies and knowledge.
A common feature of all transition theories’ approaches is the difficulties to support the
conceptual frameworks with reliable statistical data, quantitatively verifiable models and
other hard evidence. There is also ambiguity in definitions, opacity of the way boundaries
are established and how stability and change are conceptualised (Zolfagharian et al., 2019).
Despite these challenges, transition theories continue to experience substantial interest from
researchers and growth in conceptual, empirical and methodological insights. This
contributes to building a broader and pluralistic body of knowledge that can guide and inform
fundamental shifts in socio-technical systems (Zolfagharian et al., 2019) as well as the policy
arena.
The work presented in this paper is based on literature review. We bring together four
transition theories that are related to food production and consumer choices, covering in a
historical order demographic transition, nutrition/protein transition, food transition and
finishing with sustainability transition. Linking this analysis to the role of China in the last
section is important on two levels: first, the size of the Chinese economy, and second, its
access to traditional knowledge and production capacities.
─── Economics and Management ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
129
Transition theories
Transition theories received a lot of attention since mid-20th century and are now
increasingly becoming a burgeoning area of research. A Google Scholar search with the
keyword “transition theory” produces 1.79 million hits between 1945 and 2009, and 2.26
million between 2010 and 2022. The focus here however is only on transition theories that
are connected to development and food. These transitions are not happening separately or in
a purely consecutive way. They are interlinked and, in many ways, synergistically reinforce
each other. Another important conceptual observation is that whilst the demographic,
nutrition/protein and food transitions have already occurred, transitioning to sustainability is
currently emerging as a global priority, driven particularly by the nature of our food systems
and dietary choices (Willett et al., 2019). Let’s look at the explanatory patterns that these
theories offer.
Demographic transition
Conceptualised in the 1940s by the demographer Notestein, this transition model
describes stages in population growth based on fertility and mortality rates (see Figure 1)
during which societies transition from a relatively stable low to relatively stable high
population size.
Figure 1. Demographic and nutritional transition model
These stages are also linked to urbanisation and industrialisation (GeogSpace, 2015).
At Stage 1 or pre-transition, birth and death rates in so-called traditional societies are high
but they cancel each other out, people’s life expectancies are low and population numbers
remain stable. This is followed by Stage 2 or the first phase of transition during which death
rates significantly drop due to improvements in health care, medicine, hygiene, sanitation as
───Economics and Management ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
130
well as improved production, transportation and distribution of food. Societies also
commence to modernise through industrialisation and become more urbanised. Birth rates
however take longer to decrease as they are defined mainly by social factors, such as how
society values children, their contribution to the household and old-age security of parents.
As a result from the balance between birth and death rates, population numbers sharply
increase. At Stage 3 or the second phase of transition, fertility rates also drop because of the
changing social status of women, improved standards of living, increased mechanisation and
less demand for workers as well as availability of family planning and contraceptives.
Consequently, the combination between low death and birth rates results in steady
populations at higher numbers than the original starting point. This leads to Stage 4 or post-
transition, described also as post-industrial societies (GeogSpace, 2015).
Being a model, the demographic transition has its limitations in describing universal
patterns in population changes. It has been a benchmark theoretical framework for western
countries, particularly USA and Europe, while its applicability in other parts of the world,
such as Africa and Asia, has remained unclear. The demographic transition concept is very
much aligned with Adam Smith’s “invisible hand” and liberal ideology which excludes the
role of government in influencing demographic trends (Poulain, 2021). Different theories
have been put forward, and in some cases statistically tested (Ranganathan et al., 2015), to
explain the demographic transition, such as links between fertility, mortality and GDP or the
role of education for women.
What happens at the post-transition stage is also unclear and subject to interpretation.
Evidence from many European societies, such as Bulgaria, Germany, Italy or Sweden, as
well as from highly industrialised countries, such as Japan or South Korea, shows birth rates
falling behind death rates. Without migration, the populations of such countries would shrink.
A shift in attitudes and norms within society from altruistic behaviour towards greater
individual freedom and self-actualisation, manifested through delayed age of giving birth,
the deinstitutionalising of the marriage and diversity in union types, results in decline in
fertility rates below replacement levels described by some as the second demographic
transition (Lesthaeghe, 2014; Zaidi & Morgan, 2017). Again, the role of government policies
in influencing people’s fertility behaviours is rarely discussed.
From the perspective of the demographic transition, China is very unique. Between
1980 and 2015, China had the “one-child policy” which restricted the number of children
born in the majority of families to one. Access to adequate food and nutrition for China’s
large population was part of the state policy considerations. The “one-child policy” rapidly
pushed the country into a post-transitional society where fast industrialisation was
accompanied with increased life expectancies, improved living standards and government-
encouraged below-replacement level of fertility (Feng & Mason, 2007). China is seen as an
“overachiever” in its demographic transition which happened at an unparallel pace with the
exceptional role of the state (Feng, 2011).
After the abolition of the “one-child policy”, the post-transition demographic stage in
China is yet to be fully understood, particularly with the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic.
What some describe as an “economic demographic transition” (Johnston, 2020) and
“economic miracles” (Yuan & Gao, 2020) is now challenged by China’s need to reduce its
environmental impacts, including those related to food production and consumption.
─── Economics and Management ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
131
Nutrition/protein transition
The term nutrition transition was used for the first time by Popkin in 1993 (Popkin, 1993).
It describes a link between GDP per capita and structural changes in people’s calorie intakes from
different food groups with a shift from plant- to animal-based products. There is also wider
availability of food. Increase in the overall calorie or energy intake is observed with the nutrition
transition leading to obesity, including childhood obesity, and non-communicable diseases
(Drewnowski & Popkin, 1997; Popkin, 2016). The evolution of diets loosely follows the
demographic transition (see Figure 1). According to Popkin (2002, 2006) and Poulain (2021;
Drenowski & Poulain, 2019), the following nutritional changes occur:
− Paleolithic and hunter-gatherer diets included a lot of fibre and carbohydrates from wild
plants and low-in-fat meat from wild animals;
− Increased population numbers, establishment of settlements and the development of
agricultural practices made cereals the main source of food but nutritional deficiencies and
famines became a regular occurrence;
− The start of industrialisation and urbanisation reduced the exposure to famines and diets
were based mainly on starchy foods, low in fat and with a lot of fibre; iron deficiencies were
common;
− Technological progress, the use of fertilisers, mechanised equipment, irrigation and
livestock husbandry, improved food security; this was accompanied with development of
food processing, storage and distribution methods; overall the preferences for animal-based
products, fats, sugar and processed foods increased contributing to larger energy intakes and
leading to obesity and non-communicable diseases;
− Due to concerns related to health, climate change, safeguarding of the natural environment
and animal welfare, people who live in societies with ample availability and choice of foods
and who are sustainability aware, are making a conscientious decision to change their
behavioural practices towards increased intake of vegetables, fruits, legumes, nuts and other
plant-based options and reduced consumption of animal-sourced products.
A subset of the nutrition transition is the protein transition which highlights specifically the
changes in relation to the sources of proteins. While the actual share of protein in the human diet
remains relatively constant between 8% and 16% (Carpenter et al., 2021), the initial changes
during the transition are from plant- to animal-based foods and more recently, in reverse – from
animal- to plant-based foods, because of increased ecological and health awareness (Drewnowski
& Poulain, 2019; Poulain, 2021; Tziva et al., 2020). Aiking and de Boer (2020) explain that the
next protein transition is from primarily animal towards plant protein products, including
analogues and whole foods such as beans and nuts, combined with reduction in over-consumption
and of losses and waste during the supply chain and in the household. This will lead overall to
better dietary behaviour.
Similar nutritional/protein transition has been observed in China. During the country’s
accelerated demographic transition, many measures were taken to reduce malnutrition and
provide adequate access to food for all sections of society. This however happened with a shift
towards increased animal-sourced foods as manifested through higher levels of consumption of
meat, mainly pork (see Figure 2), and eggs (Popkin et al., 2012). With 90% of the Chinese
population being lactose intolerant (Yang et al., 2013), dairy-based products have not experienced
such a growth. However, the intake of processed foods increased while that of legumes,
particularly soy, vegetables and fruits decreased. The prevalence of hypertension and diabetes in
China has also been linked to increased energy intake combined with reduced physical activity
and sedentary lifestyle (Popkin et al., 2012). China’s “one-child policy” further contributed to
overindulging children in energy-rich foods whose taste they like (Dearth-Wesley et al., 2011).
Only disease outbreaks, such as the African swine fever in 2018–2019, have slowed down China’s
appetite for meat (see Figure 2).
───Economics and Management ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
132
Figure 2. Annual per capita meat consumption, China, 1990–2019 (kg/person)
As in other parts of the world, the analysis of China’s dietary patterns shows the
significant benefits of whole-food, plant-based options and the surging interest in such
choices (Campbell & Campbell, 2017). Educating Chinese citizens is revealed to be the most
important factor in creating awareness about the benefits of a dietary balance and healthy
staple diets (Chang et al., 2018) which is likely to result in desired behavioural changes.
Food transition
Food transition relates to transformations in the ways food is produced, processed and
distributed. Although this area is more loosely defined compared to the other transitions, it
reflects changes in agricultural methods – from subsistence to broad-acre farming, use of
resources, such as land, soil, water, fertilisers and chemicals, supply and distribution chains
and globalisation of food production. In economic terms, it describes the supply side of food,
rather than demand represented through consumer needs and preferences as described in the
nutrition/protein transition, although the two are interrelated.
Parallels can also be drawn with the other transitions as food production and supply
were defining characteristics of historical periods in socio-economic development and the
search for improved quality of life. The following four types of agricultural systems describe
the food transition in modern times:
− Subsistence agriculture – localised on small plots of land surrounding the place of
abode, small-scale to satisfy the needs of a family unit, diverse species of crops are
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
Per capita meat consumption, China
1 - Beef 2 - Pork 3 - Poultry 4 - Sheep 5 - Total
1
5
4
2
3
─── Economics and Management ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
133
grown in season with primitive technology used, it is labour-intensive and with
relatively small yields, livestock are raised but animal-based products are sparsely
consumed; it is focussed on survival with little surplus for marketing or community
sharing, crop failure or livestock dying expose the household at the risk of starvation;
subsistence agriculture however is attuned to nature’s cycles and less exploitative of
natural resources, such as soil and water; it continues to be practised by rural
communities in less industrialised parts of the world, such as in Africa (Mbatha et al.,
2021) or Asia (Holmelin, 2021).
− Farming – this is mainly commercial food production on specially designated land
cleared of native vegetation; in some cases, individual farms may be organised in
village-level, community systems or farmers’ cooperatives. It is estimated that 75% of
the world’s agricultural land is operated by family farms (Lowder et al., 2016). The
types of crops produced or livestock raised vary. Farms have different levels of
mechanisation and some may continue to provide only subsistence food for their
families while others may be specialised and operate highly mechanised equipment.
− Industrialised agriculture – this represents intensification of agriculture to grow
monocultures for commercial purposes on vast areas of land with the aim to achieve
high productivity and crop yields through the application of fertilisers, insecticides,
fungicides and herbicides as well as technology and irrigation equipment when needed.
Industrialised agriculture (also referred as intensive agriculture) requires significant
investment in machinery for planting, cultivation and harvesting followed by storage
and transportation expenses (Britannica, 2017). The intensive cultivation of the land on
an annual basis depletes the soil of its nutrients, particularly when crop rotation and
fallow periods are not practised (Gupta, n.d.). In some cases, genetically modified
organisms are used to increase yields and improve crop resistance to pests and climatic
conditions. Livestock is also subject to industrial methods of intensification with the
establishment of factory farming (Safran Foer, 2009) where animals are contained in
small areas and exploited for their meat, milk or eggs. Antibiotics are given
preventatively to animals in crowded conditions, particularly to chickens in broiler
facilities and aquaculture fish, to avoid the spread of infections. These intensively
produced agricultural commodities are traded on the global markets. The industrialised
methods of food production cause significant environmental damage and contribute to
deforestation, biodiversity loss, soil degradation, pollution and climate change as well
as the exploitation of sentient animal beings. Nitrogen-induced soil acidification (Tian
& Niu, 2015) and soil pollution with chemicals, plastics and other substances at higher-
than-normal concentration (Rodríguez-Eugenio et al., 2018) have become a global
problem threatening the health of this non-renewable resource essential for food
production.
− More sustainable farming methods – in response to the threatening trends of
transgressing the planetary boundaries because of land-use changes for food production
(Steffen et al., 2015), there are many calls for transitioning to better farming methods
and human diets (Willett et al., 2019). Examples include regenerative agriculture
(Massy, 2018), agroforestry (Rosati et al., 2021), organic farming and seminatural
habitat (Tscharntke et al., 2021), urban agriculture (Follmann et al., 2021; Puigdueta et
al., 2021), circular agriculture (Marinova & Bogueva, 2022) as well as lab-grown meat
(McClements, 2019). Application of artificial intelligence (AI), machine learning,
drones and other smart technologies for precision farming are also helping reduce the
environmental footprint of food while fresh and nutritious products are delivered to the
consumers (Aggarwal & Singh, 2021; Choudhury et al., 2021; Jerhamre et al., 2022).
───Economics and Management ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
134
China’s food transition mirrors the global trends but displays its own characteristics. In
pre-modern times up to 8th century, China had equal-field distribution of agricultural land to
peasants which allowed for self-sustenance and slowed down accumulation of wealth but
gradually declined with population growth (Britannica, 2016). Soring population numbers
resulted in severe food shortages and inefficient distribution caused famines. Chinese farmers
developed many classical farming practices to maintain and manage the productivity of the
land, including application of organic manure, crop rotations, intercropping and multiple
cropping combined with engineering solutions through reservoirs, levelling the ground and
building terraces (Gong et al., 2001). These techniques are now considered pre-cursors of
sustainable farming methods.
Although subsistence agriculture is still practised in villages and some rural parts of the
country, since the 1980s agricultural mechanisation is widely used making farming very
productive (Xinhua, 2019). Industrialised agriculture is now vastly spread in China and
increased productivity is achieved through the application of pesticides and synthetic
fertilisers (Scott & Si, 2020). As in other parts of the world, the run-off from the applied
synthetic nitrogen fertilisers causes the formation of nitrous oxide, a greenhouse gas 260
times more powerful than carbon dioxide (IPCC, 2014). Research evidence from China
shows that these types of fertilisers reduce the microbiological diversity in the soil making it
more susceptible to pathological strains (Zhou et al., 2017). The nutritional shift to more
meat-based proteins is reinforced through fast-food chains contributing to the westernisation
of the Chinese diets (Wang Y. et al., 2016). Furthermore, China’s changing dietary
preferences and demand for meat are triggering massive land-use changes around the world
for the expansion of livestock grazing and intensive feed production at the expense of native
vegetation (Stoll-Kleemann & Schmidt, 2017).
More recently, there has been a major swing towards organic food production and
sustainable agricultural practices (Scott & Si, 2020). Such changes are encouraged and
supported by the Chinese state through national sustainable agriculture policies and plan with
the view to support population health, achieve ecological protection and economic benefits.
The food challenge for China is complex (GAP Report, 2018) but positive changes are
emerging as a top-down approach by the state but also with the bottom-up efforts of
individual producers and community groups (Scott & Si, 2020). There is also most rapid
development and investment in AI to support more sustainable farming methods (Galaz et
al., 2021).
According to Warnaar and Methorst (2017), the stage we are in the food transition
means that the human population needs to start producing and consuming food in a
completely different way. Reduction of food loss and waste is one such aspect, with
industrialised Asia losing 28% of food in the supply chain from (and inclusive of) on-farm
harvesting through to the final consumer waste (Our World in Data, n.d.). Online shopping
and home delivery with environmentally friendlier packaging are also becoming increasingly
common in China and all over the world in the search for healthier and better food practices.
Sustainability transition
Compared to the other transition frameworks, the sustainability transition does not
describe an evolutionary pattern of changes but only the current and most necessary
transformation we need to see within the concept of development. In other words,
sustainability transition indicates the latest stage of development with the fundamental
changes occurring in human history driven by social and environmental imperatives,
including climate change, environmental deterioration, biodiversity loss and soil depletion.
From a demographic transition perspective, the sustainability transition can be aligned with
the latest phase of mature industrial society and progress to post-industrial ways of
─── Economics and Management ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
135
development when the size of human population stabilises. Sustainability transition,
however, is not so much about the demographic dimensions of human population but about
the way people live on Earth (Dovers & Butler, 2015). Its main focus is not on how many
people are there, but on their consumption patterns, technological choices, the pollution they
generate in the air, waters, soil and land, the governance models which define socio-political
and economic pathways, and what is fair and just for current and future generations as well
as for other species with whom we inhabit the same planet. Technological advancements are
likely to shape the sustainability transition overall and in specific areas, such as energy,
transport, buildings, industry as well as agriculture, sometimes referred to as separate
sustainability transitions (e.g. by the European Commission, 2020). According to the EAT-
Lancet Commission (Willett et al., 2019), food will define the 21st century.
A sustainability transition is defined as a “radical transformation towards a sustainable
society, as a response to a number of persistent problems confronting contemporary modern
societies” (Grin et al., 2010, p. 1). Ultimately a sustainability transition delivers sustainable
development which can be described as a process of navigating between two sets of
boundaries – those of the planet and the social foundation of basic needs (EEA & Eionet,
2016). Food is an essential part of basic needs but food systems have encroached and
transgressed planetary boundaries. An extension of sustainability is regeneration as the harm
caused to the planet’s ecosystems needs to be reversed. This includes the damage caused by
food production which has been the single largest driver of environmental degradation
(Willett et al., 2019). Regeneration requires bringing science and practice together integrated
with spirituality in a holistic way that reflects fundamental shifts in people’s behaviour based
on increased awareness, education, leadership and empowerment (Gibbons, 2020).
Most of the literature about sustainability transition takes a multi-level perspective,
where:
− The landscape (macro level) is defined by external structures;
− The regimes (meso level) are relatively stable configurations which determine what is
normal; and
− Niches (micro level) are protected spaces where innovations can develop without the
pressures from the regimes within the existing landscape (European Commission,
2020).
This perspective is justifiable for many sectors in the economy but in the case of food,
people’s values and behaviour are manifested with each meal they take and each person is
potentially a “niche” for innovation and behaviour change. Such a way of conceptualising
food’s place in a sustainability transition is empowering allowing for leadership to be
demonstrated until what are considered “niche” behaviours become the new norm. New
production and consumption practices need to be mainstreamed and old preferences which
exploit nature’s biophysical systems and farm animals need to be phased out (see Figure 3).
In the theory of societal transitions, this is described as the X-curve framework (Loorbach,
2014; Hebinck et al., 2022).
Figure 3. Sustainability transition in food
Source: Based on European Commission (2020)
───Economics and Management ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
136
Flexitarianism or voluntary reduction in the consumption of animal-based proteins
(Raphaely & Marinova, 2014) is an example of a niche behaviour in a country like Australia
which has one of the world’s highest levels of meat supply on a per capita basis. There is
mounting evidence that meat, and particularly red meat, is detrimental to the natural
environment (Poore & Nemecek, 2018), has much higher greenhouse gas emissions
compared to plant-based options (Clark & Tilman, 2017), takes up disproportionately more
land (Ritchie & Roser, 2019a), represents an inefficient energy and protein conversion in the
supply of food (Eshel et al., 2014; Ritchie & Roser, 2019b) and is potentially carcinogenic
(WHO, 2015). Flexitarianism acts as a disruptor to the current unsustainable food preferences
and the innovations in the alternative proteins market aim to ease its diffusion, that is broader
adoption. Despite representing the best nutritional choice, the appeal of traditional legumes,
nuts, vegetables, grains, fruits and other plant-based foods has gradually declined. The
development, experimentation and innovation in novel plant-based analogues of familiar
animal-sourced foods, such as sausages, mince, nuggets, mayonnaise, cheese and cultured
meat, aspire to attract consumers. Such products are seen as a way to progressively shift food
preferences by imitating the taste and look of familiar animal-sourced products. When
decreased consumption of animal-based foodstuffs is achieved, and in the case of Australia
this reduction should be by 80-90%, sustainable food choices will be mainstreamed with old
addiction to livestock-based products significantly reduced or phased out. The interest in
plant-based milks is particularly strong in western societies because of their better
environmental performance (Marinova & Bogueva, 2020) and cow’s milk is gradually being
displaced.
Food’s contribution to the sustainability transition is not only through the types of
products consumed. The status quo can be disrupted with new production ways, including
for the humble fruits, vegetables, nuts, grains, legumes and tubers. There are numerous new
technologies that are gaining momentum (McClements, 2019) and we are witnessing rapid
advancements in areas, such as vertical farming, hydro-, aero- and aquaponics (Marinova &
Bogueva, 2022). Agroecology (FAO, 2018) is another field that links food production with
the ecology to help transition to sustainable food and agricultural systems and in response to
the global 2030 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). It covers principles and approaches
for human society to live in harmony with nature (Franzluebbers et al., 2020), allow it to
regenerate and heal.
Sustainable food choices are essential for a sustainability transition and any progress
made in other areas, such as electricity, transport or buildings, will be defeated by the burden
human diets pose on planetary health. Conservatively estimated, food systems are responsible
for 34% of the global greenhouse emissions (Crippa et al., 2021). It is only academic whether
we describe the shift to sustainable development as one or many sustainability transitions and
lament the methodological complexities and challenges in studying these transformations
(Geels, 2011; Zolfagharian et al., 2019). Embracing this latest transition framework is much
more about practice than theory.
The economic development transition that China has undergone since 1978 has been
characterised as a “socialist market economy” in which the state is coordinating the building
of a harmonious society based on prosperity (Hong, 2016). Four decades of exceptional
economic growth have accelerated urbanisation and taken hundreds of millions of people out
of poverty. However, this has come at a high environmental cost with substantial levels of
pollution and greenhouse gas emissions. China’s economy is now “in a transition period from
rapid development to high-quality development” (Cheshmehzangi & Chen, 2021, p. 56) with
targets to reach a carbon peak before 2030 and decarbonise by 2060 through top-down socio-
─── Economics and Management ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
137
economic development plans and bottom-up economic incentives and technology
development (Liu et al., 2022).
Food security and production are recognised as a challenge in China’s sustainability
transition and the country has a National Plan for Sustainable Agricultural Development
2015–2030 (Cheshmehzangi & Chen, 2021). Its focus is on improving people’s livelihoods
and building resilience to disasters while safeguarding the natural environment. Furthermore,
there is convincing evidence that it is more energy-efficient and financially beneficial to
focus on the production of vegetables and legumes, such as soy, than to produce or import
meat given China’s farmland, water and other resource restrictions (Cheshmehzangi &
Dawodu, 2019). This is supported by government policies but some argue that dietary
changes for reducing meat intake have to be a gradual and slow process (Cheshmehzangi &
Chen, 2021). In the next section, we look at how China can specifically contribute to a global
sustainability transition.
China’s contribution to a global sustainability transition
Because of the size of its population and economy, China can influence all aspects of
the global sustainability transition – from energy to industrial production, buildings and
technology. With the focus of this article specifically on food, we discuss two particular
aspects, namely the state-driven dietary changes to contain domestic meat consumption and
China’s knowledge and expertise in alternative proteins.
Domestic transition
China’s latest 2016 dietary guidelines, namely the Balanced Diet Pagoda, limit the
intake of meat and poultry to 40–70 g per day to “help promote healthy lifestyles and physical
strength” aimed at reducing risk for many chronic diseases and mortality (Wang, S.-S. et al.,
2016, p. 649). The message to the consumer also is that meat, poultry, fish and eggs should
be eaten in moderation which is in contrast to the encouragement to eat plenty of vegetables,
fruits, tubers and bean products, including soybeans. An analysis by the Global Panel on
Agriculture and Food Systems for Nutrition (2016) shows that 880 projected deaths per
million in 2050 can be avoided in China by reducing red meat consumption.
The Chinese state is responding proactively to the scientific evidence not only by
adjusting its dietary guidelines towards less red meat consumption compared to the 2007
Food Pagoda (Wang, S.-S., 2016), but also through social marketing campaigns. What is
particularly interesting is that the social marketing campaigns, such as Less Meat Less Heat
More Life (2016) by the Chinese Nutrition Society in collaboration with WildAid China,
explicitly link meat consumption with climate change, habitat loss and other environmental
deterioration (Table Debates, n.d.). The promotion advertisements and video used in the
campaign that reached millions of Chinese citizens included China’s most famous actress Li
Bingbing, the very popular Hollywood actor Arnold Schwarzenegger and was directed by
James Cameron. It endorses the efforts of the Chinese Government to decrease the actual
consumption in China by 50%. In reality, this reduction is more than the one included in the
Diet Pagoda, and represents the combined effort to restore the public good of health and
environmental well-being. James Cameron explicitly draws attention to hypocrisy in the
global environmental movement saying: “How can I call myself an environmentalist when
I’m contributing to environmental degradation by what I eat?” (Shoard, 2016, para. 4).
Although on a per capita basis, Chinese eat around half of the daily meat consumed by
Australians or Americans, there is still a well-defined trend to increase the intake of animal
───Economics and Management ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
138
proteins as population wealth improves (Whitton et al., 2021). Given the size of China’s
population, this consumption results in more than twice the amount consumed in USA and
requires substantial imports of feed and meat products. The efforts by the state aim at
reversing the trend of increasing meat consumption and also promote preservation of
healthier traditional diets. Compared to other government positions, the Chinese state is
showing strong leadership in an area that is considered complex and difficult to navigate.
The empirical evidence confirms the complexity of the efforts to speed up the
nutrition/protein and food transition in China. In recent years, the cultivation of staple crops,
such as sorghum, millet and rye, has decreased to give space to high-yield and economically
more profitable potato and rice (Chang et al., 2018). Overall, Chinese diets have moved away
from the traditional healthy balanced and nutritious composition towards foods that are high
in fat, nutritionally poor and energy dense as exemplified by choices of animal-sourced
products (Chang et al., 2018).
Added to this is food waste, with Chinese households wasting 64 kg per person per year
(UNEP, 2021). Although this is not at the extreme end of the spectrum on a per capita basis
– Australians waste 102 kg per person per year, it amounts to a staggering 91 million kg per
year. The state again is using social marketing to promote a 40% reduction through the “clean
plate” (Guang Pan) campaign launched by the president Xi Jinping (Sheldon, 2020). The
higher the animal-based content, the higher the environmental footprint of food waste.
The current trends in increased meat consumption (see Figure 2) need to be seen also
within the context of China’s history in producing nutritious food. Relatively recently, a
negative (from a sustainability point of view) X-curve transition has occurred to introduce
meat and western types of diets disrupting traditional food practices. Soybean, considered
the “miracle crop” (Guo et al., 2021), was domesticated thousands of years ago. Different
methods of processing soybeans into tofu, yuba (dried tofu skin) and soymilk were developed
first in China and then spread all over the world (Marinova & Bogueva, 2022). Soy-based
products contain all nine essential amino acids for humans and are also a good source of
vitamin B1 and important micronutrients, such as iron, calcium, manganese, phosphorus,
magnesium, copper and zinc. From a food production point, soybeans are a legume and help
maintain soil fertility through nitrogen fixation, making them suitable for crop rotation.
With the nutrition/protein transition, soybeans however have become a popular crop for
making animal feed. It is estimated that 85% of the soybeans consumed in China are eaten
by livestock (Nepstad, 2021). China’s raising consumption of meat, and pork in particular,
has fuelled the global demand for and imports of soybeans, including from Brazil, USA and
Argentina, where this has led to deforestation, loss of biodiversity and the use of genetically-
modified varieties to increase yields. Similar to beef, the protein conversion of pork is
extremely inefficient – 91.5% of the proteins fed to the animal are lost in the process of
producing meat for human consumption (Alexander et al., 2016). Soybeans can easily
provide these proteins directly to create a diet nutritious and healthy for the planet.
China’s 14th Five-Year Plan focussed on high-quality and sustainable development
provides a roadmap for a sustainability transition. It also emphasises the “greening” of food
production through the use of organic methods. At the moment, China is the 4th largest
provider in the world of organic soybeans (Nepstad, 2021) for direct human consumption
with farmers given incentives to switch to this crop. If meat demand is curbed, this would
have immediate and long-term benefits for people’s well-being and ecological health. In
2014, the state-owned enterprise Sinograin became the first to implement an international
standard for responsibly produced soybeans, which includes zero deforestation and no land
conversion for agricultural purposes as well as no application of synthetic fertilisers. This is
driven by a top-down approach and bottom-up demand.
─── Economics and Management ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
139
Consumers’ preferences in China are also changing, particularly among young people
and those who are more environmentally oriented. A 2019 survey conducted by the Swiss
Federal Institute of Technology found that 55% of Chinese citizens supported reduction in
meat consumption and a range of policy initiatives that could facilitate such a change (Meat
Atlas, 2021). They include higher taxes on meat products (30% higher), 75% vegetarian
options in public cafeterias, elimination of subsidies for meat producers, reducing the prices
of plant-based alternatives (by 30%) as well as frequent information campaigns and
supporting low-income households. Another 2019 study by the European Investment Bank
shows that 78% of the Chinese respondents have already reduced the size of their red meat
portions and another 14% are intending to do this to fight climate change (Meat Atlas, 2021).
This was also the highest population share from all 30 surveyed countries.
Although less than 5% of the Chinese population identify as vegetarian or vegan, 87%
have tried plant-based meat alternatives (Global Food Institute, 2018). In fact, China is one
of the fastest-growing markets for plant-based alternatives with demand predicted to increase
by 200% within five years driven by consumer interest in health and sustainability but also
in taste (DuPont Nutrition & Biosciences, 2020). Variety and novelty of food products are
particularly important for young consumers but taste and texture are critical for the success
of these new and more sustainable protein options. According to market research (DuPont
Nutrition & Biosciences, 2020), the vast majority of consumers, namely 78%, believe that
plant-based alternatives are going to become a mainstream option. What is of particular
interest is that in China people with higher attachment to meat are more likely to buy the
plant-based alternatives (compared to vegan and vegetarians) while the opposite is the case
in USA (Bryant et al., 2019). China can build on its millennia-old traditions in consuming
and processing soy and other plants to create novel foods that satisfy consumer expectations
and disrupt the current meat tends facilitating a sustainability transition encouraged and
supported by the Chinese government.
Global opportunities
According to Alexander et al. (2016), if the average Indian diet (which contains around
5 kg of meat per person per year) is adopted globally, only half of the current arable land
would be needed to feed the world. They also stress that the types of food commodities are
more important than the quantities because of the large land and environmental footprint of
meat and other animal-based foods. China can play an important part in a global transition to
more sustainable food choices.
The plant-based alternatives have had a long history as an industry supplying Buddhist
temples and prestigious restaurants to showcase culinary skills (Global Food Institute, 2018).
Many of the companies are small-scale but they have already ventured on a global scale
providing vegetarian duck, chicken, beef, seafood and sausages to countries, such as
Australia, Canada, New Zealand, USA and the rest of Asia, including large supermarket
chains, fast-food and specialised restaurants (Global Food Institute, 2018). China is a
dominant supplier of soy and pea protein to the world processing 79% of the global soy
protein isolate, 50% of the global textured soy protein and 23% of the global soy protein
concentrate (Siu, 2019). Technology advancements in extruders, 3D printing and locally
grown quality whole foods, including soybeans, will further strengthen China’s position in
the global opportunities in the sustainability transition.
───Economics and Management ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
140
Conclusions
The first three transition frameworks related to development and food, namely
demographic, nutrition/protein and food transitions, describe major shifts in population
behaviour. They are associated with improved standards of living and food security.
However, the current food systems are not delivering the best outcomes for humanity.
Malnutrition – from undernourishment to obesity and associated non-communicable diseases
– is contributing to shorter life spans while food production is one of the major causes for the
deterioration of the natural environment (Lindgren et al., 2018). The fourth transition, namely
a sustainability transition, is required to respond to the major challenges and persistent
problems triggered by human activities on the planet. Food is a defining aspect of the
sustainability transition and the current moment in history.
As countries go through different phases of development towards a stage when
population numbers are expected to stabilise, we also see dietary changes with reduced
famines and increased energy intake, driven among others by animal-based foods, and meat
in particular. The current stage of this protein transition represents not only an inefficient use
of resources but also threatens human well-being and the health of the biophysical systems
on the planet, including contributing to climate change, destruction of natural habitats
through land-use conversion, biodiversity loss and soil degradation. To counteract this
destruction, a conscientious desired transition towards predominantly plant-based foods is at
the core of the sustainability transition which will trigger innovation, diffusion and
mainstreaming of new dietary products known as alternative proteins together with
resurrection of the importance of the humble vegetables, fruits, legumes, whole grains and
nuts. There is already evidence, particularly from China, that people are embracing reduced
consumption of animal-sourced products with 92% of the country’s citizens willing to do this
to fight climate change (Meat Atlas, 2021). Supported by social marketing and endorsed by
government initiatives, China can become a significant contributor towards the changing
food trends domestically and globally. It can facilitate a faster sustainability transition by
shifting its own eating habits and also contributing globally to the burgeoning field of new
alternatives to livestock products. From a defining characteristic of the 21st century (EAT-
Lancet Commission, 2019), food can become a message of hope and regeneration
empowered by a new holistic awareness and spirituality (Gibbons, 2020) redefining the
meaning of being human.
Following in the vein of previous research on food transition and sustainability
transition, this study is the first to conceptually link the two. It also positions food, and plant-
rich choices in particular, as a defining characteristic of the urgently required sustainability
transition making it a priority global agenda. The potential of China to be part and positively
influence such changes has not been previously explored and the insights provided here bring
hope and optimism.
This qualitative conceptual analysis can be expanded in the future with quantitative
evidence about the adoption of plant-rich diets, including plant-based analogues, across the
world and specifically in China. Another interesting direction of future research is to
understand the driving motivations behind any responses by consumers and producers to
these new opportunities. Young people in particular have been very active in the area of
climate change and it will be worthy to investigate how they react to imbedding food choices
in the regeneration agenda for the planet. New research will also need to bridge our
understanding of the place of food choices in exacerbating global inequalities.
─── Economics and Management ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
141
From a transition, sustainability will have to become the normal way of human
existence. With this, food will no longer defy life on Earth but instead will provide support
and future answers.
References
Aggarwal N., Singh D. (2021), Technology assisted farming: Implications of IoT and AI, IOP
Conference Series: Materials Science and Engineering, 1022, 012080, DOI: 10.1088/1757-
899X/1022/1/012080
Aiking H., de Boer J. (2020), The next protein transition, Trends in Food Science & Technology,
105, pp. 515–522, DOI: 10.1016/j.tifs.2018.07.008
Alexander A., Brown C., Arneth A., Finnigan J., Rounsevell M. D. A. (2016), Human
appropriation of land for food: The role of diet, Global Environmental Change, 41, pp. 88–
98, DOI: 10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2016.09.005
Avelino F., Grin J., Pel B., Jhagroe S. (2016), The politics of sustainability transitions, Journal of
Environmental Policy & Planning, 18(5), pp. 557–567, DOI:
10.1080/1523908X.2016.1216782
Bailey-Taylor A. (2009), Advising adult students: Connecting Schlossberg's transition theory to
the appreciative advising model, The Mentor, 11, DOI: 10.26209/mj1161512
Britannica (2016), Equal-field system, Encyclopedia Britannica, Available at:
https://www.britannica.com/topic/equal-field-system
Britannica (2017), Intensive agriculture, Encyclopedia Britannica, Available at:
https://www.britannica.com/topic/intensive-agriculture
Bryant C., Szejda K., Parekh N., Deshpande V., Tse B. (2019), A survey of consumer perceptions
of plant-based and clean meat in the USA, India, and China, Frontiers in Sustainable Food
Systems, 3, 1, DOI: 10.3389/fsufs.2019.00011
Campbell T. C., Campbell T. M. (2017), The China Study: The Most Comprehensive Study of
Nutrition Ever Conducted and the Startling Implications for Diet, Weight Loss, and Long-
Term Health, BenBella Books, Dallas, TX.
Carpenter K., Kent-Jones D. W., Truswell A. S., Weininger J. (2021), Human nutrition,
Encyclopedia Britannica, Available at: https://www.britannica.com/science/human-
nutrition
Chang X., DeFries R. S., Liu L., Davis K. (2018), Understanding dietary and staple food
transitions in China from multiple scales, PL0S One 13(4), e0195775, DOI:
10.1371/journal.pone.0195775
Cheshmehzangi A., Chen H. (2021), China’s Sustainability Transitions: Low Carbon and
Climate-Resilient Plan for Carbon Neutral 2060, Springer, Singapore.
Cheshmehzangi A., Dawodu A. (2019), Sustainable Urban Development in the Age of Climate
Change – People: The Cure or Curse, Palgrave Macmillan, Singapore.
Choudhury A., Biswas A., Prateek M., Chakrabarti A. (2021), Agricultural Informatics:
Automation Using the IoT and Machine Learning, Wiley, Hoboken, NJ.
Clark M., Tilman D. (2017), Comparative analysis of environmental impacts of agricultural
production systems, agricultural input efficiency, and food choice, Environmental Research
Letters, 12, 064016, DOI: 10.1088/1748-9326/aa6cd5
Crippa M., Solazzo E., Guizzardi D., Monforti-Ferrario F., Tubiello F., Leip A. (2021), Food
systems are responsible for a third of global anthropogenic GHG emissions, Nature Food,
2(3), pp. 198–209, DOI: 10.1038/s43016-021-00225-9
Dearth-Wesley T., Gordon-Larsen P., Adair L. S., Siega-Riz A. M., Zhang B., Popkin B. M.
(2011), Less traditional diets in Chinese mothers and children are similarly linked to
───Economics and Management ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
142
socioeconomic and cohort factors but vary with increasing child age, The Journal of
Nutrition, 141(9), pp. 1705–1711, DOI: 10.3945/jn.110.135707
Diggs J. (2008), Demographic transition theory of aging. In Loue S. J. D., Sajatovic M. (Eds)
Encyclopedia of Aging and Public Health, Springer, DOI: 10.1007/978-0-387-33754-8_123
Dovers S., Butler C. (2015), Population and environment: A global challenge, Australian
Academy of Science, Available at: https://www.science.org.au/curious/earth-
environment/population-environment
Drewnowski A., Popkin B. M. (1997), The nutrition transition: New trends in the global diet,
Nutrition Reviews, 55(2), pp. 31–43, DOI: 10.1111/j.1753-4887.1997.tb01593.x
Drewnowski A., Poulain J.-P. (2019), What lies behind the transition from plant-based to animal
protein? American Medical Association Journal of Ethics, 20(10), pp. 987–993, DOI:
10.1001/amajethics.2018.987
DuPont Nutrition and Biosciences (2020), Plant-based Meat Alternatives Set to Thrive in the Next
Five Years, Available at: https://www.dupontnutritionandbiosciences.com/news/plant-
based-meat-alternatives-set-to-thrive-in-the-next-five-years.html
Eshel G., Shepon A., Makov T., Milo R. (2014), Land, irrigation water, greenhouse gas, and
reactive nitrogen burdens of meat, eggs, and dairy production in the United States,
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America (PNAS),
111(33), pp. 11996–12001, DOI: 10.1073/pnas.1402183111
European Commission (2020), Supporting sustainability transitions under the European Green
Deal with cohesion policy, Available at:
https://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/sources/docgener/studies/pdf/report_sust_transit_en.p
df
European Environment Agency (EEA), Eionet (2016), Sustainability transitions: Now for the long
term, Copenhagen, DOI: 10.2800/096291
European Environment Agency (EEA) (2017), Perspectives on transitions to sustainability, EEA
Report No 25, Available at: https://www.eea.europa.eu/publications/perspectives-on-
transitions-to-sustainability/file
Feng W. (2011), The future of a demographic overachiever: Long-term implications of the
demographic transition in China, Population and Development Review, 37(Supplement), pp.
173–190, Available at: https://www.jstor.org/stable/41762404
Feng W., Mason A. (2007), Demographic dividend and prospects for economic development in
China. United Nations Expert Group Meeting on Social and Economic Implications of
Changing Population Age Structures, Available at:
https://catalog.ihsn.org/index.php/citations/63586
Follmann A., Willkomm M., Dannenberg P. (2021), As the city grows, what do farmers do? A
systematic review of urban and peri-urban agriculture under rapid urban growth across the
Global South, Landscape and Urban Planning, 215, 104186, DOI:
10.1016/j.landurbplan.2021.104186
Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations (FAO) (2018), The 10 elements of
agroecology: Guiding the transition to sustainable food and agricultural systems, Available
at: http://www.fao.org/3/I9037EN/i9037en.pdf
Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations (FAO) (2019), The State of Food
Security and Nutrition in the World 2019: Safeguarding against economic slowdowns and
downturns, Available at: https://www.fao.org/3/ca5162en/ca5162en.pdf
Franzluebbers A. J., Wendroth O., Creamer N. G., Feng G. G. (2020), Focusing the future of
farming on agroecology, Agricultural and Environmental Letters, 5(1), e20034, DOI:
10.1002/ael2.20034
Galaz V., Centeno M., Callahan P. W., Causevic A., Patterson T., Brass I., Baum S., Farber D.,
Fischer J., Garcia D., McPhearson T., Jimenez D., King B., Larcey P., Levy K. (2021),
─── Economics and Management ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
143
Artificial intelligence, systemic risks, and sustainability, Technology in Society, 67, 101741,
DOI: 10.1016/j.techsoc.2021.101741
Geels F. W. (2011), The multi-level perspective on sustainability transitions: responses to seven
criticisms, Environmental Innovation and Societal Transition, 1(1), pp. 24–40, DOI:
10.1016/j.eist.2011.02.002
Genov N. (2021), Societal transformation: Eastern European experience and conceptualization,
International Area Studies Review, 24(1), pp. 3–17, DOI: 10.1177/22338659211005589
GeogSpace (2015), Demographic transition, Australian Curriculum Portal, Available at:
http://geogsplace.blogspot.com/2015/03/demographic-transition.html
Gersten O., Barbieri M. (2021), Evaluation of the cancer transition theory in the US, select
European nations, and Japan by investigating mortality of infectious- and noninfectious-
related cancers, 1950-2018, JAMA Network Open, 4(4), e215322, DOI:
10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2021.5322
Gibbons L. V. (2020), Regenerative – the new sustainable?, Sustainability, 12(13), 5483, DOI:
10.3390/su12135483
Global Agricultural Productivity Report (GAP Report) (2018), China’s Agricultural Productivity
Imperative, Available at: https://globalagriculturalproductivity.org/wp-
content/uploads/2018/10/China-Agricultural-Productivity-Imperative_2018-GAP-
Report.pdf
Global Food Institute (2018), China Plant-based Meat Industry Report 2018, Available at:
https://www.gfi-apac.org/resources/china-plant-based-meat-industry-report/
Global Panel on Agriculture and Food Systems for Nutrition (2016), Food systems and diets:
Facing the challenges of the 21st century, London. Available at:
https://www.glopan.org/foresight1/
Gong, Z., Lin, P., Chen, J., Hu, X. (2001), Classical farming systems of China, Journal of Crop
Production, 3(1), pp. 11–21, DOI: 10.1300/J144v03n01_02
Grin J., Rotmans J., Schot J. (Eds) (2010), Transitions to Sustainable Development: New
Directions in the Study of Long-Term Transformative Change, Routledge, London.
Guo X., Shao X., Trishna S., Marinova D., Hossain A. (2021), Soybeans consumption and
production in China: Sustainability perspective. In Information Resources Management
Association, USA (Ed.) Anthology on Food Waste Reduction and Alternative Diets for Food
and Nutrition Security (pp. 1256-1275). IGI Global, Hershey, PA.
Gupta A. (n.d.), Main Stages in Development of Agriculture: Biotechnology, Available at:
https://www.biotechnologynotes.com/biotechnology/4-main-stages-in-development-of-
agriculture-biotechnology/935
Hebinck A., Diercks G., von Wirth T., Beers P. J., Barsties L., Buchel S., Greer R., van
Steenbergen F., Loorbach D. (2022), An actionable understanding of societal transitions:
The X-curve framework, Sustainability Science, 17, pp. 1009–1021, DOI: 10.1007/s11625-
021-01084-w
Holmelin N. B. (2021), National specialization policy versus farmers’ priorities: Balancing
subsistence farming and cash cropping in Nepal, Journal of Rural Studies, 83, pp. 71–80,
DOI: 10.1016/j.jrurstud.2021.02.009
Hong X. (2016), The China Path to Economic Transition and Development, Springer, Singapore.
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) (2014), Climate Change 2014: Synthesis
Report, Contribution of Working Groups I, II and III to the Fifth Assessment Report of the
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, Available at:
https://www.ipcc.ch/report/ar5/syr/
Jerhamre E., Carlberg C. J. C., van Zoest V. (2022), Exploring the susceptibility of smart farming:
Identified opportunities and challenges, Smart Agricultural Technology, 2, 100026, DOI:
10.1016/j.atech.2021.100026
───Economics and Management ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
144
Jindal-Snape D., Symonds J. E., Hannah E. F. S., Barlow W. (2021), Conceptualising primary-
secondary school transitions: A systematic mapping review of worldviews, theories and
frameworks, Frontiers in Education, 6, 540027, DOI: 10.3389/feduc.2021.540027
Johnston L. A. (2020), China’s Economic Demography Transition Strategy: A Population
Weighted Approach to the Economy and Policy, GLO Discussion Paper, No. 593, Global
Labor Organization (GLO), Essen, Available at:
https://www.econstor.eu/bitstream/10419/222235/1/GLO-DP-0593.pdf
Juri S., Zurbriggen C., Bosch Gómez S., Ortega Pallanez M. (2021), Transition design in Latin
America: Enabling collective learning and change, Frontiers in Sociology, 6, 725053, DOI:
10.3389/fsoc.2021.
Leshabari K. M. (2021), Demographic transition in Sub-Saharan Africa: From grassroots to ivory
towers. In Klimczuk A. (Ed.), Demographic Analysis: Selected Concepts, Tools, and
Applications (pp. 1-17), IntechOpen, Available at:
https://doi.org/10.5772/intechopen.98407
Less Meat Less Heat (2016), Youtube, Available at: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c3q-
7ish6vk
Lesthaeghe R. J. (2014), The second demographic transition: A concise overview of its
development, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences (PNAS), 111(51), pp.
18112–18115, DOI: 10.1073/pnas.1420441111
Lindgren E., Harris F., Dangour A. D., Gasparatos A., Hiramatsu M., Javadi F., Loken B.,
Murakami T., Scheelbeek P., Haines A. (2018), Sustainable food systems—a health
perspective, Sustainability Science, 13, pp. 1505–1517, DOI: 10.1007/s11625-018-0586-x
Liu Z., Deng Z., He G., Wang H., Zhang X., Lin J., Qi Y., Liang X. (2022), Challenges and
opportunities for carbon neutrality in China, Nature Reviews: Earth & Environment, 3, pp.
141–155, DOI: 10.1038/s43017-021-00244-x
Loorbach D. (2010), Transition management for sustainable development, Governance, 23, pp.
161–183, DOI: 10.1111/j.1468-0491.2009.01471.x
Lowder S. K., Skoet J., Raney T. (2016), The number, size, and distribution of farms, smallholder
farms, and family farms worldwide, World Development, 87, 16–29, DOI:
10.1016/j.worlddev.2015.10.041
Marinova D., Bogueva D. (2020), Which ‘milk’ is best for the environment? We compared dairy,
nut, soy, hemp and grain milks, The Conversation, Available at:
https://theconversation.com/which-milk-is-best-for-the-environment-we-compared-dairy-
nut-soy-hemp-and-grain-milks-147660
Marinova D., Bogueva D. (2022), Food in a Planetary Emergency, Springer Nature, Singapore.
Maslow A. H. (1943), A theory of human motivation, Psychological Review, 50(4), pp. 370–396,
DOI: 10.1037/h0054346
Massy C. (2018), Call of the Reed Warbler: A New Agriculture, a New Earth, Chelsea Green
Publishing, London.
Mbatha M. W., Mnguni H., Mubecua M. A. (2021), Subsistence farming as a sustainable
livelihood approach for rural communities in South Africa, African Journal of Development
Studies, 11(3), pp. 55–75, DOI: 10.31920/2634-3649/2021/v11n3a3
McClements D. J. (2019), Future Foods: How Modern Science Is Transforming the Way We Eat,
Springer, Cham.
McKeown R. E. (2009), The epidemiologic transition: Changing patterns of mortality and
population dynamics, American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 3(1 Suppl), pp. 19S–26S,
DOI: 10.1177/1559827609335350
Meat Atlas (2021), Facts and Figures about the Animals We Eat, Heinrich Böll Stiftung, Berlin,
Germany, Friends of the Earth Europe, Brussels, Belgium, Bund für Umwelt und
Naturschutz, Berlin, Germany, Available at: https://eu.boell.org/en/MeatAtlas
─── Economics and Management ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
145
Nepstad I. (2021), The history and future of sustainable soy in China, Available at:
https://chinadialogue.net/en/food/history-and-future-of-sustainable-soy-in-china/
Our World in Data (n.d.), Share of global food loss and waste by region, Available at:
https://ourworldindata.org/grapher/global-food-waste-by-region
Paredis E. (2011), Sustainability transitions and the nature of technology, Foundations of Science,
16(2-3), pp. 195–225, DOI: 10.1007/s10699-010-9197-4
Poore J., Nemecek T. (2018), Reducing food’s environmental impacts through producers and
consumers, Science, 360, pp. 987–992, DOI: 10.1126/science.aaq0216
Popkin B. (1993), Nutritional patterns and transitions, Population and Development Review,
19(1), pp. 138–157, DOI: 10.2307/2938388
Popkin B. M. (2002), The shift in stages of the nutrition transition in the developing world differs
from past experiences!, Public Health Nutrition, 5(1A), pp. 205–214, DOI:
10.1079/PHN2001295
Popkin B. M. (2006), Global nutrition dynamics: The world is shifting rapidly toward a diet linked
with noncommunicable diseases, The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 84(2), pp.
289–298, DOI: 10.1093/ajcn/84.2.289
Popkin B. M., Adair L. S., Ng S. W. (2012), Global nutrition transition and the pandemic of
obesity in developing countries, Nutrition Reviews, 70(1), pp. 3–21, DOI: 10.1111/j.1753-
4887.2011.00456.x
Poulain J.-P. (2009), Sociologie de l’Obsit [Sociology of Obesity]. Presses universitaires de
France, Paris.
Poulain J.-P. (2021), Food in transition: The place of food in the theories of transition, The
Sociological Review Monographs, 69(3), pp. 702–724, DOI: 101177/00380261211009092
Puigdueta I., Aguilera E., Cruz J. L., Iglesias A., Alberto Sanz-Cobena A. (2021), Urban
agriculture may change food consumption towards low carbon diets, Global Food Security,
28, 100507, DOI: 10.1016/j.gfs.2021.100507
Ranganathan S., Swain R., Sumpter D. (2015), The demographic transition and economic growth:
Implications for development policy, Palgrave Communications, 1, 15033, DOI:
10.1057/palcomms.2015.33
Raphaely T., Marinova D. (2014), Flexitarianism: A more moral dietary option, International
Journal of Sustainable Society, 6(1/2), pp. 189–211, DOI: 10.1504/IJSSOC.2014.057846
Ritchie H., Roser M. (2019a), Land Use, Our World in Data, Available at:
https://ourworldindata.org/land-use#citation
Ritchie H., Roser M. (2019b), Meat and Dairy Production, Our World in Data, Available at:
https://ourworldindata.org/meat-production#citation
Rodríguez-Eugenio N., McLaughlin M., Pennock D. (2018), Soil Pollution: A Hidden Reality.
Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations (FAO), Rome, Available at:
https://www.fao.org/3/I9183EN/i9183en.pdf
Rosati A., Borek R., Canali S. (2021), Agroforestry and organic agriculture, Agroforestry Systems,
95, pp. 805–821, DOI: 10.1007/s10457-020-00559-6
Safran Foer J. (2009), Eating Animals. Penguin Books, London.
Santosa A., Wall S., Fottrell E., Högberg U., Byass P. (2014), The development and experience
of epidemiological transition theory over four decades: A systematic review, Global Health
Action, 7(1), 23574, Available at: https://doi.org/10.3402/gha.v7.23574
Scott S., Si Z. (2020), Why China is emerging as a leader in sustainable and organic agriculture,
The Conversation, Available at: https://theconversation.com/why-china-is-emerging-as-a-
leader-in-sustainable-and-organic-agriculture-132407
Sheldon M. (2020), China promotes clean plate campaign to reduce food waste, Available at:
https://www.nycfoodpolicy.org/food-policy-center-china-clean-plate-campaign/
───Economics and Management ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
146
Shoard C. (2016), Arnold Schwarzenegger and James Cameron urge people to eat less meat, The
Guardian, Available at: https://www.theguardian.com/film/2016/jun/23/arnold-
schwarzenegger-james-cameron-eat-less-meat-china
Siu E. (2019), Discovering China’s role in growing the global plant-based industry, The Global
Food Institute. Available at: https://gfi.org/blog/chinas-role-in-the-plant-based-industry/
Snyder H. (2019), Literature review as a research methodology: An overview and guidelines,
Journal of Business Research, 104, pp. 333–339, DOI: 10.1016/j.jbusres.2019.07.039
Steffen W., Richardson K., Rockström J., Cornell S. E., Fetzer I., Bennett E. M., Biggs R.,
Carpenter S. R., De Vries C. A., Folke C., Gerten D., Heinke J., Mace G. M., Persson L. M.,
Ramanathan V., Reyers B., Sörlin S. (2015), Planetary boundaries: Guiding human
development on a changing planet, Science, 348, 1259855, DOI: 10.1126/science.1259855
Stoll-Kleemann S., Schmidt U. J. (2017), Reducing meat consumption in developed and transition
countries to counter climate change and biodiversity loss: A review of influence factors,
Regional Environmental Change, 17, pp. 1261–1277, DOI: 10.1007/s10113-016-1057-5
Table Debates (n.d.), The new Chinese dietary guidelines – what do they really say on meat
consumption and sustainability?, Available at: https://www.tabledebates.org/blog/new-
chinese-dietary-guidelines-what-do-they-really-say-meat-consumption-and-sustainability
Tian D., Niu S. (2015), A global analysis of soil acidification caused by nitrogen addition,
Environmental Research Letters, 10(2), 024019, DOI: 10.1088/1748-9326/10/2/024019
Tirado R., Thompson K. F., Miller K. A., Johnston P. (2018), Less is more: Reducing meat and
dairy for a healthier life and planet, Greenpeace Research Laboratories Technical Report
(Review) 03–2018, Available at: https://storage.googleapis.com/ planet4-international-
stateless/2018/03/6942c0e6-longer-scientific- background.pdf
Topalli M., Ivanaj S. (2016), Mapping the evolution of the impact of economic transition on
Central and Eastern European enterprises: A co-word analysis, Journal of World Business,
51(5), pp. 744–759, DOI: 10.1016/j.jwb.2016.06.003
Tscharntke T., Grass I., Wanger T. C., Westphal C., Batáry P. (2021), Beyond organic farming –
harnessing biodiversity-friendly landscapes, Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 36(10), pp.
919–930, DOI: 10.1016/j.tree.2021.06.010
Twomey P., Gaziulusoy A. I. (2014), Review of System Innovation and Transitions Theories:
Concepts and frameworks for understanding and enabling transitions to a low carbon built
environment, Working Paper for the Visions & Pathways 2040 project, Available at:
https://rest.neptune-prod.its.unimelb.edu.au/server/api/core/bitstreams/aac9bff5-f67e-
5714-9b46-bdfadc5ee0bb/content
Tziva M., Negro S. O., Kalfagianni A., Hekkert M. P. (2020), Understanding the protein
transition: The rise of plant-based meat substitutes, Environmental Innovation and Societal
Transitions, 35, pp. 217–231, DOI: 10.1016/j.eist.2019.09.004.
United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) (2021), Food Waste Index Report 2021,
Nairobi, Available at: https://wedocs.unep.org/20.500.11822/35280
Wang S.S., Lay S., Yu H. N., Shen S. R. (2016), Dietary guidelines for Chinese residents (2016):
comments and comparisons, Journal of Zhejiang University - Science B, 17(9), pp. 649–656,
DOI: 10.1631/jzus.B1600341
Wang Y., Wang L., Xue H., Qu W. (2016), A review of the growth of the fast food industry in
China and its potential impact on obesity, International Journal of Environmental Research
and Public Health, 13(11), 1112, DOI: 10.3390/ijerph13111112
Warnaar M., Methorst B. (2017), Food Transition: Towards a sustainable and healthy food
system, Available at:
https://wiki.groenkennisnet.nl/display/FT/1.+Food+Transition%3A+towards+a+sustainabl
e+and+healthy+food+system
─── Economics and Management ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
147
Whitton C., Bogueva D., Marinova D., Phillips C. J. C. (2021), Are we approaching peak meat
consumption? Analysis of meat consumption from 2000-2019 in 35 countries and its
relationship to Gross Domestic Product, Animals, 11, 3466, DOI: 10.3390/ani11123466
Willett W., Rockström J., Loken B., Springmann M., Lang T., Vermeulen S., … Murray C. J. L.
(2019), Food in the Anthropocene: The EAT–Lancet Commission on healthy diets from
sustainable food systems, The Lancet, 393(10170), pp. 447–492, DOI: 10.1016/S0140-
6736(18)31788-4
World Bank (2022), The World Bank in China: Overview, Available at:
https://www.worldbank.org/en/country/china/overview#1
World Health Organization (WHO) (2015), Q&A on the carcinogenicity of the consumption of
red meat and processed meat, http://www.who.int/features/qa/cancer-red-meat/en/
World Population Review (2022), Exports by country 2022, Available at:
https://worldpopulationreview.com/country-rankings/exports-by-country
Worldometer (2022), China Population, Available at: https://www.worldometers.info/world-
population/china-population/
Xinhua (2019), Chinese farmers use new methods as agriculture goes automated,
http://www.chinadaily.com.cn/a/201902/11/WS5c615631a3106c65c34e8bf3.html
Yang J., Deng Y., Chu H., Cong Y., Zhao J., Pohl D., Misselwitz B., Fried M., Dai N., Fox M.
(2013), Prevalence and presentation of lactose intolerance and effects on dairy product
intake in healthy subjects and patients with irritable bowel syndrome, Clinical
Gastroenterology and Hepatology, 11(3), pp. 262–268, DOI: 10.1016/j.cgh.2012.11.034
Yuan X., Gao Y. (2020), Demographic transition and economic miracles in China: An analysis
based on demographic perspective, International Journal of Economic Policy Studies, 14,
pp. 25–45, DOI: 10.1007/s42495-019-00030-0
Zaidi B., Morgan S. P. (2017), The second demographic transition theory: A review and appraisal,
Annual Review of Sociology, 43, pp. 473–492, DOI: 10.1146/annurev-soc-060116-053442
Zolfagharian M., Walrave B., Raven R., Romme A. G. L. (2019), Studying transitions: Past,
present, and future, Research Policy, 48(9), 103788, DOI: 10.1016/j.respol.2019.04.012
Zhou J., Jiang X., Wei D., Zhao B., Ma M., Chen S., Cao F., Shen D., Guan D., Li J. (2017).
Consistent effects of nitrogen fertilization on soil bacterial communities in black soils for
two crop seasons in China, Scientific Reports, 7(1), 3267, DOI: 10.1038/s41598-017-03539-
6
───Processes and Equipment ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
148
Intelligent automatic control of sugar factory
evaporator operation using behavior prediction
subsystem
Mykhailo Hrama, Viktor Sidletskyi, Ihor Elperin
National University of Food Technologies, Kyiv, Ukraine
Keywords:
Sugar
Evaporator
Neuro-fuzzy
regulators
Control
Behavior
prediction.
Abstract
Introduction. The aim of the presented research was to
substantiate the intelligent automatic control of the sugar juice
evaporation with the subsystem for behavior prediction, which
allows to determine the behavior of the automatic system.
Materials and methods. The operation of the evaporator
unit with system behavior prediction to regulate the sugar juice
level was investigated. Capacitive level gauges were used as a
sensor in the automation scheme of sugar juice level control.
Pneumatic seat valves with a built-in throttle and an electro-
pneumatic converter were used as actuators.
Results and discussion. The use of neuro-fuzzy regulators
occurs only in some specific cases of intelligent control of the
evaporation process. There is no data comparing the use of
intelligent regulators with classical ones and the possibility of
combining several types of intelligent regulators, as well as clear
means of predicting their work. Therefore, in the present study, a
prediction method was used to compare methods to regulate the
level of sugar juice in the evaporator. This made it possible to
predict the behavior of the system during the formation of the
control action and display the finished forecast on the operator's
screen, which made it possible to increase the efficiency of the
evaporative station. Statistical data on the behavior of the
automation system contours in various operating modes were
collected using intelligent and classical controllers, and a model
was built to determine the operation of the evaporator using the
local trend method and the modified algorithm of prediction. The
advantage of this method is its easy and fast implementation,
which does not require large economic and energy costs. The
accuracy of the prediction model was 98% for the PID-controller,
95% for the fuzzy-controller and 96% for the neural network. The
obtained model of the system prediction is stable because the
absolute error does not change when dividing the time series into
intervals.
Conclusions. The proposed system of intelligent automated
control of the evaporation of sugar juice with a modified
prediction method based on local trends has an insignificant delay,
while prediction is performed with high accuracy and stability.
Article history:
Received
01.07.2021
Received in
revised form
21.12.2021
Accepted
31.03.2022
Corresponding
author:
Viktor Sidletskyi
E-mail:
vmsidletskiy@
gmail.com
DOI:
10.24263/2304-
974X-2022-11-1-
14
─── Processes and Equipment ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
149
Introduction
The evaporation process is one of the main operations in the sugar factory. However,
the high temperature conditions of evaporation results in unwanted sucrose losses. High-
quality automatic control of the evaporator operation is of the highest importance in the sugar
production because it ensures adherence to the temperature regime, prevents overheating of
the sugar juice, and increases the overall efficiency of the sugar factory.
System of automatic control of the evaporating plant can be described as a one requiring
the intervention of the operator who makes adjustments to the tasks for regulators responsible
for maintaining temperature and material flows.
Such adjustments are required because of the instability of the technological and quality
indicators of sugar juice at the inlet to the evaporation plant, as well as of the need to change
them at the outlet (Hrama et al., 2019a). When making changes to the automated control
system, the operator must take into account both the impact of the work of adjacent sections
on the process of sugar juice concentration in the evaporation station, and the impact of
changes in sugar juice indicators on the activity of subsequent equipment (Hrama et al.,
2019b).
To ensure an effective automation system, the use of modern software and hardware is
needed. However, the use of intelligent systems in automating the sugar evaporation process
provides a large number of options, some of which can lead to extraordinary and emergency
situations. It is very important to prevent their occurrence in time (Chantasiriwan, 2017). To
predict the possibility of insufficient situations, it is proposed to introduce a forecasting
module into automation systems. This will allow predicting the state of the system and
making operational decisions (Verma et al., 2018).
Improving the evaporation process is rather an important task. Chantasiriwan (2017)
proposed a model of the evaporation process that takes into account the balance of mass and
energy. However, the issues related to the occurrence of nonlinearity and the problem of fluid
flow deviation remain unresolved. In addition, the possibility of using intelligent regulators
in the evaporation process was not considered in this exploration. The reason for this may be
the difficulties that arise due to the need to use special software.
Verma with co-authors (2018) studied the process of linearization of a nonlinear model
of an evaporator plant consisting of 14 first order nonlinear differential equations. The change
of the product concentration from the deviation of the liquid flow rate was found y for the
first time, but intelligent controllers were not used. This may be due to the difficulty of
developing rule bases for neural fuzzy regulators or the lack of an appropriate neural network
training model.
The need to upgrade existing control systems was shown (Sidletskyi et al., 2016). The
authors presented some approaches that are used for the distributed level of process control,
but application of intelligent controllers in the evaporation process were also not disclosed.
The main objective of the present research was to study the possibility of using
intelligent methods for regulating the level of sugar juice in an evaporator with a prediction
subsystem, which will allow foreseeing the behavior of the system and getting a ready
forecast, and thus improve the efficiency of the evaporator station.
Materials and methods
A five-corps sugar evaporator was used. The scheme of automation of sugar juice level
control is shown in Figure 1.
───Processes and Equipment ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
150
Figure. 1 Automatic liquid level control in evaporation station
Capacitive equalizers (LE 1а, LT 1b) are used as sensors in sugar juice level control
circuits. Single channel microprocessor-based indicator ITM-110 (Mikrol, LLC, Kharkiv)
was used as a secondary indicating device (LIA 1c). The signal is sent to the regulator (PLC)
on the control unit (intersection with C), as well as to the human-machine interface
(SCADA), which displays the level of sugar juice value on the screen of the automated
operator's workplace (computer) (intersection with I). The obtained data is stored in memory
(R). This data (actual level of sugar juice values) is used for conducting the experiment. In
─── Processes and Equipment ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
151
case the level of sugar juice value exceeds the set limits, an alarm signal (A) is generated.
The control signal, which is output by the regulator (AO), is sent to an electro-pneumatic
converter (LY 1f), which converts an analog unified electrical signal. In turn, the actuator
(e.g. 9f) changes the position of the control valves. The operator can control the position of
the regulator in remote (manual) mode (intersection with C – remote control of the SCADA
operator). БРУ-17 manual control units are used for switching the "Manual/Automatic" mode
(HS 1d, HC 1e). Modicon M340 is used as a regulator. Pneumatic seat valves (1g)
J4SPG1805 KRAFTt-AIR, with integrated choke and electro-pneumatic converter (Hrama
et al., 2019b) are used as actuator.
Description of prediction using the method of local tendencies
Prediction the operation of the evaporating station using the method of local tendencies
can be carried out using fuzzy time series models (Jolly et al., 2000). A fuzzy time series
model is generated to obtain the forecasted local tendency (Lahtinen, 2001). To do this, the
model of fuzzy dynamic process with fuzzy increment is used (Fig. 1). This increment looks
in the following way:
1
( 1,2,...)
t
X t R
– a universal set for which fuzzy sets
,( 1,2,...),
i
t
xi
,( 1,2,...),
j
tj
,( 1,2,...)
s
t
as
are defined (Dong et al., 2017). Next, there
is a need to set the values of the parameters of the time series model of the first order (Lei et
al., 2016) and calculate the sum of the intensities of fuzzy elementary tendencies for each
interval by creating an algorithm for fuzzy local tendencies for this case (Dong et al., 2017).
The algorithm, which first converts the initial time series to a fuzzy time series, was used to
forecast the operation of the automated evaporating station. The next step is to convert the
obtained fuzzy time series into a time series of fuzzy elementary tendencies and to perform
defuzzification using the method of the center of gravity of intensity of each fuzzy elementary
tendency for each time series
()
tt
a DeFuzzy a
(Anghinoni et al., 2018).
The analysis of the stability of the prediction model is as follows. The automation
system of the five-hull evaporator station is launched (Fig. 1), after which the SCADA system
is removed from the graphs of the transition process and the predicted values during the
operation of the installation (Dong et al., 2017). They are shown in Fig. 6. Next, the graphs
are divided into any number of equal time intervals (González-Potes et al., 2016). Each time
interval is separated from the next by a dot called a Latin letter. The value that corresponds
to the transition process at a given time is the actual meaning, and the number that
corresponds to the graph with the predicted meanings at this time is the predicted value. All
these numbers are entered in Table 1. Also calculated and entered in Table 1 the meanings
of absolute and relative prediction error for each point (Dong et al., 2017).
The value of the absolute error (A) is calculated by formula (1):
( ) ( )A Z t Z t
, (1)
where
()Zt
is the actual value of the time series,
()Zt
is forecasted value of the time series
(Lei et al., 2016).
The value of the relative error (V) for each value of the time series point is calculated
by the following formula (2):
( ) ( ) 100%
()
Z t Z t
VZt
(2)
───Processes and Equipment ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
152
For stability analysis, this compares the dependence of the relative error when the noise
level changes (i.e. the change or the absolute error). To do this, a graph of the dependence of
the relative error on the absolute (González-Potes et al., 2016). This graph shows the points
in Table 1 at the same time intervals into which the transition process was divided (Dong et
al., 2017). Graphs of changes in relative and absolute errors over time are built on these
points. The values of absolute and relative errors are also taken from Table 1. If the values of
relative error do not change when the absolute error does not change, the prediction system
is stable (Zhang et al., 2011).
The next step is to assess the accuracy of the system. The automation system of the five-
hull evaporator station is launched (Figure 1), the type of control is selected, after which the
SCADA system is removed from the graphs of the transition process and the predicted values
during the operation of the installation. They are shown in Fig. 6. Next, the graphs are divided
into a free number of equal time intervals (González-Potes et al., 2016). Each hour interval
is separated from the next dot by a Latin letter. The value that corresponds to the transition
process at a given time is the actual value, and the value that corresponds to the graph with
the predicted values at that time is the predicted value. All these values are entered in Table
2. The values of absolute errors are calculated by formula (1). The average error (SP)
calculated by formula (3) (Dong et al., 2017):
1
1( ( ) ( ))
n
t
SP Z t Z t
n
, (3)
where SP is the mean error of the forecasted value of the time series, n is the number of time
series intervals,
()Zt
is the actual value of the time series,
()Zt
is forecasted value of the
time series (Lei et al., 2016).
The average absolute error (SAP) was calculated by formula (4):
1
1( ) ( )
n
t
SАP Z t Z t
n
(4)
The mean relative error of prediction (SVP) was calculated by formula (5) (Lei et al.,
2016):
1
( ) ( )
1100%
()
n
t
Z t Z t
SVP n Z t
(5)
The mean standard error (SKP) was calculated by formula (6) (Chowdhury et al., 2015):
2
1
1( ( ) ( ))
n
t
SKP Z t Z t
n
(6)
The square root of mean standard error (SQSKP) was calculated by formula (7):
SQSKP SKP
(7)
The standard deviation (SV) was calculated by formula (8):
2
1
1( ( ) )
n
t
SV Z t SKP
n
(8)
Accuracy of prediction model (T) was calculated by formula (9):
1
1
100% n
t
TV
n
(9)
The closer to 100% the accuracy of the model (T), the more accurate the model (Lei et
al., 2016).
─── Processes and Equipment ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
153
Results and discussion
Synthesis of the algorithm of local tendencies
Let’s consider the operation of the algorithm of prediction based on high-order fuzzy
time series (Chen, 2002) and the operation evaporating station. A description of control of
several evaporating stations with full integration of fuzzy control and the use of wireless
network sensors and actuators was shown (González-Potes et al., 2016). Though, the
comparison of the use of neural fuzzy regulators with other types of intelligent control was
not included. There is also no justification for the feasibility or unreasonableness of using
this type of control in case of the possibility of implementing a system with another type of
intelligent control. In addition, neural fuzzy control is not used in all control circuits. The
reason for this may be the high complexity of such study. The authors faced similar problems
(Zhang et al., 2011). This research contains a consideration of the control of evaporator
overheating using a fuzzy slider mode regulator. In addition, this paper does not address the
use of fuzzy control for other control circuits of the evaporating station.
The paper (Lavarack et al., 2004) features the consideration of the methodology of
increasing the efficiency of steam use. However, modern types of control are not used in it.
That is why there is a high probability that the use of intelligent regulators can further increase
the efficiency of steam. This work also contains the consideration of options for improving
the evaporation process (Srivastava et al., 2013). These studies also feature complex
calculations. In the exploring, the authors prove that the rate of evaporation decreases
noticeably over time (Roger et al., 2018). They perform a calculation and demonstrate that
diffusion in the liquid phase is a step, which limits the rate for this system, in contrast to the
evaporation of pure water. A generalized stationary mathematical model for modeling a
multichannel evaporator system was developed in the paper (Srivastava et al., 2013). Patan
with co-authors (2005) have considered the problems of detection of malfunctions of
industrial processes using dynamic neural networks on the example of an evaporating station.
The considered neural network had a multilevel feed structure. In the exploration, Merino
with co-authors (2018) investigated the application of real-time optimization in the
evaporation section of a sugar refinery using methods that reduce the time for developing
models. Polupan with co-authors (2018) proposed to use of genetic algorithms in sugar
production. The paper (Sidletskyi et al., 2019) features the consideration of the development
of the structure of an automated control system using tensor methods in sugar production.
However, the authors of these studies also did not use intelligent control. This may so due to
the high complexity of the calculations or the lack of necessary hardware or software.
It was claimed that by using intelligent control it is possible to provide a faster decrease
in housing temperature and achieve more stable control of overheating in the first evaporator
tank (Jolly et al., 2000. Though, this examine also does not disclose the use of intelligent
regulators for regulating other parameters (e.g., pressure, level of beet juice, consumption).
In addition, only the possibility of using intelligent regulators in other housings than the first
one is considered in this study. This may be so due to the high complexity of the calculations
and the need of using the specific software. The paper (Lahtinen, 2001) features the
consideration of the problem of control of other parameters of the evaporation process. In
this exploration, it is proved that the control of evaporation can be implemented by
recirculation of liquid in the evaporation section or by feeding only liquid to the evaporator.
However, this article also does not address the use of intelligent regulators during the
evaporation process.
───Processes and Equipment ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
154
It is necessary to improve the model of prediction the operation of the evaporator station
using the method of local tendency and prediction algorithm and determine the impact of the
algorithm on the accuracy and stability of the obtained prediction model.
The following dependences of parameters was used to work with the algorithm of local
tendencies (Lei et al., 2016):
1
1
1
1
1 1 1
1 1 1
( ),
( , ),
( ),
( , ),
( ),
( , , 1),
( ) ,
ii
i i i
ii
i i i
i a i
i i i
i i i
x Fuzzy x
TTend x x
f
a RTend a a
a f a
x Comp x a
x DeFuzzy x
where Fuzzy is scale fuzzification operation, TTend is operation to determine the type of
difference, RTend is operation to detect the difference intensity, Comp is operation to
calculate a new fuzzy estimate, DeFuzzy is scale defuzzification operation.
,a
ff
is fuzzy
dependencies are presented in the form of a composite rule of implication,
11
,
ii
x
–
numerical evaluation and error of the forecasted level of the time series.
In this model, the definition of the absolute fuzzy estimate
i
x
is determined using the
fuzzification of a scale according to the value of the estimated object
i
x
. Next goes the
operation to determine the type of differences. The process of determining the intensity of
differences would be the next step. It is followed by the calculation of a new absolute fuzzy
estimate (Xu et al., 2020). The last step is defuzzification of the scale according to the
definition of the evaluated object
i
x
by an absolutely fuzzy estimate
i
x
.
A two-stage algorithm for selecting a time series prediction model has been developed.
Let’s calculate the amount of the intensities of fuzzy elementary tendencies for each interval
by the following way (Dong et al., 2017):
( ) ,
( ) ,
0 0
=''Stable",a=0,
2
=''Up",a=abs( ),
2
=''Down
up t up up t
down t down down t
up down
up down
up down
down up
if P true then ST ST a
if P true then ST ST a
if ST and ST then
if ST ST then
ST ST
if ST ST then
",a=ads( ),
0,9 1,2
0,9 1,2
=''Regular",a=( ) / 2
=''Chaos",a=abs( ),
( ).
up down
up down up
down up down
up down
up down
ST ST
if ST ST ST
or ST ST ST
then ST ST
else ST ST
a Fuzzy a
where Р is a final set of points in the n interval (final set of tendencies), ST is a time interval
of the fuzzy tendency length.
─── Processes and Equipment ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
155
With the developed algorithm, local tendencies are assessed. The next step is to use
language and numerical forms in the algorithm (Anghinoni et al., 2018). For the operation of
this algorithm it is necessary to convert the initial time series into a fuzzy time series
(Mehmood et al., 2020) using the model shown in Figure 2. The next step in this algorithm
is to divide the obtained time series into a number of intervals. The amount of the intensities
of the same type of fuzzy elementary tendencies is calculated at each interval. Next, the type
of local trend ("Stable", "Ascending", etc.) can be selected by comparing the time intervals
during the increase (STup) and decrease (STdown) of time intervals of the fuzzy tendency length
(Xu et al., 2020).
This algorithm does not require additional user interpretation. This algorithm has a
disadvantage due to the limitation of its operation by the number of predefined time intervals.
Therefore, the number of identified local tendencies will be equal to the number of intervals
specified by the developer (Anghinoni et al., 2018). This algorithm allows obtaining time
series that can be used in the future to forecast local tendencies. The advantage of this
algorithm is the ability to reduce the knowledge base, which can be represented as a set of
rules that are generated over a fuzzy time series (Dong et al., 2017).
Analysis and synthesis of control action using prediction methods in the
evaporating station control system
It is suggested using the flow chart of control (Tang et al., 2001), modifying it so as to
include the possibility of prediction (Lei et al., 2016), and changing the type of control (Lapin
et al., 2016) (Figure 2).
Flow chart of control is shown in Figure 2, where Yz(t) is a task signal, e(t) is a mismatch
between task signal and feedback, u(t) is control signal, v(t) is external disturbance, Y(t) is
output signal, and Yм(t) is output signal from the object model.
The paper (Tang et al., 2001) contains a more detailed consideration of the work of
intelligent regulators, on the example of fuzzy regulators. In this exploration, the fuzzy PID-
regulator is investigated as a discrete version of an ordinary PID-regulator. Therefore, it
retains the same structure but has an independently adjustable control factor. It is proven that
it is possible to improve the classic PID-regulator with a certain adaptive control ability.
Though this regulator cannot be considered to be a full-fledged neural fuzzy regulator. In
addition, the use of other types of intelligent regulators is not considered in this study. The
cost of research may be a possible reason for this. The article (Carvajal, 2000) contains a
more detailed consideration of the issue of using neural fuzzy regulators. This analysis
presents a new PID-regulator of fuzzy logic. This regulator is a fuzzy PID-regulator with a
computable efficient analytical circuit. The author proves that the regulator is stable with
limited input/limited output. However, it is very difficult to implement this regulator, and this
paper does not provide the possibility of using other types of intelligent regulators. In
addition, it is not possible to use this type of regulator for some control parameters. Also,
none of the above-mentioned studies justify the need for upgrading existing evaporating
station automation systems. The cost of research may also be a possible reason for this. The
paper (Sidletskyi et al., 2019) features a consideration of the issue of using neural fuzzy
regulators. This exploration states that the addition of fuzzy and neural fuzzy logic is one of
the advanced methods of improving control systems. Methods of dynamic power control
were analyzed using fuzzy logic and adaptive neural networks. The use of fuzzy inferences
(so-called fuzzy systems) may be one of the possible options for power control. The control
action is formed by checking the coordination of fuzzy rules with the actual parameters of
the system. Rules are created according to the experience of the operator, which reflects
his/her actions when changing technological parameters. Though this paper does not contain
the consideration of the use of neural fuzzy regulators in the evaporation process. In addition,
it also does not address other types of intelligent regulation.
───Processes and Equipment ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
156
Figure 2. Flow chart of control
Analysis of the prediction model stability
The results of the study of the prediction model stability were shown (Table 1).
─── Processes and Equipment ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
157
Table 1
Absolute and relative errors of the evaporating station level of sugar juice prediction model
a
b
c
d
e
A
0
0
0
0
B
28
26
2
7.7
C
24
26
2
7.7
D
27
25
2
8
E
26
25
1
4
F
26
25
1
4
G
26
25
1
4
H
26
25
1
4
I
26
25
1
4
J
26
25
1
4
K
26
25
1
4
Note: *a is the point name; b is the
forecasted value,% ; c is the actual
value,% ; d is the absolute error (1), %;
e is the relative error (2), % .
The dependence of the relative error on the absolute errors is shown in Figure 3.
Figure 3. The dependence of relative error on absolute errors:
1 (▬) – absolute error variation, 2 (▬) – relative error variation.
This graph indicates that the relative error does not exceed 8%. In addition, it is apparent
that in the case of dividing the time series into intervals, the accuracy of measurements
remains stable if the absolute error does not change. This fact allows asserting that the
obtained model of system prediction is stable and can be used to predict the operation of the
evaporating station (Lei et al., 2016). Problems of the complexity of calculations are widely
revealed in research (Xiao-Yang, 2007). The research (Liu et al., 2013) features development
of a mathematical model of control of overheating of the electronic evaporator system of the
expansion valve with the investigated control strategy. The authors of this article conducted
the and modeling of the electronic expansion valve of the evaporator with fuzzy regulation
were carried out in the exploration. The model is identified by the least-squares algorithm
───Processes and Equipment ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
158
based on the minimized sum of square residues. The research (Zhong et al., 2007) features a
consideration of fuzzy control for evaporator overheating. The lack of development of
intelligent regulators for the system as a whole is a common problem of these studies. Such
problems can also arise due to the high complexity of calculations, lack of necessary
hardware and software, and high cost of research. The analysis of the robust controller use in
the evaporation process was done (Normey-Rico et al., 2005). The author conducted a
comparative analysis of this type of controller with the PID-regulator and concluded that the
suggested controller provides better performance. However, the comparison of the use of
classical regulators and intelligent regulators was not conducted in this study. The cost of
research may be the reason for this.
Analysis of the level of sugar juice prediction algorithm operation
The result of the implementation of the prediction algorithm for the level of beet juice
in the first case of the evaporating station using neural fuzzy control is shown in Fig. 3. Table
2 indicates the results of calculations for the level of sugar juice in the first case of the
evaporating station using PID, fuzzy, and neural network regulators. In Table 2: a is a point
name, b is forecasted value,% , c is actual value,% , d is absolute error,% , e is mean error
(SP) (formula 3), f is mean absolute error (SAP) (formula 4), g is mean relative prediction
error (SVP) (formula 5), h is mean standard error (SKP) (formula 6), i is square root of the
mean standard error (SQSKP) (formula 7), j is standard deviation (SV) (formula 8).
Based on the results shown in the table, it can be concluded that, since the value of SP
is negative, the forecast was overestimated relative to the actual data (Lei et al., 2016). This
is true because the forecast shows a small absolute error of 1% when using fuzzy control.
Though it is absent in the actual use of this type of control. However, such an overestimation
is insignificant, as can be seen from the mean relative prediction error (Dong et al., 2017).
Theoretically, when using the mean relative error in estimating the accuracy of the
evaporation process prediction model, the value of the accuracy of the forecast can reach
100% (Lei et al., 2016). This will mean that the selected prediction model describes the
process with absolute accuracy (Anghinoni et al., 2018). In practical terms, such a
phenomenon is almost impossible, because the forecast cannot take into account all the
factors that affect the automation system (Xu et al., 2020). In case when the value of the
forecast accuracy is close to 0%, this model does not describe the forecasted process.
The forecast accuracy indicator is also used in order to select the optimal prediction
model. The model with the accuracy closest to 100% (Lei et al., 2016) is considered optimal
because it is more likely to make a more accurate forecast.
So far as in our case, the value of the mean relative error is 5%, consequently, the
accuracy of the model is 95%. This is a very high assessment of the quality of our prediction
system. Since the accuracy of the prediction model is very close to 100%, it can be considered
optimal (Dong et al., 2017). In order to correctly understand how much one can trust the
obtained evaporation process prediction algorithm, it is also necessary to evaluate the
accuracy of the obtained forecast (Lei et al., 2016). Figure 4 shows a comparison of the
forecasted value of the level of sugar juice change in the first case of the evaporating station
using PID, fuzzy and neural network regulators, and the actual level of sugar juice change.
─── Processes and Equipment ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
159
Table 2
Prediction error estimation indicators for the first evaporating station body
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
PID-regulator
A
0
0
0
0.8
0.8
2
0.8
0.89
24.18
B
49
50
1
C
28
28
0
D
27
28
1
E
27
28
1
F
27
28
1
G
27
28
1
H
27
28
1
I
27
28
1
J
27
28
1
K
27
28
1
Accuracy of prediction model (9):
98%
Neural fuzzy regulator
A
0
0
0
-0.9
0.9
5
0.002
0.045
24.02
B
28
25
2
C
24
25
2
D
27
25
2
E
26
25
1
F
26
25
1
G
26
25
1
H
26
25
1
I
26
25
1
J
26
25
1
K
26
25
1
Accuracy of prediction model (9):
95%
Neural network regulator
A
0
0
0
-0.9
1.27
4
0.9
0.94
21.87
B
26
25
1
C
26
25
1
D
26
25
1
E
26
25
1
F
26
25
1
G
26
25
1
H
26
25
1
I
26
25
1
J
26
25
1
K
26
25
1
Accuracy of prediction model (9):
96%
───Processes and Equipment ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
160
Figure 4. Comparison of transients of forecasted and actual levels of sugar juice in the first
body of the evaporating station using:
a – PID-regulator,
b – neural fuzzy regulator and
c – neural network regulator
1 (▬) – forecasted level of sugar juice value,
2 (▬) – actual level of sugar juice value (PID-regulator),
3 (▬) – actual level of sugar juice value (neural fuzzy regulator),
4 (▬) – actual level of sugar juice value (neural network regulator),
AB, BC, CD, …, JK – time series intervals
In other studies, most of the problems of intelligent control in the evaporation process
remain unresolved (Chantasiriwan, 2021; Lahtinen, 2001; Sidletskyi et al., 2016; Verma et
al., 2018.) The use of neural fuzzy regulators takes place only in some specific cases. In
addition, there is no comparison of the use of intelligent regulators with the use of classic
regulators. There is also no explanation of the possibility of combining the work of several
types of intelligent controllers if necessary. In addition, there is no clear means of prediction
the operation of intelligent regulators.
─── Processes and Equipment ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
161
In this study, the prediction method was used to compare the methods of level of sugar
juice control in the device. This allows prediction the behavior of the system during the
formation of the control action and displaying the finished forecast on the operator's screen,
thus, increasing the efficiency of the evaporating station. This method has an advantage due
to its easy and fast implementation, which does not require large economic and energy costs.
The disadvantages of this method are the need to divide the transition process into separate
time intervals of the numerical series manually and the direct dependence of the accuracy of
the model on the number of elements of the time series.
Conclusions
1. According to the conducted studies of literary sources, it was determined that there is
an unresolved part of the problems of intelligent control in the evaporation process –
this is the use of neuro-fuzzy controllers in some specific cases.
2. Statistical data on the behavior of the automation system circuits in transient operating
modes were collected using intelligent and classical controllers, and a model was built
to predict the operation of the evaporator plant using the local trend method and a
prediction algorithm was developed. The advantage of this method is its easy and fast
implementation, which does not require large economic and energy costs. The
disadvantage of this method is the need to divide the transient process into separate
intervals of the time series manually and the direct dependence of the model accuracy
on the number of elements of the time series.
3. In the work, a modification of the forecasting model by the local trend method was
performed and an algorithm for predicting the operation of the evaporator plant was
developed. The accuracy of the prediction model was 98% for the PID controller, 95%
for the neuro-fuzzy controller and 96% for the neural network, which are high rates. the
resulting system prediction model is stable and can be used to predict the operation of
the evaporative plant
4. Analysis of the study data indicated that when fluctuations occur in the transient, an
insignificant delay occurs, while the advantage of the model is its high accuracy and
stability, which satisfies its use.
References
Anghinoni L., Zhao L., Zheng Q., Zhang J. (2018), Time series trend detection and forecasting
using complex network topology analysis, International Joint Conference on Neural
Networks, 2018, pp. 1–7, DOI: 10.1109/IJCNN.2018.8489167.
Carvajal J., Chen G., Öğmen H. (2000), Fuzzy PID controller: Design, performance evaluation,
and stability analysis, Information Sciences, 123(3–4), pp. 249–270, DOI:
10.1016/S0020-0255(99)00127-9.
Chantasiriwan S. (2017), Distribution of juice heater surface for optimum performance of
evaporation process in raw sugar manufacturing, Journal of Food Engineering, 195, pp.
21–30, DOI: 10.1016/j.jfoodeng.2016.09.014
Chen S. (2002), Forecasting enrollments based on highorder fuzzy time series, Cybernetics and
Systems, 33(1), pp. 1–16, DOI: 10.1080/019697202753306479.
───Processes and Equipment ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
162
Chowdhury J., Nguyen B., Thornhill D. (2015), Modelling of evaporator in waste heat recovery
system using finite volume method and fuzzy technique, Energies, 8, pp. 14078–14097,
DOI: 10.3390/en81212413.
Dong Q., Sun Y., Li P. (2017), A novel forecasting model based on a hybrid processing strategy
and an optimized local linear fuzzy neural network to make wind power forecasting: A
case study of wind farms in China, Renewable Energy, 102, pp. 241–257, DOI:
10.1016/j.renene.2016.10.030.
González-Potes A., Mata-López W.A., Ochoa-Brust A.M., Pozo C.E. (2016), Smart control of
multiple evaporator systems with wireless sensor and actuator networks, Energies, 9, pp.
1–24, DOI:10.3390/en9030142.
Hrama M., Sidletskyi V., Elperin I. (2019a), Comparison between PID and fuzzy regulator for
control evaporator plants, IEEE 39th International Conference on Electronics and
Nanotechnology (ELNANO), 2019, Kyiv, Ukraine. Conference Proceedings, pp. 54–59.
Hrama M., Sidletskyi V., Elperin I. (2019b), Justification of the neuro-fuzzy regulation in
evaporator plant control system, Ukrainian Food Journal, 8, pp. 873–890, DOI:
10.24263/2304-974x-2019-8-4-17
Jolly P.G., Tso C.P., Chia P.K., Wong Y. (2000), Intelligent control to reduce superheat hunting
and optimize evaporator performance in container refrigeration, HVAC&R Research, 6,
pp. 243–255, DOI: 10.1080/10789669.2000.10391261
Lahtinen S. (2001), Identification of fuzzy controller for use with a falling-film
evaporator. Food Control, 12, pp. 175–180, DOI:10.1016/S0956-7135(01)00004-4.
Lapin M., Sidletskyi V. (2016), Vykorystannia system nechitkoi lohiky dlia dynamichnoho
upravlinnia potuzhnistiu parovykh kotloahrehativ, Scientific Works of National
University of Food Technologies, 22(4), pp. 24–31.
Lavarack B., Hodgson J., Broadfoot R., Vigh S., Venning J. (2004), Improving the energy
efficiency of sugar factories: Case study for Pioneer Mill, International Sugar Journal,
106, pp. 337-342.
Lei H., Xia Y., Qin X. (2016), Estimation of semivarying coefficient time series models with
ARMA errors, Annals of Statistics, 44, pp. 1618–1660, DOI: 10.1214/15-AOS1430.
Liu T., Wang Y., Yang Q., Yang X. (2013), Optimal fuzzy control of electronic expansion valve-
evaporator system, BioTechnology: An Indian Journal, 8, pp. 586–594.
Mehmood B., Hussain L., Mahmood A., Lone K. (2020), Artificial Intelligence based accurately
load forecasting system to forecast short and medium-term load demands, Mathematical
Biosciences and Engineering, 18(1), pp. 400–425, DOI: 10.3934/mbe.2021022.
Merino A., Acebes L., Alves R., de Prada C. (2018), Real Time Optimization for steam
management in an evaporation section, Control Engineering Practice, 79, pp. 91–104.
DOI:10.3390/pr7080537.
Normey-Rico J., Merino A., Cristea S., de Prada C. (2005), Robust dead-time compensation of
a evaporation process in sugar production, IFAC Proceedings, 38(1), pp. 460–465, DOI:
10.3182/20050703-6-CZ-1902.01651.
Patan K., Parisini T. (2005), Identification of neural dynamic models for fault detection and
isolation: the case of a real sugar evaporation process, Journal of Process Control, 15(1),
pp. 67–79, DOI:10.1016/j.jprocont.2004.04.001.
Polupan, V., Sidletskyi V. (2018), Genetic algorithm usage for optimization of saturator
operation, Ukrainian Food Journal, 7(4), pp. 754–762, DOI: 10.24263/2304-974X-
2018-7-4-18.
Roger K., Sparr E., Wennerström H. (2018), Evaporation, diffusion and self-assembly at drying
interfaces, Physical Chemistry Chemical Physics, 20, pp. 10430–10438,
DOI: 10.1039/c8cp00305j.
Sidletskyi, V., Korobiichuk, I., Ladaniuk, A., Elperin, I., Rzeplińska-Rykała, K. (2020).
Development of the Structure of an Automated Control System Using Tensor
─── Processes and Equipment ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
163
Techniques for a Diffusion Station, Automation 2019. Advances in Intelligent Systems
and Computing, 920, pp. 175–185, DOI: 10.1007/978-3-030-13273-6_18
Sidletskyi V., Elperin I., Polupan V. (2016), Analiz ne vymiriuvalnykh parametriv na rivni
rozpodilenoho keruvannia dlia avtomatyzovanoi systemy, obiektiv i kompleksiv
kharchovoi promyslovosti, Scientific Works of National University of Food
Technologies, 22(3), pp. 7–15.
Srivastava D., Mohanty B., Bhargava. R. (2013), Modeling and simulation of mee system used
in the sugar industry, Chemical Engineering Communications, 200, pp. 1089–1101,
DOI:10.1080/00986445.2012.737876.
Tang K., Man K., Chen G., Kwong S. (2001) An optimal fuzzy PID controller, IEEE
Transactions on Industrial Electronics, 48(4), pp. 757–765, DOI: 10.1109/41.937407.
Verma O., Gaurav M., Vinay K. (2018), Simulation and control of a complex nonlinear dynamic
behavior of multi-stage evaporator using PID and Fuzzy-PID controllers, Journal of
Computational Science, 25, pp. 238–251, DOI:10.1016/j.jocs.2017.04.001.
Zhong Y., Han J., He X. (2007), Fuzzy control for superheat of evaporator based on variable-
universe method, Journal of Guangxi University of Technology, 2, pp. 25-28.
Xu D., Cheng W., Zong B., Song D., Ni J., Yu W., Liu Y., Chen H., Zhang X. (2020), Tensorized
LSTM with adaptive shared memory for learning trends in multivariate time
series, Proceedings of the AAAI Conference on Artificial Intelligence, 34(02), pp. 1395–
1402, DOI:10.1609/aaai.v34i02.5496.
Zhang J., Wenfang Z., Ying L., Guolian H. (2011), Design of evaporator control system using
fuzzy sliding mode controller, The 2011 International Conference on Advanced
Mechatronic Systems, August 11–13, 2018, Zhengzhou, China, pp. 508-512.
───Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
164
Application of surface-active substances produced by
Rhodococcus erythropolis
IMB Aс-5017 for post-harvest
treatment of sweet cherry
Tetiana Pirog1,2, Viktor Stabnikov1, Svitlana Antoniuk1
1 – National University of Food Technologies, Kyiv, Ukraine
2 – Institute of Microbiology and Virology of the National Academy of Sciences of
Ukraine, Kyiv, Ukraine
Keywords:
Cherry
Rhodococcus
erythropolis
Bacteria
Shelf-life
Surface-active
substances
Abstract
Introduction. The aim of the present study was testing of the
supernatant of Rhodococcus erythropolis ІМВ Ас-5017 with
different concentration of surface-active substances (SAS) for
treatment of sweet cherry for shelf-life extension.
Materials and methods. R. erythropolis ІМВ Ас-5017 were
grown in the medium with ethanol. Supernatant with concentration of
SAS from 0.1 to 0.5 g/L was used for the treatment of sweet cherry
fruit. Concentration of SAS in supernatant was determined by weight
method. The total number of heterotrophic bacteria and fungi were
determined by the plate dilution method.
Results and discussion. The treatment of sweet cherries with a
supernatant containing 0.5 g/L SAS diminished the numbers of
bacteria and fungi on the fruit’s surface by 10 and 5 times,
respectively, in comparison with cherries washed with water. The
treatment of sweet cherries with supernatant containing 0.2 g/L SAS
diminished the numbers of bacteria and fungi on the fruit’s surface by
5 and 3 times, respectively; treatment with supernatant containing
0.1 g/L diminished the numbers of bacteria and fungi by 2 times in
comparison with cherries washed with water. The treatment with
supernatant with concentration SAS 0.5 g/L was most effective.
Treated with supernatant sweet cherries fruits did not show signs of
decay even on 7th day of storage, while untreated or washed with
water fruits lost moisture, fruit’s skin became wrinkled, cracks and
decayed areas appeared on it.
Content of fungal cells on the surface of sweet cherry pretreated
with supernatant with concentration of SAS from 0.1 to 0.5 g/L and
after that contaminated with spore’s suspension of Aspergillus niger
Р-3 were by 2 – 11 times lower than on the surface of fruits washed
with water after 5 days of incubation.
The possibility of multiple usage of supernatant was shown.
Application of supernatant with concentration of 0.5 g/L resulted in
decrease of bacterial concentration after first usage by 10 times, after
second usage it was diminished by 5 times and after third usage it was
diminished by 3 times, meanwhile concentration of fungi decreased
by 9, 5 and 4 times after I, II, and III usage of supernatant.
Conclusion. Surface-active substances synthesized by
Rhodococcus erythropolis IMB Ac-5017 could be used for treatment
of sweet cherry to extend their shelf life.
Article history:
Received
12.05.2021
Received in
revised form
16.09.2021
Accepted
31.03.2022
Corresponding
author:
Viktor Stabnikov
E-mail:
vstabnikov1@
gmail.com
DOI:
10.24263/2304-
974X-2022-11-1-
15
─── Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
165
Introduction
The harvest season of sweet cherries is short; these fruits are extremely perishable and
spoil easily after harvest due to physical damage during harvesting, transportation, water loss
during the storage and rapid microbiological deterioration of the stored fruits. Therefore, even
a short extension of shelf life due to postharvest treatments will be profitable for the fresh
sweet cherries market. Different methods for sweet cherry fruit preservation have been
developed. Traditional methods for maintenance of fresh-cut cherry quality include
regulation of temperature and humidity (Chockchaisawasdee et al., 2016). Treatments of
different fruits and vegetables with chemicals are widely used to prolong their
postharvest storage life. To coat fruits and vegetables with chemicals, immersion or
sprinklings are usually used (Golding, 2017; Suslow, 2005). Among the chemicals,
chlorination is effective and relatively inexpensive method for reduction of the incidence of
postharvest diseases. To decrease the quantity of microbial cells on the surface of fruits and
vegetables, they can be immersed in water with added chlorine-containing substances – salts
(calcium hypochlorite or sodium hypochlorite) or gases (chlorine gas or chlorine dioxide). It
is known that this method is applied for the treatment of sweet cherries, melons, apples, pears,
tomatoes, peppers, potatoes, and salads (Suslow, 2005). Treatment with fungicides is also
provided by immersion of fruits or vegetables in their solutions, but if the amount of
harvested fruits or vegetables is not too big, a sprinkling is used (Golding, 2017). In spite of
the effectiveness of chemicals, their application is not appreciated by consumers because of
health concerns. So, alternative safe methods have to be developed. Different biological
methods for post harvested treatment of fruits are intensively studied. They include
application of edible coating made of natural polysaccharide chitosan (Pasquariello et al.,
2015; Romanazzi et al., 2018), natural biocides such as plant essential oils and methyl
jasmonate (Maghenzani et al., 2018), microbial antagonists (Dukare et al., 2019; Lastochkina
et al., 2019), and also combination of different biological agents (Guo et al., 2014; de Oliveira
et al., 2017).
In recent years, several studies have been carried out to establish the possibility of
biosurfactants – microbial surface-active substances (SAS) – application to extend shelf-life
for fresh-cut fruits (Adetunji et al., 2018; Toral et al., 2018). The aim of the present study
was testing of the supernatant of Rhodococcus erythropolis ІМВ Ас-5017 with different
concentration of SAS for the treatment of sweet cherry for shelf-life extension.
Materials and methods
Microorganisms
The strain Rhodococcus erythropolis was isolated from the oil-polluted soil and was
deposited in the Collection of Microorganisms of Institute of Microbiology and Virology,
National Academy of Science, Ukraine as Rhodococcus erythropolis ІМВ Ас-5017 (Pirog et
al., 2020). This strain produces extracellular surface-active substances, which contain
glycolipids (trehalose mono- and di-mycolates), neutral lipids and phospholipids (Pirog et
al., 2013).
To determine antifungal activity of surface-active substances produced by R.
erythropolis IMB Ac-5017, the fungal strain Aspergillus niger Р-3 from the Collection of
Microorganisms of the Department of Biotechnology and Microbiology, National University
of Food Technologies, Ukraine, was used as a test culture.
───Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
166
Cultivation of R. erythropolis IМВ Ac-5017
The liquid mineral medium with the following composition, g/L: NaNO3, 1.3;
MgSO4∙7H2O, 0.1; NaCl, 0.1; Na2HPO4, 0.16; KH2PO4, 0.14; СaCl2, 0.1; FeSO4·7H2O,
0.001; distilled water up to 1L, рН 6.8−7.0 was used for cultivation of the bacterial strain R.
erythropolis IМV Ac-5017. Ethanol, 2% (v/v), was a source of the carbon and energy.
Inoculum was produced by the cultivation of bacterial strain in the liquid mineral
medium of the same composition as shown above with 0.5% (v/v) of ethanol. Inoculum with
the concentration of the cells of 104–105 cells/mL was taken from the exponential phase of
growth and added to the medium for R. erythropolis IМV Ac-5017 cultivation in quantity of
10% (v/v).
Cultivation of R. erythropolis IМВ Ac-5017 was conducted in the 750 mL flasks with
the 100 mL of medium under shaking 320 rpm at 30 ºС during 120 hours.
Determination of surface-active substances concentration
The amount of surface-active substances (SAS) synthesized by R. erythropolis IМВ Ac-
5017 was determined by weight method. The culture liquid was centrifuged at 5000×g for 45
minutes (laboratory centrifuge LP–8, Kiev, Ukraine). The Folch solution (chloroform and
methanol in volume ratio 2:1) was used for extraction of surface-active substances as it was
described earlier (Pirog et al., 2019).
Preparation of SAS-containing supernatant
The cultural liquid after cultivation of R. erythropolis IМВ Ac-5017 was centrifuged at
5000×g for 25 minutes. Supernatant was separated from bacterial biomass and sterilized for
30 min at 112 °С. Fruits were treated with supernatant with concentration of SAS from 0.1
to 0.5 g/L. To achieve the desired concentration, supernatant was diluted by the addition of
sterile tap water.
Fruits treatment
Fruits of the sweet cherry cultivar “Regina” were picked by hand from the trees
cultivated without pesticides in the Experimental station, Gvozdev, Kyiv Oblast, Ukraine,
GPS 50°14'53.5"N 30°28'41.3"E. The harvested fruits were ripe, without visible damages
and infections. Selected fruits were divided into three groups with 10 – 30 pieces in each.
The fruits from the first group were not treated at all, fruits of the second group were washed
with tap water, and fruits of the third group were washed with supernatants with
concentration of SAS from 0.1 to 0.5 g/L.
Fruits from second and third groups were placed in the glass cylinder, 250 mL of tap
water or supernatant was added, treatment lasted for 5 min, and after that fruits were taken
off and supernatant was reused to treat new group of fruits. The procedure was repeated and
the third group of fruits was treated with the same supernatant. So, one solution of supernatant
was used to tread three different groups of fruits. Untreated and treated fruits were placed on
the plates and left at room temperature for observation. Microbiological analysis was done
before the beginning of the fruit’s storage.
─── Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
167
Microbiological analysis
Some fruits from each group were taken aseptically and then were homogenized for 3
min using dispersing instrument T 10 basic ULTRA-TURRAX. Homogenized mixture, 1 g,
was placed in the tube with 9 mL of sterile water and was shaken vigorously. The quantity
of microbial cells (colony-forming units, CFU) was determined by the plate dilution method.
The quantity of heterotrophic bacteria was determined by their growth on the meat-and-
peptone agar at 30 ºС for 24 hours, and the quantity of fungi was determined by their growth
on the wort agar-agar at 24ºС for 48 hours.
Evaluation of antifungal activity of SAS containing supernatant of R. erythropolis
IMB Ac-5017 against fungi Aspergillus niger Р-3
Antifungal activity of SAS containing supernatant of R. erythropolis IMB Ac-5017 was
determined by the following method described in (Matei e al., 2016). Selected fruits were
divided into three groups with 10 – 30 pieces. Half of the fruits were bruised with a sterile
lancet, and then fruits were washed with water or supernatant with different SAS
concentration as it was described above. After 30 min, all sweet cherry fruits were sprayed
with spore suspension (106 spores/mL) of fungi Aspergillus niger, which is one of the most
common infectious agents of post-harvest spoilage of sweet cherry. After incubation, some
sweet cherries from each group were taken with sterile pincette, were homogenized and
microbiological analysis were performed.
Evaluation of fruits quality
Evaluation of sweet cherry fruits quality was done by viewing during the storage time.
The experiment was finished when the signs of deterioration (usually on the seventh day)
such as decay, changes of color and texture, the presence of the cracks and wrinkling were
evident on all fruits.
Statistical analysis
The experiments were carried out in triplicates and the number of the parallel
determinations varied from 3 to 5. Statistical analysis was done using computer program
Statistix 10.0 for Windows version 11.5. The average means and standard deviations were
calculated for the experimental results.
Results and discussion
Effect of concentration of SAS in supernatant of R. erythropolis ІМВ Ас-5017 and
method for the treatment of sweet cherries on numbers of heterotrophic bacteria and
fungi on the fruit’s surface
Quality of fresh-cut sweet cherries are usually evaluated by their appearance, texture,
colors, firmness, chemical composition, level of physiological activity and microbial
characteristics such as a percent of fungal infections and the level of mesophilic bacteria on
the surface of fruits (Asghari, 2019; Maghenzani 2018). Microbial load on the surface of
───Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
168
fresh-picked vegetables is not obviously negatively correlated with time of their storage, but
this linkage becomes critical in case of fruits storage (Fan and Song, 2008). This is associated
with high content of sugar in fruits which may cause rapid microbial spoilage. In comparison
with cherries which have high content of organic acids, 1.5–1.8%, and 8−20% of sugar,
content of sugars in sweet cherries is higher, 13–25% , and organic acids significantly lower,
0.4–1.5% (Chockchaisawasdee et al., 2016) that is one of the reasons of their susceptibility
to microbial spoilage.
Decrease of microbial contamination on the surface of sweet cherries could increase the
time of their storage, so first step in our investigation was determination of influence of the
treatment of sweet cherries with supernatant with different concentration of SAS on the
microbial numbers on the fruits surface (Fig. 1).
The numbers of bacteria and fungi on the surface of fruits washed with water were
5.4·103 colony forming units (CFU)/mL and 2·103 CFU/mL, respectively.
Treatment of sweet cherries with a supernatant containing 0.5 g/L SAS diminished
the numbers of bacteria and fungi on the fruit’s surface by 10 and 5 times, respectively, in
comparison with cherries washed with water. The treatment of sweet cherries with
supernatant containing 0.2 g/L SAS diminished the numbers of bacteria and fungi on the
fruit’s surface by 5 and 3 times, respectively; treatment with supernatant containing 0.1 g/L
diminished the numbers of bacteria and fungi by 2 times in comparison with cherries washed
with water. The treatment with supernatant with concentration SAS 0.5 g/L was most
effective (Figure 1). Treated with supernatant sweet cherries fruits did not show signs of
decay even on 7th day of storage, while untreated or washed with water fruits lost moisture,
fruit’s skin became wrinkled, cracks and decayed areas appeared on it (Figure 2).
a b
Figure 1. The total number of heterotrophic bacteria (A) and fungi (B) depends on the method
of sweet cherries treatment: washing with water (1);
the treatment with supernatant of R. erythropolis ІМВ Ас-5017 with SAS concentration:
0.1 g/L (2); 0.2 g/L (3); 0.5 g/L (4).
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
1 2 3 4
Number of cells 10-2, CFU/mL
1
10
100
1 2 3 4
Number of cells 10-2, CFU/mL
─── Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
169
On day
1st
7th
Control
Washing with water
SAS concentration, g/L
0.1
0.2
0.5
Figure 2. Effect of the treatment of the sweet cherries with SAS-containing supernatants
produced by R. erythropolis ІМВ Ас-5017 on their storage.
There are some publications related to applications of biological methods to treat post-
harvested sweet cherry fruits, but only a few ones studied application of microbial SAS for
the treatment of fruits (Dengle-Pulate et al., 2015; Jing and Bingbing, 2010). Thus, it was
shown that post-harvested treatment of sweet cherry cultivar “Regina” with solution of
rhamnolipids was more effective in comparison with washing with water (Golding, 2017). It
was also shown that solutions of these SAS had antifungal activity in vivo on the causative
agent of brown rot (Monilinia fructicola) and gray rot (Botrytis cinerea) in ripe fruits.
───Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
170
Application of solution of rhamnolipids synthesized by Pseudomonas aeruginosa LBI (1.0
g/L) for the treatment of Surinam cherry decreased the number of fungi cells on the fruit’s
surface by 6 times and bacterial cells by 33 times in comparison with washing with water
(Dilarri et al., 2016). Concentrations of microbial SAS solutions used for the treatment of
fruits and vegetables usually ranged from 1 to 3 g/L (Dilarri et al., 2016; Jing and Bingbing,
2010). Application of microbial SAS gave possibility to extend shelf-life of different fruits.
The lemons treated with germicidal composition containing 2.5% sophorolipids synthesized
by Candida bombicola ATCC 22214, sodium silicate as water softener, 1%, sodium
carbonate as absorbing material, 1.5%, and polyethylene glycol as an antifoamer, 1%, did not
show any signs of microbial spoilage after 7 days of storage (Dengle-Pulate et al., 2015).
Spiking with the solution of sophorolipids, produced by strain Wickerhamiella domercqiae
Y2A, with concentration of 3 g/L was proposed to prolong the preservation life of apples,
pears, citrus fruits, and apricots at room temperature (Jing and Bingbing, 2010).
Combined usage of coating containing rhamnolipids (2% w/v) and chitosan (2% w/v)
of sweet oranges extended the shelf life of fruits. Addition of chitosan increased the
antimicrobial effect of rhamnolipids application against spoilage microorganisms on ripe
oranges (Adetunji et al., 2015). The treatment with solution of lipopeptides (8 g/L), produced
by Bacillus methylotrophicus XT1 CECT 8661, of grapes, strawberries and tomatoes infected
with a common plant pathogen Botrytis cinerea, resulted in disease reductions by 100, 12
and 50%, respectively, after 6 days of incubation at 25 °C and 70% humidity (Toral et al.,
2018). According to our results, SAS produced by R. erythropolis IMB Ac-5017 showed
effective antimicrobial properties in concentrations 0.1 – 0.5 g/L (Figs. 1 and 2) that is lower
than described in literature.
Microbial number on the surface of treated with supernatant sweet cherries
depending on multipleness of the usage of SAS-containing supernatant of R. erythropolis
ІМВ Ас- 5017
When sweet cherries are harvested, they pass a few successive stages before realization:
hydrocooling shortly after harvest (if transporting in remote points will be necessary), sorting,
washing, and packing (Quero-García et al., 2017). Solutions of mineral or organic substances
to treat sweet cherries by immersion or sprinklings usually were used just one time
(Chockchaisawasdee et al., 2016; Dilarri et al., 2016). For large scale treatment, sweet
cherries more often are immersed in recirculated solution of sodium hypochlorite (Quero-
García et al., 2017). Sodium hydrochloride has high antimicrobial activity and its usage is
economically reliable, however its effectiveness is decreased during recirculation process due
to the presence of organic impurities in water (Golding, 2017; Suslow, 2005). In our research,
we studied the possibility of multiple usage of supernatant: the same SAS containing
supernatant of R.erythropolis IMB Ac-5017 was used to treat three different groups of sweet
cherries. The numbers of bacteria and fungi on the surface of fruits washed with water were
4.0·103 CFU/mL and 2.6·103 CFU/mL, respectively. It was shown that the amount of bacteria
and fungi were higher when the same supernatant was used in the second and third time.
After the third time of supernatant usage, the numbers of bacteria and fungi were almost the
same as in the case when fruits were washed with water (Fig. 3). Application of supernatant
with concentration of 0.5 g/L showed the best results: concentration of bacteria diminished
after first usage of this supernatant by 10 times, after second usage it was diminished by 5
times and after third usage it was diminished by 3 times, meanwhile concentration of fungi
diminished by 9, 5 and 4 times after I, II, and III usage of supernatant.
─── Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
171
a
b
Figure 3. The total number of heterotrophic bacteria (A) and fungi (B) on the surface of sweet
cherries washing with water (1); treated with supernatant of R. erythropolis ІМВ Ас-5017 with
SAS concentration:
0.1 g/L (2); 0.2 g/L (3); 0.5 g/L (4) and different time of usage (I, II, III).
Antifungal activity of SAS-containing supernatant of R. erythropolis ІМВ Ас- 5017
on Aspergillus niger, infectious agents of postharvest spoilage of sweet cherry
One of the reasons for postharvest decay of sweet cherries is their contamination by
fungi such as Botrytis cinerea, Monilinia spp., Penicillium spp., Mucor spp., Rhizopus
0
10
20
30
40
50
1 2 3 4
Number of cells 10-2, CFU/mL
III III
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
1 2 3 4
Number of cells 10-2, CFU/mL
III III
───Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
172
stolonifer, Cladosporium spp. and Aspergillus niger. Application of synthetic fungicides for
postharvest treatment of sweet cherries allows managing post-harvest decay caused by these
pathogens. However, their use is limited by fungicide regulatory issues in some countries
(Project CY17000, 2017). For example, iprodione, which is active against brown rot of sweet
cherries, is permitted to be used in Australia, but its usage is prohibited in the European Union
countries because of its toxicity (Karabulut et al., 2001; Project CY17000, 2017). So,
searching other substances with antimicrobial activity against certain plant pathogens is a
subject of many studies (Sharma et al., 2018; Yan et al, 2016).
Antifungal activity of supernatant of R. erythropolis IMB Ac-5017 against Aspergillus
niger is shown in Figure 4.
Figure 4. The number of cells Aspergillus niger Р-3 on the surface of sweet cherry
washing with water (1);
treated with supernatant of R. erythropolis ІМВ Ас-5017 with SAS concentration:
0.1 g/L (2); 0.2 g/L (3); 0.5 g/L (4).
Sweet cherries in one group were bruised because cracks and fractures on the fruit’s
skins are possible entry sites for fungal infections. The number of fungi on the surface of
untreated fruits was 8.6·103 CFU/mL. The number of cells of A. niger Р-3 on the surface of
unbruised and bruised sweet cherries washed with water diminished by 4 and 2 times,
respectively. The number of cells of A. niger Р-3 on the surface of unbruised and bruised
sweet cherries treated with supernatant with SAS concentration 0.1%, 0.2 and 0.5%
diminished in comparison with cherries washed with water by 2 and 1; 4 and 5; 7 and 11
times, respectively.
There are known a few researches concerning the application of microbial surface-
active substances, most often solutions of rhamnolipids, in concentrations from 0.5 to 1.5
g/L, to treat artificially contaminated citrus fruits, potatoes and tomatoes (Sharma et al., 2016;
Yan et al., 2014). Suppression of causative agents of potato rot Fusarium solani and tomatoes
rot Curvularia sp. was observed after the treatment of vegetables with the solution containing
1 g/L of SAS produced by Pseudomonas sp. (Sharma et al., 2018). Effectiveness of
application of solution of rhamnolipids (1.5 g/L) synthesized by Pseudomonas aeruginosa
0
10
20
30
40
50
1 2 3 4
Number of cells 10-2, CFU/mL
unbruised cherries bruised cherries
─── Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
173
JS29 to treat cherry tomatoes infected with Alternaria alternata was comparable with activity
of synthetic fungicide carbendasim (Yan et al., 2016). There is information about application
of rhamnolipids produced by Pseudomonas aeruginosa to suppress growth of Alternaria
alternata in lower concentration (0.5 g/L), but in combination with antagonistic of
phytopathogens yeasts Rhodotorula glutinis (Yan et al., 2014). Treatment of tomatoes with
solution of rhamnolipids (0.5 g/L) and suspension of yeasts Rhodotorula glutinis (1×108
cells/mL) decreased fungal contamination of tomatoes by Alternaria alternata by 60%.
According to our results, surface-active substances produced by R. erythropolis ІМВ
Ас-5017 had high antifungal activity against Aspergillus niger, which is a causal agent of
sweet cherries post-harvest spoilage, and could be used in concentrations lower than
rhamnolipids described in literature.
Conclusion
Surface-active substances synthesized by Rhodococcus erythropolis IMB Ac-5017 have
high antimicrobial activity in concentration lower then known microbial SAS and could be
used as supernatant without extraction and purification for treatment of sweet cherry to
extend their shelf-life. SAS – containing supernatant was effective even in the case of its
reuse.
References
Adetunji C.O., Adejumo I.O., Afolabi I.S., Adetunji J.B., Ajisejiri E.S. (2018), Prolonging the
shelf life of “Agege Sweet” orange with chitosan–rhamnolipid coating, Horticulture,
Environment, and Biotechnology, DOI: 10.1007/s13580-018-0083-2.
Asghari M. (2019), Impact of jasmonates on safety, productivity and physiology of food crops,
Trends in Food Science & Technology, 91, pp. 169–183, DOI: 10.1016/j.tifs.2019.07.005.
Chockchaisawasdee, S., Golding, J.B., Vuong, Q.V., Papoutsis, K., Stathopoulos, C.E. (2016),
Sweet cherry: Composition, postharvest preservation, processing and trends for its future
use, Trends in Food Science & Technology, 55, рр. 72−83, DOI: 10.1016/j.tifs.2016.07.002.
Dengle-Pulate R., Joshi J., Bhagwat S., Prabhune A. (2015), Application of sophorolipids
synthesized using lauryl alcohol as a germicide and fruit-vegetable wash, World Journal of
Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences, 3(7), рр. 1630–1643.
Dilarri G., da Silva V.L., Pecora H.B., Montagnolli R.N., Corso C.R., Biddia E.D. (2016),
Electrolytic treatment and biosurfactants applied to the conservation of Eugenia uniflora
fruit, Food Science and Technology, 36 (3). http://dx.doi.org/10.1590/1678-457X.00516.
Dukare A.S., Paul S., Nambi V.E., Gupta R.K., Singh R., Sharma K., Vishwakarma R.K. (2019),
Exploitation of microbial antagonists for the control of postharvest diseases of fruits: a
review, Critical Reviews in Food Science and Nutrition, 59(9), pp. 1498–1513, DOI:
10.1080/10408398.2017.1417235.
Fan L., Song J. (2008), Microbial quality assessment methods for fresh-cut fruits and vegetables,
Stewart Postharvest Review, 4(3), pp. 1–9, DOI: 10.2212/spr.2008.3.10.
Golding J.B. (2017), Review of international best practice for postharvest management of sweet
cherries,Horticulture Innovation Australia Project CY17000, Available at:
https://www.horticulture.com.au/growers/help-your-business-grow/research-reports-
publications-fact-sheets-and-more/review-of-international-best-practice-for-the-
postharvest-management-of-sweet-cherries/.
Guo J., Fang W., Lu H., Zhu R., Lu L., Zheng X., Yu T. (2014), Inhibition of green mold disease
───Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
174
in mandarins by preventive applications of methyl jasmonate and antagonistic yeast
Cryptococcus laurentii, Postharvest Biology and Technology, 88, pp. 72–78, DOI:
10.1016/j.postharvbio.2013.09.008.
Jing, C., Bingbing Y. (2010), Sophorolipid fruit preservative and use thereof in fruit preservation,
Chinese Patent CN 101886047, Available at:
https://patents.google.com/patent/CN101886047B/en.
Karabulut O.A., Lurie S., Droby S. (2001), Evaluation of the use of sodium bicarbonate, potassium
sorbate and yeast antagonists for decreasing postharvest decay of sweet cherries, Postharvest
Biology and Technology, 23(3), рр. 233−236, DOI: 10.1016/S0925-5214(01)00151-X.
Lastochkina O., Seifikalhor M., Aliniaeifard S., Baymiev A., Pusenkova L., Garipova S.,
Kulabuhova D., Maksimov I. (2019), Bacillus spp.: efficient biotic strategy to control
postharvest diseases of fruits and vegetables, Plants (Basel), 8(4), pii: E97, DOI:
10.3390/plants8040097.
Maghenzani M., Chiabrando V., Santoro K., Spadaro D., Giacalone G. (2018), Effects of
treatment by vapour of essential oil from Thymus vulgaris and Satureja montana on
postharvest quality of sweet cherry (cv. Ferrovia), Journal of Food and Nutrition Research,
57(2), рр. 161−169. Available at:
https://iris.unito.it/retrieve/handle/2318/1670180/416632/jfnr201815.pdf.
Matei G.M., Matei S., Matei A., Cornea C.P., Draghichi E.M., Jerca I.O. (2016), Bioprotection of
fresh food products against blue mold using lactic acid bacteria with antifungal properties,
Romanian Biotechnological Letters, 21(1), рр. 11201–11208.
de Oliveira K.Á.R., Berger L.R.R., de Araújo S.A., Câmara M.P.S., de Souza E.L. (2017),
Synergistic mixtures of chitosan and Mentha piperita L. essential oil to inhibit
Colletotrichum species and anthracnose development in mango cultivar Tommy Atkins,
Food Microbiology, 66, pp. 96−103, DOI: 10.1016/j.fm.2017.04.012.
Pasquariello M.S., Di Patre D., Mastrobuoni F., Zampella L., Scortichini M., Petriccione M.
(2015), Influence of postharvest chitosan treatment on enzymatic browning and antioxidant
enzyme activity in sweet cherry fruit, Postharvest Biology and Technology, 109, pp. 45–56,
DOI: 10.1016/j.postharvbio.2015.06.007.
Pirog T., Beregova K., Geichenko B., Stabnikov V. (2019), Application of surface-active
substances produced by Nocardia vaccinii ІМВ В-7405 for the treatment of vegetables,
Ukrainian Food Journal, 8(1), рр. 99−109, DOI: 10.24263/2304-974X-2019-8-1-11.
Pirog T., Kluchka L., Skrotska O., Stabnikov V. (2020), The effect of co-cultivation of
Rhodococcus erythropolis with other bacterial strains on biological activity of synthesized
surface-active substances, Enzyme and Microbial Technology, 142, 109677, DOI:
10.1016/j.enzmictec.2020.109677.
Pirog T., Sofilkanych A., Konon A., Shevchuk T., Ivanov S. (2013), Intensification of surfactants
synthesis by Rhodococcus erythropolis IMV Ac-5017, Acinetobacter calcoaceticus IMV B-
7241 and Nocardia vaccinii K-8 on fried oil and glycerol containing medium, Food and
Bioproducts Processing, 91(2), pp. 149−157, DOI: 10.1016/j.fbp.2013.01.001.
Project CY17000, 2017. Review of international best practice for postharvest management of
sweet cherries, Horticulture Innovation Australia Project CY17000, Available at:
https://www.horticulture.com.au/growers/help-your-business-grow/research-reports-
publications-fact-sheets-and-more/review-of-international-best-practice-for-the-
postharvest-management-of-sweet-cherries.
Quero-García J., Iezzoni A., Pulawska J., Lang G. (2017), Cherries: Botany, Production and Uses,
CABI, Boston.
Romanazzi G., Feliziani E., Banos S.B., Sivakumar D. (2017), Shelf life extension of fresh fruit
and vegetables by chitosan treatment, Critical Reviews in Food Science and Nutrition, 57(3),
рр. 579−601, DOI: 10.1080/10408398.2014.
Romanazzi G., Feliziani E., Sivakumar D. (2018), Chitosan, a biopolymer with triple action on
─── Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
175
postharvest decay of fruit and vegetables: Eliciting, antimicrobial and film-forming
properties, Frontiers in Microbiology, 4(9), pp. 2745, DOI: 10.3389/fmicb.2018.02745.
Sharma V., Garg M., Devismita T., Thakur P., Henkel M., Kumar G. (2018), Preservation of
microbial spoilage of food by biosurfactant-based coating, Asian Journal of Pharmaceutical
and clinical research, 11(2), pp. 98−101, DOI: 10.22159/ajpcr.2018.v11s2.28592.
Suslow T.V. (2005), Chlorination in the production and postharvest handling of fresh fruits and
vegetables, Available at:
https://www.siphidaho.org/env/pdf/Chlorination_of_fruits_and_veggies.PDF.
Toral L., Rodriguez M., Bejar V., Sampedro I. (2018), Antifungal activity of lipopeptides from
Bacillus XT1 CECT 8661 against Botrytis cinerea, Frontiers in Microbiology, 9, pp. 1315,
DOI: 10.3389/fmicb.2018.01315.
Yan F., Xu S., Chen Y., Zheng X. (2014), Effect of rhamnolipids on Rhodotorula glutinis
biocontrol of Alternaria alternata infection in cherry tomato fruit. Postharvest Biology and
Technology, 97, рр. 32–35, DOI: 10.1016/j.postharvbio.2014.05.017.
Yan F., Hu H., Lu L., Zheng X. (2016), Rhamnolipids induce oxidative stress responses in cherry
tomato fruit to Alternaria alternata, Pest Management Science, 72(8), pp. 1500−1507, DOI:
10.1002/ps.4177.
───Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
176
Antimicrobial activity of a mixture of surfactants
produced by
Acinetobacter calcoaceticus
IMV B-7241
with antifungal drugs and essential oils
Tetiana Pirog1,2, Igor Kliuchka1, Liliia Kliuchka1
1 – National University of Food Technologies, Kyiv, Ukraine
2 – Institute of Microbiology and Virology of the National Academy of Sciences
of Ukraine, Kyiv, Ukraine
Keywords:
Surfactants
Acinetobacter
calcoaceticus
ІMV B-7241
Synergism
Antifungal drug
Essential oil
Antimicrobial
Abstract
Introduction. The aim of the work was to study the effect of a
mixture of surfactants synthesized by Acinetobacter calcoaceticus
IMV B-7241 under various cultivation conditions with antifungal
drugs (clotrimazole and fluconazole) and essential oils (cinnamon and
lemongrass) on yeast of genus Candida.
Material and methods. The cultivation of A. calcoaceticus IMV
B-7241 was carried out in a basic medium that did not contain NaCl
(medium 1), contained NaCl, 2.0 g/l (medium 2), contained NaCl,
2.0 g/l, and KCl, 1.0 g/l (medium 3). The surfactants were extracted
from supernatant of cultural liquid by modified Folch mixture.
Antimicrobial properties of the surfactants, antifungal drugs and
essential oils were determined by index of the minimum inhibitory
concentration (MIC). To assess the synergistic effect of a mixture of
surfactants with antifungal drugs or essential oils the fractional
inhibitory concentration index was used.
Results and discussion. Surfactants synthesized by A.
calcoaceticus IMV B-7241 on the basic medium were the most
effective antimicrobial agents against the yeasts strains Candida
albicans D-6, C. tropicalis RE-2 and C. utilis BVS-65 with MIC
22.5–45 µg/ml that were 2.6–17 times lower than the values
determined for surfactants synthesized on modified media. At the
same time, regardless of the strain cultivation in different media, all
surfactants showed synergism of antifungal activity with
clotrimazole, fluconazole, cinnamon or lemongrass essential oils.
Thus, in the presence of surfactants synthesized on basic and modified
media in a mixture with antifungal drugs, MIC of clotrimazole and
fluconazole against the studied yeast test cultures decreased by 4–32
times. The use of a mixture of essential oils with surfactants
synthesized by A. calcoaceticus IMV B-7241 growing in different
media made it possible to reduce MIC of cinnamon and lemongrass
oils against yeasts of Candida genus 4–18 and 8–32 times,
respectively. At the same time, the index of fractional inhibitory
concentration did not exceed 0.5, which indicates the synergism of
anifungal activity between the studied compounds.
Conclusion. The results confirm the possibility to reduce the
minimum inhibitory concentrations of antifungal drugs or essential
oils against members of genus Candida by their mixture with
microbial surfactants.
Article history:
Received
24.08.2021
Received in
revised form
14.01.2022
Accepted
31.03.2022
Corresponding
author:
Liliia Kliuchka
E-mail:
liya.nikityuk@
ukr.net
DOI:
10.24263/2304-
974X-2022-11-1-
16
─── Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
177
Introduction
The number of publications devoted to the study of yeast of genus Candida, which are
causative agents of nosocomial infectious diseases, is increasing every year. This is due, first
of all, to the spread of their resistant forms, arising against the background of prolonged use
of broad-spectrum antibiotics, immunosuppressive therapy, and prolonged catheterization of
patients (Singh et al., 2020).
Compared to antibacterial, the amount of antifungal agents is much less. This is mainly
due to the fact that fungi are eukaryotes, so the development of new drugs for the selective
control of such pathogens without toxic effects on humans is long-term and problematic
(Pappas et al., 2016), So, at present, there are only five classes of drugs available for the
treatment of fungal infections: azoles (fluconazole, miconazole, clotrimazole), polyenes
(amphotericin, nystatin), echinocandins (micafungin, aspofungin, anidulafungin), allimines
(terbinafine) and pyrimidine analogs (flucytosine) (Tsui et al., 2016), Compared to
antibacterial agents, the number of antifungal agents is much smaller, and most clinical
isolates of the genus Candida (in particular C. albicans, C. tropicalis and C. glabrata) are
resistant to azoles, which are currently the most common medicine to treat fungal infections
(Bhattacharya et al., 2020),
One of the approaches to increase the effectiveness of the use of existing antifungal
compounds is the application of several drugs at once (for example, caspofungin and
mycofungun) (Cui et al., 2015), zinc oxide nanoparticles and nystatin (Hosseini et al., 2020)
and combination of antifungal drugs with essential oils or plant extracts (Jafri and Ahmad,
2020), At the same time, the concentration of such natural components should be minimal,
which is associated with the ability of essential oils, when ingested, to cause severe damage
to the central nervous system and aspiration pneumonia. This led to the search for methods
to reduce the concentration of essential oils while maintaining their properties, in particular,
their use in a mixture with other natural compounds, which can be microbial surfactants.
Interest in surfactants as antimicrobial agents is due to the unique mechanism of their
action, which consists in violating the integrity of the cytoplasmic membrane and, due to this,
practically excludes the possibility of the emergence of microorganisms resistant forms
(Singh and Cameotra, 2004), Meanwhile the biological activity of microbial surfactants can
be changed under different cultivation conditions, which should be taken into account when
developing a technology for obtaining such metabolites. It was previously shown that the
strain Acinetobacter calcoaceticus IMV B-7241 synthesizes surfactants having antimicrobial
and antifungal activity (Pirog et al., 2021a; 2022), and it is possible to regulate their biological
activity changing the potassium and sodium cations concentrations in the medium for
cultivation (Pirog et al., 2016). These monovalent cations at high 50 and 100 mM
concentrations are inhibitors of NADP+-dependent glutamatedehydrogenase, a key enzyme
in the biosynthesis of lipopeptides, which are the main antimicrobial agents, which ultimately
resulted in low antimicrobial and antifungal activity of surfactants (Pirog et al., 2021). It was
also found that surfactants synthesized by Nocardia vaccinii IMV B-7405 possessed
synergistic antimicrobial activity against a wide range of yeasts and bacteria in mixure with
antifungals drugs (nystatin and fluconazole) (Pirog et al., 2017) and essential oils (Pirog et
al., 2020). So, it was assumed that it is possible to enhance the antifungal activity of
surfactants synthesized by A. calcoaceticus IMV B-7241 in the presence of potassium and
sodium cations in a mixture with antifungal agents and essential oils. This will
simultaneously increase the efficiency of using not only surfactants as antimicrobial agents,
but also antifungal drugs or essential oils, as well as reduce the concentration of components
in the mixture.
───Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
178
The purpose of the present study was to investigate the possibility of synergistic action
on the yeast of Candida genus of a mixture of surfactants, synthesized by Acinetobacter
calcoaceticus IMV B-7241 in a medium with different contents of monovalent cations, with
antifungal drugs and essential oils.
Materials and methods
Objects of research
The main object of research was oil oxidizing bacteria strain Acinetobacter
calcoaceticus IMV В-7241 from Microorganisms Depositary of Institute of Microbiology
and Virology, the National Academy of Sciences of Ukraine.
Yeast Candida albicans D-6, Candida utilis BVS-65 and Candida tropicalis RE-2 from
the collection of live cultures of the Department of Biotechnology and Microbiology of the
National University of Food Technology were used as test cultures in determining the
antimicrobial activity of surfactants, antifungal drugs or essential oils.
Clotrimazole and fluconazole, synthetic drugs belonging to the broad-spectrum azole
class; essential oils of lemongrass (manufacturer Aromatika LLC, Ukraine) and cinnamon
(manufacturer RosKosmetika LLC, Ukraine) were used as antifungal drugs.
Composition of the nutrient medium and cultivation conditions
The strain A. calcoaceticus IMV B-7241 was grown in a liquid mineral medium of the
following composition (g/l): (NH2)2CO – 0.35, NaCl – 1.0, Na2HPO4·12H2O – 0.6, KH2PO4
– 0.14, MgSO4·7H2O – 0.1, distilled water – up to 1 liter, рН 6.8–7.0. Yeast autolysate, 0.5%
(v/v), and microelement solution, 0.1% (v/v), containing (g/100 ml): ZnSO4∙7H2O – 1.1;
MnSO4∙H2O – 0.6; FeSO4·7H2O – 0.1; CuSO4∙5H2O – 0.004; CoSO4∙7H2O – 0.03; H3BO3 –
0.006; KI – 0.0001; EDTA (Trilon B) – 0.5, were also added to the medium (basic medium).
Cultivation of the strain IMV B-7241 was carried out in a basic medium that did not contain
NaCl (medium 1), contained NaCl, 2.0 g/l (medium 2), contained NaCl, 2.0 g/l, and KCl,
1.0 g/l (medium 3), Used sunflower oil after frying potatoes at a concentration of 2% (v/v)
was a source of carbon and energy. Seed material was a culture in the middle of the
exponential growth phase, grown in base medium with 0.5% (v/v) used oil. The amount of
inoculum was 5% of the medium volume (104–105 cells/mL), Cultivation was carried
out in flasks (750 ml) with 100 ml of medium in under rotation with 320 rpm at 30 ºC for 120
hours.
Determination of extracellular surfactants concentration
The surfactant concentration was determined by the Blay and Dyer method (Bligh and
Dyer, 1959) in our modification. Since A. calcoaceticus IMV B-7241 synthesizes a complex
of polar and non-polar lipids, and the well-known Blay and Dyer method used to isolate
surfactants allows the isolation of mainly non-polar lipids, we modified the classical solvent
system (Folch mixture) by adding 1 M HCl (chloroform – methanol – water = 4:3:2), This
system allows to fully isolate both polar and non-polar lipids.
25 ml of the supernatant (to obtain a supernatant, the culture broth was centrifuged at
5000 g for 20 minutes) was placed in a 100 ml cylindrical separatory funnel and extracted
surfactant according to the advanced procedure below. Firstly, 5 ml of 1M HCl was added
─── Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
179
and shaken for 5 min, then 20 ml of a modified Folch mixture (16 ml of Folch reagent and 4
ml of 1M HCl) was added immediately and shaken again for 5 min. The mixture obtained
after extraction was left in a separating funnel to separate the phases, then the lower fraction
was drained (organic extract 1) and the aqueous phase was re-extracted. After re-extraction,
25 ml of the modified Folch mixture was added to the aqueous phase again (but at once 16
ml of Folch reagent and 9 ml of 1M HCl) and extracted with shaking for 5 min. After phase
separation, the lower fraction was poured off to obtain organic extract 2. The extraction was
repeated once more using a standard Folch mixture (chloroform: methanol = 2:1), and organic
extract 3 was obtained. The extracts 1-3 were combined and evaporated on an IP1-M2 rotary
evaporator (Russia) at 50 °C and an absolute pressure of 0.4 atm to constant weight.
Determination of antimicrobial activity
The antimicrobial activity of surfactants, antifungal drags, essential oils and their
mixtures on yeast was determined by index of the minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC)
(Andrews, 2001), Determination of MIC was carried out by the method of two-fold serial
dilutions in liquid wort. Under sterile conditions, 1 ml of the medium was added to 10 tubes,
1 ml of an antimicrobial substance (surfactant, antifungal substances or essential oils) of a
certain concentration was added to the first tube, after which it was mixed, 1 ml was taken
and transferred to the next tube. Similarly, the dilution was carried out for the next nine tubes.
1 ml was taken from the last tube. Thus, the final volume in each test tube was 1 ml, and the
concentration of surfactants, antifungal substances, or essential oils in each subsequent tube
decreased by 2 times. As a control, 1 ml of wort without the addition of a solution of
antimicrobial substances was used. Then, 0.1 ml of the test culture suspension (105–106
CFU/ml) was added to each of the tubes and mixed. The tubes were incubated for 24 hours
at 24–26 °C. The results were evaluated visually by the turbidity of the medium: (+) – test
tubes in which the turbidity of the medium was observed (growth of the test culture), (−) –
there was no turbidity (no growth), The minimum inhibitory concentration of antimicrobial
substances was determined as the value of the concentration of the studied substances in the
first test tube, where there was no growth.
When determining the MIC of a mixture of drugs, their ratio was 1:1, while in one of
the options the concentration of surfactants remained unchanged, and the concentration of
antifungal drugs or oil was reduced by the method of successive two-fold dilutions, in the
other, the concentration of essential oil or antifungal drugs remained unchanged, and the
concentration of surfactant reduced.
Determination of synergy of antifungal activity
Synergistic effect of surfactants with antifungal drugs or essential oils and essential oils
was evaluated by indicator of fractional inhibitory concentration (FIC) – the sum of the ratio
of the concentration of each substance in a mixture with their minimum inhibitory
concentration (Hallander et al., 1982), FIC is calculated by the formula
FIC = (CA/MICA) + ( CB/MICB),
where CA or CB are the concentrations of the antimicrobial substance in the mixture;
MICA or MICB are minimum inhibitory concentrations of antimicrobial substance.
───Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
180
Results and discussion
Determination of synergistic antifungal action of a mixture of surfactants
produced by A. calcoaceticus IMV B-7241 and antifungal agents
Synergistic antifungal action of a mixture of surfactants produced by A. calcoaceticus
IMV B-7241 mixed with clotrimazole (Table 1) or flucanazole (Table 2) was studied. These
drugs were chosen due to the availability of data on the spread of resistant yeast of Candida
genus against the background of the widespread use of azoles (Bhattacharya et al., 2020; Cui
et al., 2015) and the possibility of combining antifungal drugs with natural compounds
(Carbone et al., 2019; Kumar et al., 2013; Tabbene et al., 2015) including those of microbial
origin (Tabbene et al., 2015),
It has been found that surfactants synthesized by A. calcoaceticus IMV B-7241 on the
basic medium were the most effective antifungal agents, and the values of the minimum
inhibitory concentrations in relation to the test yeast cultures were 22.5–45 μg/ml, which
were lower than MIC of surfactants synthesized using modified media 1–3 (Table 1 and 2).
Table 1
Antifungal activity of surfactants produced by Acinetobacter calcoaceticus IMV B-7241,
clotrimazole and their mixtures
Media for
surfactants
synthesis
Test culture –
yeast of genus
Candida
MIC (μg/ml) of
***FIC
Surfactants
*Surfactants
mixed with
clotrimazole
**Clotrimazole
mixed with
surfactants
Basic
C. albicans D-6
22.5
5.6
1.9
0.28
C. tropicalis RЕ-2
22.5
5.6
3.9
0.30
C. utilis BVS-65
45
11.2
1.9
0.30
Medium 1
C. albicans D-6
608
38
3.9
0.06
C. tropicalis RЕ-2
304
19
3.9
0.12
C. utilis BVS-65
304
38
3.9
0.18
Medium 2
C. albicans D-6
118
29.5
15.6
0.49
C. tropicalis RЕ-2
118
14.7
15.6
0.36
C. utilis БМС-65
59
14.7
7.8
0.49
Medium 3
C. albicans D-6
769
96.1
3.9
0.18
C. tropicalis RЕ-2
384
48
7.8
0.24
C. utilis BVS-65
384
48
7.8
0.24
Notes:
*the concentration of clotrimazole was unchanged and equaled their ½ MIC, and the concentration
of surfactants was reduced by sequential double dilutions in the concentration range of 180 – 0.17
µg/ml for surfactants synthesized on the basic medium; 608–1.1 µg/ml on medium 1; 236 – 0 .92
µg/ml on medium 2, and 768 – 1.5 µg/ml on medium 3.
**the concentration of surfactants was unchanged and equaled their ½ MIC, and the concentration
of clotrimazole was reduced by sequential double dilutions in the concentration range of 250 –
0.9 μg/ml.
*** FIC ≤ 0.5 indicates synergism.
─── Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
181
The minimum inhibitory concentration of clotrimazole against C. albicans D-6 and C.
tropicalis RE-2 was 62.5 μg/ml, against C. utilis BVS-65 it was 31.2 μg/ml. Addition of all
surfactants synthesized by A. calcoaceticus IMV B-7241 to the solution of clotrimazole
reduced the MIC of this drug against C. albicans D-6, C. tropicalis RE-2 and C. utilis BVS-
65 by 4-32 times. The value of the fractional inhibitory concentration did not exceed 0.5,
which indicates synergism between the compounds.
Surfactants synthesized by A. calcoaceticus IMV B-7241 on different media also
showed synergism of antifungal activity in mixture with fluconazole (Table 2).
Table 2
Antifungal activity of surfactants produced by Acinetobacter calcoaceticus IMV B-7241,
fluconazole and their mixtures
Media for
surfactants
synthesis
Test culture –
yeast of genus
Candida
MIC (μg/ml) of
***FIC
Surfactants
*Surfactants
mixed with
fluconazole
**Fluconazole
mixed with
surfactants
Basic
C. albicans D-6
22.5
5.6
4.6
0.36
C. tropicalis RЕ-2
22.5
5.6
1.1
0.30
C. utilis BVS-65
45
5.6
1.1
0.18
Medium 1
C. albicans D-6
608
76
4.6
0.24
C. tropicalis RЕ-2
304
38
2.3
0.18
C. utilis BVS-65
304
38
2.3
0.18
Medium 2
C. albicans D-6
118
14.7
9.3
0.38
C. tropicalis RЕ-2
118
7.3
9.3
0.32
C. utilis BVS-65
59
7.3
4.6
0.24
Medium 3
C. albicans D-6
769
192.2
9.3
0.51
C. tropicalis RЕ-2
384
192.2
9.3
0.76
C. utilis BVS-65
384
96.1
9.3
0.71
Notes:
*the concentration of fluconazole was unchanged and equaled their ½ MIC, and the concentration
of surfactants was reduced by sequential double dilutions in the concentration range of 180 – 0.17
µg/ml for surfactants synthesized on the base medium; 608 – 1.1 µg/ml on medium 1; 236 – 0.92
µg/ml on medium 2, and 768 – 1.5 µg/ml on medium 3.
** the concentration of surfactants was unchanged and equaled their ½ MIC, and the concentration
fluconazole was reduced by sequential double dilutions in the concentration range of 284 – 0.55
μg/ml.
*** FIC ≤ 0.5 indicates synergism.
The minimum inhibitory concentration of fluconazole against C. albicans D-6, C.
tropicalis RE-2 and C. utilis BMS-65 was 35.5 μg/ml. Addition of surfactants synthesized
by A. calcoaceticus IMV B-7241 to the solution of fluconazole reduced the MIC of this drug
against C. albicans D-6, C. tropicalis RЕ-2 and C. utilis BVS-65 35.5 μg/ml to 1.1–9.3 µg/ml.
Despite the higher FIC values of the mixture of surfactants synthesized on medium 3 with
fluconazole (FIC 0.51-0.76), the minimum inhibitory concentrations of the latter were
reduced by almost 4 times (from 35.5 to 9.3 µg/ml) (Table 2). Only a few reports were
published on the synergism of antifungal compounds with microbial surfactants (Tabbene et
───Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
182
al., 2015) and other natural compounds (Carbone et al., 2019; Kumar et al., 2013; 2015).
Thus, surface-active lipopeptides synthesized by Bacillus subtilis B38 showed synergistic
antifungal activity with amphotericin B against C. albicans ATCC 10231 and clinical isolates
of C. albicans and C. tropicalis (strains not specified) (Tabbene et al., 2015). At the same
time, the minimum inhibitory concentrations of monopreparations of lipopeptides and
amphotericin B were in the range of 12.5–25 μg/ml and 0.25–1 μg/ml, respectively. The use
of the mixture made it possible to reduce both the concentration of lipopeptides to 0.39 µg/ml
against C. albicans ATCC 10231 and to 0.78–1.56 µg/ml for clinical isolates and
amphotericin B to 0.06 µg/ml against strain ATCC 10231 and 0.25 µg/ml against clinical
isolates.
It was established in (Kumar et al., 2013) that diketopiperazines are cyclic dipeptides
synthesized by Bacillus sp. N, in combination with clotrimazole, showed synergism of
antimicrobial activity against C. albicans MTCC 277. Thus, the minimum inhibitory
concentrations of the Cyclo-(L-Pro-L-Leu) dipeptide and clotrimazole against the MTCC
277 strain were 64 and 8 mg/ml, and in the mixture decreased to 2 and 1 μg/ml, respectively.
The value of the fractional inhibitory concentration did not exceed 0.15, which indicates
synergism. Similar results were observed when using a mixture of Cyclo(D-Pro-L-Leu) and
Cyclo(L-Pro-L-Tyr) dipeptides with clotrimazole (Kumar et al., 2013). The MICs of these
mixtures against C. albicans MTCC 277 were 2–4 µg/ml, respectively, while the minimum
inhibitory concentrations of dipeptides were in the range of 16–32 µg/ml, and the MIC of
clotrimazole was 8 µg/ml. Note that the cytotoxic effect of diketopiperazines in relation to
fibroblast and epithelial cell lines was observed at a concentration of more than 200 μg/ml,
which indicates the safety of using such a natural metabolite.
There is information in the literature about the use of essential oils (Carbone et al., 2019)
and extracts (Kumar et al., 2015) of plant extracts in combination with clotrimazole. In the
article (Carbone et al., 2019) it was found that the MIC of clotrimazole against C. albicans
ATCC 10231 was 128 µg/ml, but in a mixtures with lavender or rosemary essential oils (ratio
1:1, concentration of essential oils 0.5–2%, v/v) decreased to 78 and 62.5 µg/ml, respectively.
It should be noted that a mixture of clotrimazole with essential oils was used in the form of
nanostructured lipid carriers, which made it possible to reduce the cytotoxicity of essential
oils. It was shown that α- and β-asarans, the main active components of calamus (Acorus
calamus), and showed antifungal activity against representatives of the Candida genus not
only in the form of monodrugs, but also in combination with azoles (clotrimazole,
fluconazole) (Kumar et al., 2015). When using their mixture with clotrimazole and
fluconazole, there was a decrease in the minimum inhibitory concentrations against C.
tropicalis MTCC 184 of both antifungal drugs (from 1 and 4 µg/ml to 0.06 and 0.25 µg/ml,
respectively) and natural compounds (with 500 and 8 µg/ml to 64 and 2 µg/ml for α- and β-
assarones, respectively).
Our results (see Tables 1 and 2) showed that the MICs of clotrimazole and fluconazole
mixed with surfactants synthesized by A. calcoaceticus IMV B-7241 on basic or modified
media are comparable and in some cases even lower than described in the literature (Kumar
et al., 2013; Carbone et al., 2019; Kumar et al., 2013; 2015; Tabbene et al., 2015).
Determination of synergistic antifungal action of a mixture of surfactants
produced by Acinetobacter calcoaceticus IMV B-7241 and essential oils
The synergism of the antifungal activity of a mixture of surfactants synthesized by A.
calcoaceticus IMV B-7241 on different media and cinnamon and lemongrass essential oils
was studied. The choice of essential oils was due to the following reasons: (a) the main
─── Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
183
component of cinnamon essential oil, cinnamaldehyde, prevents the synthesis of ergosterol
by binding to enzymes involved in the formation of the cytoplasmic membrane in yeast cells
(da Nóbrega Alves et al., 2020); (b) geraniol, citral, citronellal and citronellol, which are the
main components of lemongrass essential oil, inhibit the formation of hyphae as one of the
virulence factors in the members of Candida genus (de Toledo et al., 2020).
The minimum inhibitory concentration of cinnamon essential oil against all test cultures
was 156 μg/m. It has been found that the use of a mixture of cinnamon essential oil with
surfactants synthesized by A. calcoaceticus IMV B-7241 grown on different media made it
possible to reduce the minimum inhibitory concentrations of the essential oil against studied
yeast of Candida genus by 4–18 times, from 156 to 8.5–39 µg/ml (Table 3).
Table 3
Antifungal activity of surfactants produced by Acinetobacter calcoaceticus IMV B-7241,
cinnamon essential oil and their mixture
Media for
surfactants
synthesis
Test culture –
yeast of genus
Candida
MIC (μg/ml) of
***FIC
Surfactants
*Surfactants
mixed with
essential oil
**Essential oil
mixed with
surfactants
Basic
C. albicans D-6
22.5
1.4
8.5
0.11
C. tropicalis RЕ-2
22.5
2.8
39
0.34
C. utilis BVS-65
45
1.4
17
0.11
Medium 1
C. albicans D-6
608
19
17
0.04
C. tropicalis RЕ-2
304
9.5
39
0.28
C. utilis BVS-65
304
9.5
17
0.13
Medium 2
C. albicans D-6
118
14.7
39
0.37
C. tropicalis RЕ-2
118
14.7
39
0.37
C. utilis BVS-65
59
7.3
39
0.37
Medium 3
C. albicans D-6
769
24
17
0.13
C. tropicalis RЕ-2
384
12
17
0.13
C. utilis BVS-65
384
12
17
0.13
Notes:
*the concentration of cinnamon essential oil was unchanged and equaled their ½ MIC, and the
concentration of surfactants was reduced by sequential double dilutions in the concentration range
of 180 – 0.17 µg/ml for surfactants synthesized on the base medium; 608 – 1.1 µg/ml on medium
1; 236 – 0.92 µg/ml on edimum 2, and 768 – 1.5 µg/ml on medium 3.
**the concentration of surfactants remained unchanged and equaled their ½ MIC, and the
concentration of cinnamon essential oil was reduced by sequential double dilutions in the
concentration range of 624 – 1.2 μg/ml.
*** FIC ≤ 0.5 indicates synergism.
The FIC index did not exceed 0.5, which indicates synergism between the compounds.
Similar patterns were observed when using a mixture of lemongrass essential oil and A.
calcoaceticus IMV B-7241 surfactant. For example, the minimum inhibitory concentrations
against C. albicans D-6 of surfactants synthesized in all media were in diapason from 22.5
to 769 µg/ml, lemongrass essential oil was 312 µg/ml, and their mixtures were only 9.7–39
µg/ml. At the same time, the value of the fractional inhibitory concentration did not exceed
0.5, which indicates the synergism of the antifungal action of surfactants and lemongrass
───Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
184
essential oil. It was shown that the minimum inhibitory concentration of a mixture of
Nocardia vaccinii IMV B-7405 surfactants with cinnamon and lemongrass essential oils
against yeast of Candida genus was 4 – 19.5 µg/ml that was significantly lower than the MIC
of single surfactants, 16–76 µg/ml, or essential oils, 156 µg/ml (Pirog et al., 2020). At the
same time, surfactants synthesized by strain N. vaccinii IMV B-7405 under different
cultivation conditions were effectively being mixed with essential oils and reduced the MIC
of the latter.
There are only single reports on the synergism of the antifungal activity of microbial
surfactants mixed with essential oils (Pirog et al., 2020). At the same time, there is
information on the use of various essential oils and plant extracts in combination with
antifungal drugs (fluconazole, nisin, ketoconazole, amphotericin B) against drug-resistant
strains of Candida genus (Herman and Herman, 2021). However, the authors do not give the
values of the minimum inhibitory concentrations of monodrugs and their mixtures.
Conclusions
The results confirm the possibility of using a mixture of microbial surfactants and
antifungal drugs or essential oils to reduce the minimum inhibitory concentrations of the
latter against members of Candida genus.
Surfactants produced by Acinetobacter calcoaceticus IMV B-7241 cultivated on
different media showed synergism of antifungal activity of their mixture with antifungal
drugs or essential oils. In the presence of surfactants synthesized on basic medium and
modified media in a mixture with antifungal drugs and essential oils, made it possible to
reduce minimum inhibitory concentrations of clotrimazole, fluconazole and cinnamon,
lemongrass essential oils against yeasts of Candida genus by 4–32, 4–18 and 8–32 times,
respectively. Nevertheless, the possible influence of the composition of the nutrient medium
on surfactant antifungal ability should be taken into account when developing technologies
for these products manufacturing.
References
Andrews M.J. (2001), Determination of minimum inhibitory concentrations, Journal of
Antimicrobial Chemotherapy, 48(1), рр. 5–16, DOI: 10.1093/jac/48.suppl_1.5.
Bhattacharya S., Sae-Tia S., Fries B.C. (2020), Candidiasis and mechanisms of antifungal
resistance, Antibiotics (Basel), 9(6), pp. 312, DOI: 10.3390/antibiotics9060312.
Bligh E.G., Dyer W.J. (1959), A rapid method for total lipid extraction and purification,
Canadian Journal of Biochemistry and Physiology, 37(8), pp. 911−917
Carbone C., Teixeira M.D.C., Sousa M.D.C., Martins-Gomes C., Silva A.M., Souto
E.M.B., Musumeci T. (2019), Clotrimazole-loaded mediterranean essential oils
NLC: a synergic treatment of Candida skin infections, Pharmaceutics, 11(5), DOI:
10.3390/pharmaceutics11050231.
Cui J., Ren B., Tong Y., Dai H., Zhang L. (2015), Synergistic combinations of antifungals
and anti-virulence agents to fight against Candida albicans, Virulence, 6(4), pp.
362–371, DOI: 10.1080/21505594.2015.1039885.
da Nóbrega Alves D., Monteiro A.F.M., Andrade P.N., Lazarini J.G., Abílio G.M.F.,
Guerra F.Q.S., Scotti M.T., Scotti L., Rosalen P.L., Castro R.D. (2020), Docking
prediction, antifungal activity, anti-biofilm effects on Candida spp., and toxicity
─── Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
185
against human cells of cinnamaldehyde, Molecules, 25(24), pp. 5969, DOI:
10.3390/molecules25245969.
de Toledo L.G., Dos Santos Ramos M.A., Bento da Silva P., Rodero, C. F., de Sá Gomes
V., Noronha da Silva A., Pavan F. R., da Silva I. C., Bombarda Oda F., Flumignan
D. L., Gonzaga Dos Santos A., Chorilli M., Gottardo de Almeida M.T., Bauab T.
M. (2020), Improved in vitro and in vivo anti-Candida albicans activity of
Cymbopogon nardus essential oil by its incorporation into a microemulsion system,
International Journal of Nanomedicine, 15, pp. 10481–10497, DOI:
10.2147/IJN.S275258.
Hallander H.O., Dornbusch K., Gezelius L., Jacobson K., Karlsson I. (1982), Synergism
between aminoglycosides and cephalosporins with antipseudomonal activity:
interaction index and killing curve method, Antimicrobial Agents and
Chemotherapy, 22(5), pp. 743–52.
Herman A., Herman A.P. (2021), Herbal products and their active constituents used alone
and in combination with antifungal drugs against drug-resistant Candida sp,
Antibiotics, 10(6), DOI: 10.3390/antibiotics10060655.
Hosseini S.S., Joshaghani H., Shokohi T., Ahmadi A., Mehrbakhsh Z. (2020), Antifungal
activity of ZnO nanoparticles and nystatin and downregulation of sap1-3 genes
expression in fluconazole-resistant Candida albicans isolates from vulvovaginal
candidiasis, Infection and Drug Resistance, 13, pp. 385–394, DOI:
10.2147/IDR.S226154.
Jafri H., Ahmad I. (2020), Thymus vulgaris essential oil and thymol inhibit biofilms and
interact synergistically with antifungal drugs against drug resistant strains of
Candida albicans and Candida tropicalis, Journal de Mycologie Medicale, 30(1),
100911, DOI: 10.1016/j.mycmed.2019.100911.
Kumar S.N., Aravind S.R., Sreelekha T.T., Jacob J., Kumar B.S. (2015), Asarones from
Acorus calamus in combination with azoles and amphotericin B: a novel synergistic
combination to compete against human pathogenic Candida species in vitro,
Applied Biochemistry and Microbiology, 175(8), pp. 3683–95, DOI:
10.1007/s12010-015-1537-y.
Kumar S.N., Nambisan B., Mohandas C., Sundaresan A. (2013), In vitro synergistic
activity of diketopiperazines alone and in combination with amphotericin B or
clotrimazole against Candida albicans, Folia Microbiologica, 58(6), pp. 475–482,
DOI: 10.1007/s12223-013-0234-x.
Pappas P.G., Kauffman C.A., Andes D.R., Clancy C.J., Marr K. A., Ostrosky-Zeichner L.,
Reboli A.C., Schuster M.G., Vazquez J.A., Walsh T.J., Zaoutis T.E., Sobel J.D.
(2016), Clinical practice guideline for the management of candidiasis: 2016 update
by the infectious diseases society of America, Clinical Infectious Diseases: an
Official Publication of the Infectious Diseases Society of America, 62(4), DOI:
10.1093/cid/civ933.
Pirog T.P., Kliuchka L.V., Kliuchka I.V., Shevchuk T.A., Iutynska G.O. (2020), Synergism
of antimicrobial and anti-adhesive activity of Nocardia vaccinii IMV B-7405
surfactants in a mixture with essential oils, Mikrobiolohichnyi Zhurnal, 82(4), pp.
31–40, DOI: 10.15407/microbiolj82.04.031.
Pirog T., Kluchka L., Lytsai D., Stabnikov V. (2021a), Factors affecting antibiofilm
properties of microbial surfactants. Scientific Study & Research: Chemistry &
Chemical Engineering, Biotechnology, Food Industry, 21(1), pp. 27–37.
https://pubs.ub.ro/?pg=revues&rev=cscc6&num=202101&vol=1&aid=5246.
───Biotechnology. Microbiology ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
186
Pirog T.P., Lutsay D.A., Shevchuk T.A., Iutynska G.O. (2021b), Synthesis and biological
activity of Acinetobacter calcoaceticus IMV B-7241 surfactants depending on
monovalent cations content in cultivation medium, Mikrobiolohichnyi Zhurnal,
83(2), pp. 20–31, DOI: 10.15407/microbiolj83.02.020.
Pirog T.P., Sidor I.V., Lutsai D.A. (2016), Calcium and magnesium cations influence on
antimicrobial and antiadhesive activity of Acinetobacter сalcoaceticus ІMV B-7241
surfactants, Biotechnologia Acta, 9(6), рр. 50–57, DOI: 10.15407/biotech9.06.050.
Pirog T., Stabnikov V., Stabnikova E. (2022), Bacterial microbial surface- active
substances in food-processing industry, In: Paredes-Lopez O., Stabnikov V.,
Shevchenko O., Ivanov V., eds., Bioenhancement and Fortification of Foods for a
Healthy Diet, CRC Press, Boca Raton, London, pp. 271–294, DOI:
10.1201/9781003225287-18.
Singh D.K., Tóth R., Gácser A. (2020), Mechanisms of pathogenic Candida species to
evade the host complement attack, Frontiers in Cellular and Infection
Microbiology, 10, 94, DOI: 10.3389/fcimb.2020.00094.
Singh P., Cameotra S.S. (2004), Potential applications of microbial surfactants in
biomedical sciences, Trends in Biotechnoljgy, 22(3), pp. 142–146, DOI:
10.1016/j.tibtech.2004.01.010.
Tabbene O., Di Grazia A., Azaiez S., Ben Slimene I., Elkahoui S., Alfeddy M.N., Casciaro
B., Luca V., Limam F., Mangoni M.L. (2015), Synergistic fungicidal activity of the
lipopeptide bacillomycin D with amphotericin B against pathogenic Candida
species, FEMS Yeast Research, 15(4), DOI: 10.1093/femsyr/fov022.
Tsui C., Kong E.F., Jabra-Rizk M.A. (2016), Pathogenesis of Candida albicans biofilm,
Pathogens and Disease, 74(4), DOI: 10.1093/femspd/ftw018.
─── Abstracts ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
187
Анотації
Харчові технології
Вплив температури сушіння на органолептичні властивості, антиоксидантну
активність і вміст поліфенолів у висушеному листі Allium ursinum L. subsp.
ucrainicum
Ясміна Лукінак, Марко Юкіч
Осієцький університет, Осієк, Хорватія
Вступ. Коротка вегетативність Allium ursinum обмежує його доступність, тому
сушіння забезпечує його цілорічне збереження. Метою пропонованого дослідження
було визначення впливу температури сушіння на антиоксидантну активність і вміст
поліфенолів у висушеному листі Allium ursinum L. subsp. ucrainicum та його
органолептичні властивості.
Матеріали і методи. Оцінено вплив трьох температур сушіння (40, 50 і 60 °C) на
органолептичні властивості (колір, здатність до дегідратації та регідратації),
антиоксидантну активність і вміст поліфенолів у висушеному листі A. ursinum. Колір
зразків вимірювали за допомогою системи комп’ютерного зору. Загальний вміст
фенолів визначали спектрофотометрично, а антиоксидантну активність – методом
DPPH.
Результати і обговорення. Виявлено значні відмінності між свіжими,
зневодненими та регідратованими зразками A. ursinum за всіма проаналізованими
параметрами кольору (висушене листя показало набагато нижчу інтенсивність
зеленого кольору, ніж свіже). Висушування за вищих температур призводить до зміни
кольору, яка більш виражена за вищих температурах сушіння (60 °C) через деградацію
хлорофілу. Температури сушіння мали статистично значущий вплив на дегідратацію і
регідратаційну здатність висушених зразків. Вища температура сушіння призводила
до вищого ступеня зневоднення та регідратації (через пори висушеного продукту вода
знову надходила в клітини). Конвекційне повітряне сушіння призводило до значного
видалення вологи зі свіжого листя A. ursinum (більше 91%), але органолептичні якості
листя A. ursinum зберігалися. Випробувані умови сушіння мали значний вплив на
загальний вміст фенолів і антиоксидантну активність листя A. ursinum. Підвищення
температури під час сушіння знижувало загальний вміст поліфенолів у висушеному
листі A. ursinum. У всьому діапазоні вимірювань зразки, висушені за нижчих
температур, мали вищу антиоксидантну здатність, тоді як більш високі температури
сушіння призводили до більшого зниження антиоксидантного потенціалу висушеного
рослинного матеріалу. A. ursinum вважається одним із функціональних харчових
продуктів для споживання людиною завдяки високій харчовій цінності та
профілактичному чи лікувальному впливу під час різних захворювань. Для отримання
високоякісного сушеного продукту процес сушіння повинен забезпечувати якість,
порівнянну зі свіжими овочами.
Ключові слова: Allium ursinum L. subsp. ucrainicum, сушіння, аналіз зображень,
фенол, антиоксидант.
─── Abstracts ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
188
Ароматичний профіль македонських і болгарських червоних вин сорту Вранець
та гібриду Кайласький рубін
Димітар Димітров1, Душко Недельковські2
1 – Сільськогосподарська академія, Інститут виноградарства та виноробства,
Плевен, Болгарія
2 – Аграрний інститут, кафедра виноградарства, Скоп’є, Північна Македонія
Вступ. Метою цього дослідження було визначення ароматичного профілю
болгарських і македонських червоних вин, отриманих з місцевого сорту Вранець та
гібриду сорту Кайласький рубін.
Матеріали і методи. Проведено газохроматографічне (GC-MS) дослідження для
визначення ароматичного профілю червоних вин місцевого сорту Вранець
(вирощується в Республіці Македонія) та гібридного сорту Кайласький рубін
(вирощується в Республіці Болгарія).
Результати і обговорення. У фракції вищих спиртів в обох винах переважав 1-
пентанол. Іншими спиртами були 1-пропанол, 2-пропанол, 1-бутанол, 1-гексанол, 3-
метилтіол-1-пропанол. Вино сорту Вранець виявило більшу складність щодо цієї
фракції, оскільки в ньому виявлено 3-гексен-1-ол, якого не було у вині Кайласький
рубін. В обох винах виявлено велику кількість ароматичного спирту – фенілетанолу.
Ця сполука мала велике значення для їх квіткового аромату. Складноефірна фракція
двох вин була різноманітною, представленою ізопентилацетатом, етилкаприлатом,
етилгексаноатом, етилдеканоатом та діетил малатом. Вино із сорту Вранець мало
більшу складність ефіру, оскільки в ньому виявлено ще два ефірні представники –
етил-2-гідробутират і 2-гідрокси-3-метил-діетиловий ефір. В обох винах була виявлена
одна жирна кислота – гептанова, у дуже близьких концентраціях. За визначенням
учасника дискусії, «обидва вина по-своєму були дуже гармонійними та мали
характерні для обох сортів ноти». Загалом, описовий аналіз підтверджує компоненти,
визначені за допомогою GC-MS, і дає чітке уявлення про профіль аромату обох сортів.
Висновки. Обидва вина демонстрували різноманітний, збалансований
ароматичний профіль, виходячи з особливостей його леткого складу. Кожне вино
виявляло індивідуальний ароматичний профіль.
Ключові слова: Червоне вино, Вранець, Кайласький рубін, виноград, складний
ефір, вищий спирт.
Біологічна цінність білків культивованих грибів
Галина Сімахіна, Наталія Науменко
Національний університет харчових технологій, Київ, Україна
Вступ. Мета дослідження – науково обґрунтувати та експериментально
підтвердити харчовий статус культивованих грибів як джерела легкозасвоюваних
білків, есенціальних і замінних амінокислот, інших цінних біокомпонентів і
перспектив їх використання у харчових технологіях.
Матеріали і методи. Досліджено два види культивованих грибів – печерицю
двоспорову (Agaricus bisporus) та гливу звичайну (Pleurotus ostreatus), один вид
дикорослих – підберезники (Leccinum scabrum): за біохімічними характеристиками,
─── Abstracts ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
189
масовою часткою альбумінів, глобулінів, глютелінів, проламінів; якісним і кількісним
складом амінокислот у вільній і зв’язаній формах.
Результати і обговорення. Біохімічний склад шапок і ніжок грибів відрізняється
за окремими показниками: вміст сухих речовин у шапках печериць на 13–18%
більший, вміст білків – на 14,6–23,5%. Вміст клітковини – на 17–19% менший, що є
істотною перевагою шапок. Це потрібно враховувати при промисловому переробленні
грибів, попередньо відділивши ніжки від шапок, з дотриманням оптимальних
параметрів процесу для кожної анатомічної частини. Білки печериць містять усі
незамінні амінокислоти і можуть бути важливим джерелом лізину (4,95 мг%),
фенілаланіну (7,04 мг%), лейцину (9 мг%), треоніну (7,6 мг%). 7,6% амінокислот
міститься у вільному вигляді, серед них незамінних амінокислот майже половина. Це
забезпечує ефективне використання амінокислот організмом людини для синтезу
власних білків.
Вміст білків у свіжих печерицях становить 6–9% за їхньою масою, у гливі – 4–
5%, у білих грибах – 6–8,5%, що підкреслює пріоритетність за білковою складовою
саме печериць. Білки печериць на 70,3% представлено легкорозчинними фракціями –
альбумінами і глобулінами, дещо менше їх у білках гливи (65%), а в білках
підберезників цей показник зменшується до 53,2%. І тому білки культивованих грибів
з мінімальними витратами енергії розкладаються в організмі до амінокислот, а також
відзначаються високим ступенем протеолізу (майже на рівні білків молока) під дією
ферментів шлунково-кишкового тракту. Високих результатів досягнуто завдяки
науково обґрунтованому виборові досліджуваної сировини, в тому числі з
урахуванням її органолептичних характеристик, кожну з яких оцінено на відмінно.
Запропоновано й охарактеризовано критерії вибору печериць для домашньої кулінарії
та промислового перероблення: вміст білка не менш ніж 6–9%, клітковини 2–3,5%;
вуглеводів 1–1,5%.
Висновки. Культивовані гриби та продукти їх перероблення з високим вмістом
білків та інших цінних компонентів мають стати неодмінною складовою харчових
раціонів для подолання білкового дефіциту.
Ключові слова: гриби, білки, амінокислоти, безпека, фракціонування.
Ферментація яблучного соку за допомогою відбірних автохтонних
молочнокислих бактерій
Етері Ткешеліадзе1, Ніно Гагелідзе1, Тінатін Садунішвілі1, Крістіан Герціг2
1 – Аграрний університет Грузії, Тбілісі, Грузія
2 – Університет Касселя, Вітценхаузен, Німеччина
Вступ. Через брак ферменту лактази вживання молочних продуктів є проблемою
для людей з непереносимістю лактози. Фруктові соки мають високий вміст поживних
речовин, тому виявилися ефективними носіями або живильними середовищами для
пробіотиків, зокрема для молочнокислих бактерій; вони не містять лактози і можуть
вживатися особами з непереносимістю лактози.
Матеріали і методи. У дослідженні використовували власноруч виготовлений
яблучний сік і відбірні молочнокислі бактерії. Кількість життєздатних бактеріальних
клітин визначали методом серійного розведення; титрувальну кислотність визначали
автоматичним титрором; концентрації цукрів і органічних кислот вимірювали за
допомогою високоефективної рідинної хроматографії; загальний вміст фенольних
─── Abstracts ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
190
сполук визначали методом Фоліна-Хіокальтуса; антиоксидантну активність визначали
за допомогою аналізу FRAP (залізо-знижувальна антиоксидантна здатність).
Результати і обговорення. Вибрані штами Lactiplantibacillus plantarum
використовували для ферментації яблучного соку. Оптимальні умови для ферментації:
початковий pH 4,5, тривалість 24 год, максимальна життєздатність бактеріальних
клітин 8,23±0,17 log КУО/мл і 8,55±0,19 log КУО/мл для L. plantarum 74 і L. plantarum
76 відповідно. Характеристики яблучного соку в процесі бродіння змінювалися. Так,
через 48 год ферментації підвищення титрованої кислотності викликало зниження рН,
крім того, спостерігалося поступове зниження вмісту цукру. Найбільшу
продуктивність молочної та яблучної кислот спостерігали протягом 48 год
ферментації зі штамом L. plantarum 74. Ферментований сік з L. plantarum 52, L.
plantarum 74 і L. plantarum 76 мав концентрацію загальних фенольних сполук
532,9±26,7 мг ЕГК/л, 587,3±29,4 мг ЕГК/л, 488,4±24,4 мг ЕГК/л і антиоксидантну
активність 281,6±14,1 мг ЕАК/л, 300,6±15,0 мг ЕАК/л, 172,8±8,6 мг ЕАК/л відповідно
після 72 год бродіння.
Висновок. Яблучний сік, ферментований відбірними штамами Lactiplantibacillus
plantarum і збагачений молочнокислими бактеріями, може використовуватися як
пробіотичний продукт, який можуть вживати особи з непереносимістю лактози.
Ключові слова: яблуко, сік, ферментація, Lactiplantibacillus plantarum,
антиоксидант, фенол, пробіотик
Оцінка якості бісквіту зі зниженим вмістом сахарози з ячмінного солоду і
пшеничного композитного борошна
Марко Юкіч1, Гьоре Наков2, Даліборка Коцева Комленіч1,
Франьо Шумановац1, Антоніо Кольджерай1, Ясміна Лукінак1
1 – Осієцький університет, Осієк, Хорватія
2 – Інститут кріобіології та харчових технологій, Сільськогосподарська академія,
Софія, Болгарія
Вступ. Мета дослідження – визначити вплив заміни частини пшеничного
борошна (WF) борошном пивного ячмінного солоду (BMF) зі зниженим вмістом
сахарози в рецептурі на якісні характеристики бісквітних коржів.
Матеріали і методи. Для виробництва бісквітних зразків використовували WF і
три різні типи пивоварного BMF (Plsen, Amber і Black) у різних співвідношеннях зі
зниженим вмістом сахарози. Визначали вміст редукувальних цукрів у WF та BMF, а
також вологість та активність води у зразках бісквіту. Також визначено питомий об’єм,
колір за показниками CIEL*a*b*, проведено аналіз профілю текстури (TPA) та
органолептичний аналіз за дев’ятибальною гедонічною шкалою.
Результати і обговорення. Вміст редукувальних цукрів становив 0,43, 7,75, 17,05
та 61,02 г/100 г у WF, Amber, Pilsen та Black BMF відповідно. Оскільки сахароза, як
відомо, є чудовим інгредієнтом для зниження активності води, то вміст вологи та
активність води у зразках бісквітного тіста значно збільшувалися зі зменшенням
додавання сахарози. Питомий об’єм знизився з 1,99 см3/г у контрольній пробі WF до
1,79 см3/г у зразку WF зі зниженням вмісту сахарози на 50%. Зниження вмісту сахарози
значно підвищило твердість і жувальну здатність, в той час як пружність і
згуртованість бісквітних коржів зменшилася (p < 0,05). Додавання 20% BMF і
зниження сахарози до 83,3% від вихідної рецептури пом’якшили ці ефекти, тому
статистично значущих відмінностей між цими зразками та контрольним зразком WF з
─── Abstracts ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
191
точки зору питомого об’єму і параметрів текстури не було. Додавання BMF суттєво
вплинуло на всі параметри кольору м’якушки бісквіту (р < 0,05). Бурштиновий бісквіт
BMF:WF (20:80) зі зниженим додаванням сахарози (83,3%) мав найвищі
органолептичні оцінки за кольором, зовнішнім виглядом і загальною прийнятністю.
Pilsen BMF:WF (20:80) зі зниженим додаванням сахарози (83,3%) мав найкращий
запах, а найкращий смак – контрольний зразок WF.
Висновок. Заміна WF на BMF у виробництві бісквітних тістечок надає
можливість отримати широкий асортимент бісквітних виробів з різними якісними
характеристиками, покращеними харчовими та функціональними властивостями.
BMF має значну кількість власних цукрів, що може мінімізувати ефект зниження
вмісту сахарози в рецептурі бісквіту.
Ключові слова: бісквіт, ячмінний солод, борошно, сахароза, функціональність.
Мінеральний склад борошна із сучасних і румунських сортів пшениці
Марія-Камелія Голеа1,2, Маріус Дан Шандру1,2,
Джорджіана-Габріела Кодіна1
1– Університет «Штефан чел Маре» Сучави, Сучава, Румунія
2– Банк рослинних генетичних ресурсів "Михай Кристя", Сучава, Румунія
Вступ. Метою цього дослідження було вивчення мінерального складу борошна,
отриманого з різних сортів пшениці колекції Банку генетичних ресурсів рослин «Mihai
Cristea» міста Сучава, Румунія, вирощених в однакових умовах.
Матеріали і методи. Двадцять чотири зразки цільнозернового борошна,
отриманого з різних сортів пшениці, зокрема п'ятнадцять з м'якої пшениці (Triticum
aestivum L.), п'ять з однозернянки (Triticum monococcum L.) та чотири з пшениці
спельти (Triticum spelta L.), були проаналізовані для визначення їхнього мінерального
складу за допомогою рентгенівського енергодисперсійного аналізу. Статистичний
аналіз результатів проведено за допомогою методики ієрархічного кластерного аналізу
за методом WARD як алгоритму групування.
Результати і обговорення. Загалом, старі види пшениці характеризувались
вищим вмістом мінеральних речовин, ніж сучасні, особливо сорти однозернянки. Для
всіх зразків борошна виявлено суттєві відмінності у кількості калію (К), фосфору (Р),
кальцію (Са), марганцю (Мn), заліза (Fe), цинку (Zn) та міді (Cu). Однак усі сорти
пшениці мали високий вміст калію та низький вміст міді порівняно з іншими
елементами, що визначалися. Деякі найбільш важливі для харчування людини
мікромінерали, наприклад, Fe і Zn, у великій кількості виявлялися в борошні з різних
сортів пшениці, але зразки давньої пшениці характеризувалися більшим вмістом цих
елементів, ніж сучасні. У деяких сучасних сортах пшениці ці мінерали також були у
достатній кількості. Вміст мінеральних речовин залежав від агрономічної
врожайності, а не від приналежності сортів пшениці до давніх чи сучасних видів.
Висновки. Результати дослідження підтвердили велику відмінність у кількості
мінералів між різними сортами. Інформація про цю варіацію може бути корисною у
подальших селекційних дослідженнях, спрямованих на покращення поживної якості
зерна пшениці та розробку стратегій біозбагачення мікроелементами. Як спельта, так
і звичайна пшениця загалом показали високий вміст мінеральних речовин. Звісно ж,
агрономічна врожайність значно впливає на кількість мінеральних речовин у пшениці.
Ключові слова: Triticum sp., пшениця, зернові, мінерал, ієрархічний, кластерний
аналіз.
─── Abstracts ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
192
Використання борошна з насіння гарбуза при виготовленні хлібобулочних
виробів
Анастасія Шевченко, Віра Дробот, Олег Галенко
Національний університет харчових технологій, Київ, Україна
Вступ. Метою дослідження було визначення впливу додавання борошна з насіння
гарбуза на технологічні показники хлібобулочних виробів з пшеничного борошна.
Матеріали і методи. Досліджували борошно з насіння гарбуза великоплідного,
твердокорого сорту «Рожевий банан» і вплив його додання на мікробіологічні
(газоутворювальна здатність тіста та динаміка газоутворення) та біохімічні (кінетика
цукрів у тісті) показники технологічного процесу виготовлення хліба з пшеничного
борошна та якість готових виробів.
Результати і обговорення. Борошно з гарбуза сорту «Рожевий банан» має
високий вміст білка (40%) та клітковини (12,2%), що у 3,8 та 3,5 раза більше, ніж у
пшеничному борошні. За гранулометричним складом борошно з насіння гарбуза
значно крупніше за пшеничне обойне борошно, що має позначитись на структурно-
механічних властивостях тістових напівфабрикатів і хлібобулочних виробів при його
внесенні. Водопоглинальна здатність цього гарбуза переважає відповідне значення для
пшеничного борошна у 1,5 раза. Газоутворювальна здатність тіста для хлібобулочних
виробів зі збільшенням дозування борошна з насіння гарбуза зменшилась на 1,9–7,4%
порівняно з контролем, також на 7,6–16,2% зменшилась кількість утворених цукрів,
однак збродження цукрів збільшується на 16,9–20,3%. Дещо збільшується кислотність
м’якушки виробів, на 3,6–38,4% знижується питомий об’єм, на 1,4–4,1% – пористість.
Проте споживчі властивості хліба покращуються. У готових хлібобулочних виробах
вміст білка збільшується на 13,9–55,5% залежно від дозування гарбузового борошна,
клітковини – на 12,07–48,7%, що свідчить про здатність цієї сировини значно
підвищити харчову цінність виробів при її внесенні в рецептури.
Висновки. Використання борошна з насіння гарбуза для заміни частини борошна
пшеничного в рецептурах хлібобулочних виробів дає змогу підвищити вміст білка та
клітковини в цих виробах, а також їхню харчову цінність.
Ключові слова: гарбуз, борошно, хліб, тісто, газоутворення.
Вплив Spirulina platensis та
Kelp
на жирнокислотний склад пшеничного хліба
Денка Златева1, Розен Чочков2, Дана Стефанова1
1 – Економічний університет, Варна, Болгарія
2 – Університет харчових технологій, Пловдив, Болгарія
Вступ. Метою цього дослідження було вивчення впливу деяких їстівних
водоростей – Spirulina platensis та ламінарії, на вміст насичених і ненасичених жирних
кислот у пшеничному хлібі.
Матеріали і методи. Хліб отримували з пшеничного борошна з додаванням
ламінарії Kelp та спіруліни Spirulina platensis (порошок) у кількості 2 або 4% від маси
борошна. Екстракцію загальних ліпідів проводили загальноприйнятим методом, а
метилові ефіри жирних кислот аналізували за допомогою газового хроматографа з
полум'яно-іонізаційним детектором.
─── Abstracts ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
193
Результати і обговорення. Збагачення ламінарією Kelp та спіруліною Spirulina
platensis (у кількості 2% та 4% від маси борошна) впливає на вміст насичених і
ненасичених жирних кислот у пшеничному хлібі. Оскільки різні види водоростей
мають різний профіль жирних кислот, дві аквакультури давали різний ефект. За
насиченими жирними кислотами включення ламінарії Kelp в рецептуру хліба
викликало збільшення вмісту стеаринової, арахідонової та генейкозанової кислот, а
збагачення спіруліною Spirulina platensis призводило до збільшення вмісту
капронової, пальмітинової, арахідонової кислот і, особливо, генейкозанової кислоти.
У контрольному хлібі кількість генейкозанової кислоти становить 0,17 г на 100 г
жирів. У хлібі, збагаченому 2% і 4% ламінарії Kelp, кількість генейкозанової кислоти
була в 2,2 та 3,5 раза вищою, ніж у контролі, а в хлібі з 2% та 4% Spirulina platensis – у
3,4 та 3,1 раза вище, ніж у контролі відповідно. Додавання морських водоростей також
впливає на вміст ненасичених жирних кислот у пшеничному хлібі. При включенні
ламінарії Kelp до рецептури хліба спостерігався підвищений вміст олеїнової та α-
ліноленової кислот, тоді як при додаванні паулінової кислоти збагачення Spirulina
platensis було ефективнішим.
Висновки. Збагачення пшеничного хліба їстівними водоростями Kelp та Spirulina
platensis є ефективним способом підвищення вмісту в ньому деяких жирних кислот.
При цьому ефект від додавання Spirulina platensis більш виражений.
Ключові слова: білий хліб, Spirulina platensis, Kelp, жирні кислоти.
Енологічна характеристика білих вин, виготовлених з деяких грузинських
сортів винограду за кахетинськими методами виноробства
Тамарі Махвіладзе, Георгій Кварцхава
Грузинський технічний університет, Тбілісі, Грузія
Вступ. Метою дослідження було визначення показників якості (енологічна
характеристика та вміст біологічно-активних сполук) вин з урахуванням їх сортового
походження та методів виноробства без урахування екологічних, ґрунтових,
виноградарських і виробничих умов.
Матеріали і методи. Для виготовлення дванадцяти зразків вина
використовувалися чотири білі сорти винограду Ркацителі, Мцване Кахурі, Кісі та
Хіхві. Застосовувалася «кахетинська» технологія виноробства шляхом спонтанного
бродіння шкірок, кісточок і плодоніжок. Вміст органічних кислот визначали методом
ВЕРХ. Загальний зміст танінів визначали методом титрування. Спектрометричні
методи використовувалися для вимірювання загального вмісту фенолів та загальної
антиоксидантної активності.
Результати і обговорення. Дослідження показали, що якісні характеристики вин
Кісі та Хіхві кращі, ніж у Ркацителі та Мцване Кахурі. Однак Хіхві показало вищі
результати за технологічними параметрами: вміст спирту коливався в межах 13,6–
13,7%; вміст редукуючих цукрів становив від 3,7 до 4,0 г/л. Ці значення були
передбачувані через високу концентрацію цукру у виноградному соку Хіхві та Кісі.
Концентрації летких кислот (ЛК) залежать від внутрішньоклітинного метаболізму при
вініфікації та можуть обумовлювати відмінності у їх значеннях, які варіювали від 0,40
до 0,46 г/л. Крім того, концентрації яблучної, лимонної та бурштинової кислот
варіювали від 1,72 до 1,85 г/л, від 0,007 до 0,72 г/л та від 1,05 до 1,5 г/л відповідно.
Мцване Кахурі відрізнявся складом органічних кислот і виявив найвищий вміст винної
─── Abstracts ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
194
кислоти, (1,42–1,95 г/л) серед досліджених зразків вин. І сорт винограду, і штам
дріжджів можуть викликати коливання вмісту органічних кислот під час мимовільного
бродіння. Вміст біоактивних сполук у зразках вина Кісі був вищим, ніж в інших
проаналізованих білих винах. Сумарний вміст танінів коливався від 0,123 до 0,155%,
загальний вміст фенолів варіював від 636,4–743,7 мг/л еквівалента галової кислоти та
володів загальною антиоксидантною активністю 651,2–2629,8 мг/л у зразках Кісі.
Тому можливо, що сорт винограду також відіграв значну роль у вмісті фенольних
сполук і дубильних речовин. Крім того, була виявлена висока позитивна кореляція між
загальним вмістом дубильних речовин та антиоксидантною активністю (R2 = 0,8871),
яка була сильнішою, ніж кореляція між загальним вмістом фенолів та
антиоксидантною активністю з R2 = 0,8324. Це можна пояснити різною хімічною
будовою біоактивних сполук, особливо кількісним вмістом ОН-групи.
Висновок. «Кахетинський» спосіб виноробства вигідний завдяки наповненню
вина енологічними та біоактивними сполуками, що забезпечує отримання
високоякісного напою. Крім того, якість вин сильно корелює з сортом винограду.
Ключові слова: біле вино, кахетинське виноробство, біоактивний,
антиоксидант.
Економіка і управління
Китай і зміни харчових тенденцій: перспектива переходу до сталого розвитку
Дора Маринова1, Діана Богуєва1, Янруй Ву2, Сюмей Го1
1 – Університет Кертіна, Перт, Австралія
2 – Університет Західної Австралії, Перт, Австралія
Вступ. Населення світу стало свідком значних змін у способах виробництва і
споживання їжі. Хоча це принесло користь здоров’ю населення, воно також сприяло
зміні клімату та нестабільному використанню природних ресурсів.
Матеріали і методи. Комплексний огляд літератури.
Результати і обговорення. Окреслено характеристики чотирьох теорій
переходу, пов’язаних із харчуванням, щоб допомогти пояснити поведінку населення,
а саме: демографічного, харчового/білкового, харчового і стійкого переходу. Після них
описано подальший настільний аналіз змін, що відбуваються в Китаї, найбільшій у
світі демографії, і внесок цієї країни в найбільш необхідний глобальний перехід до
сталого розвитку.
Теоретична основа теорій переходу, що використовуються з середини 20-го
століття, окреслює зміни в поведінці населення, які впливають на відносини між
людьми, а останнім часом і з природним середовищем. Будучи мультидисциплінарною
галуззю, яка описує фундаментальні зрушення в людських суспільствах, теорії
переходу є дуже проникливими стосовно їжі та харчування. Демографічний перехід
пов’язує індустріалізацію з народжуваністю і смертністю, а також із доступністю їжі.
Під час зміни харчування відбувається зміна у споживанні людьми калорій з різних
груп їжі. Хоча частка білка залишається відносно стабільною, початковий перехід від
рослинної їжі до тваринної зараз змінюється у зворотному порядку із зростанням
обізнаності про екологію та охорону здоров’я. Перехід «харчування/білок» може
призвести до кращої дієтичної поведінки зі зменшенням надмірного споживання,
втрат і відходів. Перехід до харчових продуктів пояснює зміни на стороні пропозиції
─── Abstracts ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
195
– як виробляється, обробляється та розподіляється їжа, відображаючи зміни в методах
сільського господарства, використання землі, ґрунту, води, добрив і хімікатів,
ланцюгів постачання і розподілу. Більш стійкі методи ведення сільського господарства
в даний час впроваджуються у відповідь на екологічно загрозливі тенденції в
результаті змін у землекористуванні та використання хімічних речовин. На відміну від
інших концепцій, перехід до сталості описує не еволюційну модель змін, а лише
поточну найбільш необхідну трансформацію в розвитку. Це вимагає радикальної
трансформації та дій, спрямованих на зменшення впливу на навколишнє середовище
всієї діяльності людини, включаючи харчування.
Розвиток Китаю зазнав подібних змін, але з унікальними особливостями. Його
демографічний перехід відбувся під впливом «політики однієї дитини», тоді як перехід
«харчування/білок» був спричинений підвищенням рівня доходів. Індустріалізація
виробництва харчових продуктів із застосуванням хімікатів широко поширена, але
останнім часом набирають обертів органічні методи землеробства. Продовольча
безпека та виробництво визнаються як виклик і можливість у переході Китаю до
сталого розвитку з державними дієтичними зусиллями щодо обмеження внутрішнього
споживання м’яса.
Висновок. Китай має можливість відігравати важливу роль у глобальному
переході до покращеного вибору їжі, як того вимагають нинішнє середовище і
надзвичайна кліматична ситуація, змінюючи власні харчові звички, а також вносячи
внесок у розвиток нових альтернатив продуктів тваринництва.
Ключові слова: Китай, харчування, білок, теорія переходу, сталість.
Процеси і обладнання
Інтелектуальне автоматизоване керування випаровуванням цукрового соку з
підсистемою прогнозування
Михайло Хмара, Віктор Сідлецький, Ігор Ельперін
Національний університет харчових технологій, Київ, Україна
Вступ. Метою статті було дослідження інтелектуального автоматизованого
керування рівня цукрового соку у випарному апараті з підсистемою прогнозування,
що дасть змогу визначити поведінку системи автоматизації.
Матеріали і методи. Досліджували інтелектуальне автоматизовання керування
рівня цукрового соку у випарній установці з підсистемою прогнозування. В схемі
автоматизації регулювання рівня цукрового соку як датчик використовуються ємнісні
рівнеміри. Як виконавчі механізми використано пневматичні сідельні клапани з
вбудованим дроселем та електропневмоперетворювачем.
Результати і обговорення. Використання нейронечітких регуляторів
відбувається лише в окремих специфічних випадках інтелектуального керування
процесом випарювання. При цьому відсутні дані порівняння застосування
інтелектуальних регуляторів з класичними, можливості комбінування роботи кількох
типів інтелектуальних регуляторів, а також чітких засобів прогнозування їх роботи.
Тому в пропонованому дослідженні було використано метод прогнозування для
порівняння методів регулювання рівня цукрового соку в апараті. Це дало змогу
спрогнозувати поведінку системи при формуванні управляючого діяння та вивести
─── Abstracts ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
196
готовий прогноз на екран оператора, що підвищило ефективність роботи випарної
станції. Було зібрано статистичні дані поведінки контурів системи автоматизації в
різних режимах роботи з використанням інтелектуальних та класичних регуляторів і
побудовано модель прогнозування роботи випарної станції методом локальної
тенденції та модифіковано алгоритм прогнозування. Перевагою цього методу є легка і
швидка його реалізація, яка не потребує великих економічних та енергетичних затрат.
Точність моделі прогнозування склала 98% для ПІД-регулятора, 95% – для
нейронечіткого регулятора та 96% – для нейромережевого. Отримана модель
прогнозування системи є стабільною, оскільки під час квантування часового ряду на
інтервали абсолютна похибка залишиться сталою, то точність вимірювань відповідно
буде незмінною.
Висновки. Запропонована система інтелектуального автоматизованого
керування випаровуванням цукрового соку з модифікованим методом прогнозування
на основі локальних тенденцій. Незважаючи на те, що запропонована система має
несуттєве запізнення, прогнозування виконується з високою точністю і стабільністю.
Ключові слова: цукор, випарний апарат, нейронечіткий регулятор,
інтелектуальне керування, прогнозування.
Біотехнологія, мікробіологія
Перспективи використання поверхнево-активних речовин Rhodococcus
erythropolis IMB Aс-5017 для післяврожайної обробки черешні
Тетяна Пирог1,2, Віктор Стабніков1, Світлана Антонюк1
1 – Національний університет харчових технологій, Київ, Україна
2 – Інститут мікробіології та вірусології НАН України, Київ, Україна
Вступ. Метою статті було дослідження можливості використання супернатанту
Rhodococcus erythropolis ІМВ Ас-5017 з різною концентрацією біосурфактантів для
обробки черешні з метою подовження терміну зберігання.
Матеріали і методи. R. erythropolis ІМВ Ас-5017 вирощували у середовищі з
етанолом. Для обробки черешні використовували супернатант з концентрацією ПАР
0,1−0,5 г/л. Концентрацію ПАР у супернатанті визначали ваговим методом після
екстракції сумішшю Фолча. Загальну чисельність гетеротрофних бактерій і грибів
визначали за методом серійних розведень.
Результати і обговорення. Обробка плодів черешні супернатантом, який містив
0,5 г/л ПАР, зменшувала число бактерій і грибів на поверхні плодів в 10 та 5 разів
відповідно, порівняно з їх кількістю на митих водою черешнях. Обробка плодів
черешні супернатантом, який містив 0,2 г/л ПАР, зменшувала число бактерій і грибів
на поверхні плодів в 5 та 3 рази відповідно, а обробка супернатантом, який містив 0,1
г/л ПАР, зменшувала число бактерій і грибів на поверхні плодів в 2 рази порівняно з
їх кількістю на митих водою черешнях.
Черешня, яка була оброблена супернатантом з концентрацією ПАР 0,5 г/л , не
мала ознак гниття навіть на сьому добу зберігання, в той час як необроблена або мита
водою черешня втрачала вологість, шкірка починала зморщуватися, тріскатись і
з’являлися плями гниття.
Вміст клітин грибів на поверхні черешні, яка була оброблена ПАР з
концентрацією 0,1−0,5 г/л, а потім інфікована суспензією спор Aspergillus niger Р-3,
─── Abstracts ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
197
був у 2–11 разів нижче, ніжув контролі, де черешня милась водою, після п’яти діб
інкубації. Необроблені або миті водою фрукти швидше піддавалися гниттю порівняно
з обробленими ПАР-вмісними супернатантами.
Показана можливість багаторазового використання розчину ПАР R.erythropolis
IMB Ac-5017 для обробки черешні. Найкращі результати було отримано при
концентрації ПАР 0,5 г/л: концентрація бактерій зменшилася після першого
використання в 10 разів, після другого використання – в 5 разів, а після третього
використання – в 3 рази, в той час як концентрація грибів зменшилася в 9, 5 та 4 разів
після I, II, та III використання супернатанту.
Висновок. Поверхнево-активні речовини, що синтезуються бактеріями
Rhodococcus erythropolis IMB Ac-5017, можуть бути використовувані для обробки
фруктів з метою подовження терміну їх зберігання.
Ключові слова: черешня, бактерія, Rhodococcus erythropolis, біосурфактант,
зберігання.
Антимікробна активність суміші поверхнево-активних речовин Acinetobacter
calcoaceticus ІМВ В-7241 з антифунгальними препаратами та ефірними оліями
Тетяна Пирог1,2, Ігор Ключка1, Лілія Ключка1
1 – Національний університет харчових технологій, Київ, Україна
2 – Інститут мікробіології та вірусології НАНУ, Київ, Україна
Вступ. Метою статті було дослідження дії суміші поверхнево-активних речовин
(ПАР), синтезованих у різних умовах культивування Acinetobacter calcoaceticus IMВ
B-7241, з протигрибковими препаратами (клотримазол і флуконазол) та ефірними
оліями (кориці та лемонграсу) на дріжджі роду Candida.
Матеріали і методи. Культивування A. calcoaceticus IMВ B-7241 здійснювали у
базовому рідкому мінеральному середовищі з відпрацьованою соняшниковою олією,
а також базовому у середовищі, що не містило NaCl (середовище 1), в якому
концентрація NaCl становила 2,0 г/л (середовище 2), в яке додатково вносили 1,0 г/л
KCl (середовище 3). Концентрацію ПАР визначали ваговим методом після екстракції
супернатанту культуральної рідини модифікованою сумішшю Фолча. Антимікробну
активність поверхнево-активних речовин, антифунгальних препаратів, ефірних олій та
їх суміші аналізували за показником мінімальної інгібуючої концентрації (МІК). Для
оцінки синергічної дії суміші поверхнево-активних речовин з антифунгальними
препаратами чи ефірними оліями використовували показник фракційної інгібуючої
концентрації (ФІК).
Результати і обговорення. Встановлено, що найбільш ефективними з
досліджуваних поверхнево-активних речовин антимікробними агентами виявилися
ПАР, утворені A. calcoaceticus IMВ B-7241 на базовому середовищі: мінімальні
інгібуючі концентрації щодо Candida albicans Д-6, Candida tropicalis РЕ-2 та Candida
utilis БМС-65 становили 22,5-45 мкг/мл і були у 2,6-17 разів нижчими порівняно з
показниками, визначеними для препаратів, синтезованих на модифікованих
середовищах 1−3. Водночас, незалежно від культивування штаму на різних
середовищах, усі ПАР проявляли синергізм антифунгальної активності з
клотримазолом, флуконазолом, ефірними оліями кориці та лемонграсу. Так, за
наявності в суміші з антибіотиками поверхнево-активних речовин, синтезованих у
─── Abstracts ───
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
198
базовому і модифікованих середовищах, мінімальні інгібуючі концентрації
клотримазолу і флуконазолу щодо досліджуваних дріжджових тест-культур
знижувалися у 4–32 рази. Використання суміші ефірних олій з ПАР, синтезованих A.
calcoaceticus ІМВ В-7241 на різних середовищах, дало змогу знизити мінімальні
інгібуючі концентрації щодо досліджуваних дріжджів роду Candida олії кориці та
лемонграсу у 4–18 та 8–32 рази відповідно. При цьому показник фракційної інгібуючої
концентрації не перевищував значення 0,5, що вказує на синергізм анифунгальної
активності між досліджуваними сполуками.
Висновки. Наведені результати підтверджують дані щодо можливості
використання суміші мікробних ПАР та антифунгальних лікарських засобів чи
ефірних олій для зниження мінімальних інгібуючих концентрацій останніх щодо
представників роду Candidа.
Ключові слова: ПАР, Acinetobacter calcoaceticus ІMВ B-7241, Синергізм,
протигрибковий, ефірна олія, антимікробний.
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
199
Instructions for authors
Dear colleagues!
The Editorial Board of scientific periodical
“Ukrainian Food Journal”
invites you for publication of your research results.
A manuscript should describe the research work that has not been published before and
is not under consideration for publication anywhere else. Submission of the manuscript
implies that its publication has been approved by all co-authors as well as by the responsible
authorities at the institute where the work has been carried out.
It is mandatory to include a covering letter to the editor which includes short
information about the subject of the research, its novelty and significance; state that all the
authors agree to submit this paper to Ukrainian Food Journal; that it is the original work of
the authors.
Manuscript requirements
Authors must prepare the manuscript according to the guide for authors. Editors
reserve the right to adjust the style to certain standards of uniformity.
Language – English
Manuscripts should be submitted in Word.
Use 1.0 spacing and 2 cm margins.
Use a normal font 14-point Times New Roman for text, tables, and sings on figures,
1.0 line intervals.
Present tables and figures in the text of manuscript.
Consult a recent issue of the journal for a style check.
Number all pages consecutively.
Abbreviations should be defined on first appearance in text and used consistently
thereafter. No abbreviation should be used in title and section headings.
Please submit math equations as editable text and not as images (It is recommend
software application MathType or Microsoft Equation Editor)
Minimal size of the article (without the Abstract and References) is 10 pages. For
review article is 25 pages (without the Abstract and References).
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
200
Manuscript should include:
Title (should be concise and informative). Avoid abbreviations in it.
Authors’ information: the name(s) of the author(s); the affiliation(s) of the author(s),
city, country. One author has been designated as the corresponding author with e-mail
address. If available, the 16-digit ORCID of the author(s).
Declaration of interest
Author contributions
Abstract. The abstract should contain the following mandatory parts:
Introduction provides a rationale for the study (2–3 lines).
Materials and methods briefly describe the materials and methods used in the study
(3–5 lines).
Results and discussion describe the main findings (20–26 lines).
Conclusion provides the main conclusions (2–3 lines).
The abstract should not contain any undefined abbreviations or references to the
articles.
Keywords. Immediately after the abstract provide 4 to 6 keywords.
Text of manuscript
References
Manuscripts should be divided into the following sections:
Introduction
Materials and methods
Results and discussion
Conclusions
References
Introduction. Provide a background avoiding a detailed review of literature and
declare the aim of the present research. Identify unexplored questions, prove the relevance
of the topic. This should be not more than 1.5 pages.
Materials and methods. Describe sufficient details to allow an independent
researcher to repeat the work. Indicate the reference for methods that are already published
and just summarize them. Only new techniques need be described. Give description to
modifications of existing methods.
Results and discussion. Results should be presented clearly and concisely with tables
and/or figures, and the significance of the findings should be discussed with comparison
with existing in literature data.
Conclusions. The main conclusions should be drawn from results and be presented in
a short Conclusions section.
Acknowledgments(if necessary). Acknowledgments of people, grants, or funds
should be placed in a separate section. List here those persons who provided help during the
research. The names of funding organizations should be written in full.
Divide your article into sections and into subsections if necessary. Any subsection
should have a brief heading.
References
Please, check references carefully.
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
201
The list of references should include works that are cited in the text and that have been
published or accepted for publication.
All references mentioned in the reference list are cited in the text, and vice versa.
Cite references in the text by name and year in parentheses. Some examples:
(Drobot, 2008); (Qi and Zhou, 2012); (Bolarinwa et al., 2019; Rabie et al., 2020;
Sengev et al., 2013).
Reference list should be alphabetized by the last names of the first author of each
work: for one author, by name of author, then chronologically; for two authors, by name of
author, then name of coauthor, then chronologically; for more than two authors, by name of
first author, then chronologically.
If available, please always include DOIs links in the reference list.
Reference style
Journal article
Please follow this style and order: author's surname, initial(s), year of publication (in
brackets), paper title, journal title (in italic), volume number (issue), first and last page
numbers, e.g.:
Popovici C., Gitin L., Alexe P. (2013), Characterization of walnut (Juglans regia L.)
green husk extract obtained by supercritical carbon dioxide fluid extraction, Journal of
Food and Packaging Science, Technique and Technologies, 2(2), pp. 104-108. DOI:
10.1016/j.jece.2020.103776
The names of all authors should be provided, but in case of long author lists the usage
of “et al” will also be accepted. Journal names should not be abbreviated.
Book
Deegan C. (2000), Financial Accounting Theory, McGraw-Hill Book Company,
Sydney.
Book chapter in an edited book
Coffin J.M. (1999), Molecular biology of HIV, In: Crandell K.A. ed., The evolution of
HIV, Johns Hopkins Press, Baltimore, pp. 3-40.
Online document
Mendeley J.A., Thomson, M., Coyne R.P. (2017), How and when to reference,
Available at: https://www.howandwhentoreference.com
Conference paper
Arych M. (2018), Insurance's impact on food safety and food security, Resource and
Energy Saving Technologies of Production and Packing of Food Products as the Main
Fundamentals of Their Competitiveness: Proceedings of the 7th International Specialized
Scientific and Practical Conference, September 13, 2018, NUFT, Kyiv, pp. 52-57.
Figures
All figures should be made in graphic editor using a font Arial.
The font size on the figures and the text of the article should be the same.
Black and white graphic with no shading should be used.
The figure elements (lines, grid, and text) should be presented in black (not gray)
colour.
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
202
Figure parts should be denoted by lowercase letters (a, b, etc.).
All figures are to be numbered using Arabic numerals.
Figures should be cited in text in consecutive numerical order.
Place figure after its first mentioned in the text.
Figure captions begin with the term Figure in bold type, followed by the figure
number, also in bold type.
Each figure should have a caption describing what the figure depicts in bold type.
Supply all figures and EXCEL format files with graphs additionally as separate files.
Photos are not advisable to be used.
If you include figures that have already been published elsewhere, you must obtain
permission from the copyright owner(s).
Tables
Number tables consecutively in accordance with their appearance in the text.
Place footnotes to tables below the table body and indicate them with superscript
lowercase letters.
Place table after its first mentioned in the text.
Ensure that the data presented in tables do not duplicate results described elsewhere in
the article.
Suggesting / excluding reviewers
Authors are welcome to suggest reviewers and/or request the exclusion of certain
individuals when they submit their manuscripts.
When suggesting reviewers, authors should make sure they are totally independent
and not connected to the work in any way. When suggesting reviewers, the Corresponding
Author must provide an institutional email address for each suggested reviewer. Please note
that the Journal may not use the suggestions, but suggestions are appreciated and may help
facilitate the peer review process.
Submission
Email for all submissions and other inquiries:
ufj_nuft@meta.ua
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
203
Шановні колеги!
Редакційна колегія наукового періодичного видання «Ukrainian Food Journal»
запрошує Вас до публікації результатів наукових досліджень.
Вимоги до оформлення статей
Мова статей – англійська.
Мінімальний обсяг статті – 10 сторінок формату А4 (без врахування анотацій і
списку літератури).
Для всіх елементів статті шрифт – Times New Roman, кегль – 14, інтервал – 1.
Всі поля сторінки – по 2 см.
Структура статті:
1. УДК.
2. Назва статті.
3. Автори статті (ім’я та прізвище повністю, приклад: Денис Озерянко).
4. Установа, в якій виконана робота.
5. Анотація. Обов’язкова структура анотації:
− Вступ (2–3 рядки).
− Матеріали та методи (до 5 рядків)
− Результати та обговорення (пів сторінки).
− Висновки (2–3 рядки).
6. Ключові слова (3–5 слів, але не словосполучень).
Пункти 2–6 виконати англійською і українською мовами.
7. Основний текст статті. Має включати такі обов’язкові розділи:
− Вступ
− Матеріали та методи
− Результати та обговорення
− Висновки
− Література.
За необхідності можна додавати інші розділи та розбивати їх на підрозділи.
8. Авторська довідка (Прізвище, ім’я та по батькові, вчений ступінь та звання, місце
роботи, електронна адреса або телефон).
9. Контактні дані автора, до якого за необхідності буде звертатись редакція журналу.
Рисунки виконуються якісно. Скановані рисунки не приймаються. Розмір тексту на
рисунках повинен бути співрозмірним (!) тексту статті. Фотографії можна використовувати
лише за їх значної наукової цінності.
Фон графіків, діаграм – лише білий. Колір елементів рисунку (лінії, сітка, текст) – чорний
(не сірий).
Рисунки та графіки EXCEL з графіками додатково подаються в окремих файлах.
Скорочені назви фізичних величин в тексті та на графіках позначаються латинськими
літерами відповідно до системи СІ.
У списку літератури повинні переважати англомовні статті та монографії, які опубліковані
після 2010 року.
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
204
Оформлення цитат у тексті статті:
Кількість авторів статті
Приклад цитування у тексті
1 автор
(Arych, 2019)
2 і більше авторів
(Bazopol et al., 2021)
Приклад тексту із цитуванням: It is known (Bazopol et al., 2006; Kuievda, 2020), the
product yield depends on temperature, but, there are some exceptions (Arych, 2019).
У цитуваннях необхідно вказувати одне джерело, звідки взято інформацію.
Список літератури сортується за алфавітом, літературні джерела не нумеруються.
Правила оформлення списку літератури
В Ukrainian Food Journalвзято за основу загальноприйняте в світі спрощене
оформлення списку літератури згідно стандарту Garvard. Всі елементи посилання
розділяються лише комами.
1. Посилання на статтю:
Автори А.А. (рік видання), Назва статті, Назва журналу (курсивом), Том
(номер), сторінки.
Ініціали пишуться після прізвища.
Всі елементи посилання розділяються комами.
1. Приклад:
Popovici C., Gitin L., Alexe P. (2013), Characterization of walnut (Juglans regia L.)
green husk extract obtained by supercritical carbon dioxide fluid extraction, Journal of
Food and Packaging Science, Technique and Technologies, 2(2), pp. 104–108.
2. Посилання на книгу:
Автори (рік), Назва книги (курсивом), Видавництво, Місто.
Ініціали пишуться після прізвища.
Всі елементи посилання розділяються комами.
Приклад:
2. Wen-Ching Yang (2003), Handbook of fluidization and fluid-particle systems, Marcel
Dekker, New York.
Посилання на електронний ресурс:
Виконується аналогічно посиланню на книгу або статтю. Після оформлення даних
про публікацію пишуться слова Available at: та вказується електронна адреса.
Приклади:
(2013), Svitovi naukovometrychni bazy, Available at:
http://www.nas.gov.ua/publications/q_a /Pages/scopus.aspx
Cheung T. (2011), World's 50 most delicious drinks, Available at:
http://travel.cnn.com/explorations/drink/worlds–50-most-delicious-drinks–883542
Список літератури оформлюється лише латиницею. Елементи списку українською
та російською мовою потрібно транслітерувати. Для транслітерації з українською
мови використовується паспортний стандарт.
Зручний сайт для транслітерації з української мови: http://translit.kh.ua/#lat/passport
Стаття надсилається за електронною адресою: ufj_nuft@meta.ua
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
205
УДК 663/664
Ukrainian Food Journal публікує оригінальні наукові статті, короткі
повідомлення, оглядові статті, новини та огляди літератури.
Тематика публікацій в Ukrainian Food Journal:
Харчова інженерія
Харчова хімія
Мікробіологія
Фізичні властивості харчових продуктів
Якість та безпека харчових продуктів
Процеси та обладнання
Нанотехнології
Економіка та управління
Автоматизація процесів
Упаковка для харчових продуктів
Періодичність виходу журналу 4 номери на рік.
Результати досліджень, представлені в журналі, повинні бути новими, мати чіткий
зв'язок з харчовою наукою і представляти інтерес для міжнародного наукового
співтовариства.
Ukrainian Food Journal індексується наукометричними базами:
Index Copernicus (2012)
EBSCO (2013)
Google Scholar (2013)
UlrichsWeb (2013)
Global Impact Factor (2014)
Online Library of University of Southern Denmark (2014)
CABI full text (2014)
Directory of Research Journals Indexing (DRJI) (2014)
Universal Impact Factor (2014)
Directory of Open Access scholarly Resources (ROAD) (2014)
European Reference Index for the Humanities and the Social Sciences (ERIH PLUS) (2014)
Directory of Open Access Journals (DOAJ) (2015)
InfoBase Index (2015)
Chemical Abstracts Service Source Index (CASSI) (2016)
Emerging Sourses Citaton Index (2018)
Рецензія рукопису статті. Матеріали, представлені для публікування в «Ukrainian
Food Journal», проходять «Подвійне сліпе рецензування» двома вченими, призначеними
редакційною колегією: один є членом редколегії і один незалежний учений.
Авторське право. Автори статей гарантують, що робота не є порушенням будь-яких
авторських прав, та відшкодовують видавцю порушення даної гарантії. Опубліковані
матеріали є правовою власністю видавця «Ukrainian Food Journal», якщо не узгоджено
інше.
Детальна інформація про Журнал, інструкції авторам, приклади оформлення
статті та анотацій розміщені на сайті:
http://ufj.nuft.edu.ua
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
206
Ukrainian Food Journal
Редакційна колегія
Головний редактор:
Олена Стабнікова, д-р., Національний університет харчових технологій, Україна
Члени міжнародної редакційної колегії:
Агота Гедре Райшене, д-р., Литовський інститут аграрної економіки, Литва
В. І. Вернадського НАН України
Бао Тхи Вуронг, д-р., Університет Меконгу, В'єтнам
Віктор Стабніков, д.т.н., проф., Національний університет харчових технологій,
Україна
Годвін Д. Ндоссі, професор, Меморіальний університет Хуберта Кайрукі, Дар-ес-
Салам, Танзанія
Дора Марінова, професор, Університет Кертіна, Австралія
Егон Шніцлер, д-р, професор, Державний університет Понта Гросси, Бразилія
Ейрін Марі Скйондал Бар, д-р., професор, Норвезький університет науки і техніки,
Тронхейм, Норвегія
Йорданка Стефанова, д-р, Пловдівський університет "Паісій Хілендарскі", Болгарія
Кірстен Брандт, професорр, Університет Ньюкасла, Великобританія
Крістіна Луїза Міранда Сілва, д-р., професор, Португальський католицький
університет – Біотехнологічний коледж, Португалія
Крістіна Попович, д-р., доцент, Технічний університет Молдови
Лелівельд Хуб, асоціація «Міжнародна гармонізаційна ініціатива», Нідерланди
Марія С. Тапіа, професор, Центральний університет Венесуели, Каракас, Венесуела
Мойзес Бурачик, д-р., Інститут сільськогосподарської біотехнології Покапіо
(INDEAR), Покапіо, Аргентина
Марк Шамцян, д-р., доцент, Чорноморська асоціація з харчової науки та технології,
Румунія
Нур Зафіра Нур Хаснан, доктор філософії, Університет Путра Малайзії, Селангор,
Малайзія
Октавіо Паредес Лопес, д-р., проф, Центр перспективних досліджень Національного
політехнічного інституту, Мексика.
Олександр Шевченко, д.т.н., проф., Національний університет харчових технологій,
Україна
Рана Мустафа, д-р., Глобальний інститут продовольчої безпеки, Університет
Саскачевана, Канада
Семіх Отлес, д-р., проф, Університет Еге, Туреччина
Соня Амарей, д-р., проф, Університет «Штефан чел Маре», Сучава, Румунія
Станка Дам'янова, д.т.н., проф., Русенський університет «Ангел Канчев», філія
Разград, Болгарія
Стефан Стефанов, д.т.н., проф., Університет харчових технологій, Болгарія
Тетяна Пирог, д.т.н., проф., Національний університет харчових технологій, Україна
Умезуруйке Лінус Опара, професор, Стелленбошський університет, Кейптаун,
Південна Африка
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
207
Шейла Кілонзі, Університет Каратіна, Кенія
Юлія Дзязько, д-р. хім. наук, с.н.с., Інститут загальної та неорганічної хімії імені
Юн-Хва Пеггі Хсі, д-р, професор, Університет Флориди, США
Юрій Білан, д-р., проф., Університет Томаша Баті в Зліні, Чехія
Ясміна Лукінак, д.т.н., професор, Університет Осієка, Хорватія
Ясміна Лукінак, д-р, проф., Осієкський університет, Хорватія.
Члени редакційної колегії:
Агота Гедре Райшене, д-р., Литовський інститут аграрної економіки, Литва
Бао Тхи Вуронг, д-р., Університет Меконгу, В'єтнам
Валерій Мирончук, д-р. техн. наук, проф., Національний університет харчових
технологій, Україна
Віктор Стабніков, д.т.н., проф., Національний університет харчових технологій,
Україна
Володимир Ковбаса, д-р. техн. наук, проф., Національний університет харчових
технологій, Україна
Галина Сімахіна, д-р. техн. наук, проф., Національний університет харчових
технологій, Україна
Годвін Д. Ндоссі, професор, Меморіальний університет Хуберта Кайрукі, Дар-ес-
Салам, Танзанія
Дора Марінова, професор, Університет Кертіна, Австралія
Егон Шніцлер, д-р, професор, Державний університет Понта Гросси, Бразилія
Ейрін Марі Скйондал Бар, д-р., професор, Норвезький університет науки і техніки,
Тронхейм, Норвегія
Йорданка Стефанова, д-р, Пловдівський університет "Паісій Хілендарскі", Болгарія
Кірстен Брандт, професорр, Університет Ньюкасла, Великобританія
Крістіна Луїза Міранда Сілва, д-р., професор, Португальський католицький
університет – Біотехнологічний коледж, Португалія
Крістіна Попович, д-р., доцент, Технічний університет Молдови
Лада Шерінян, д-р. екон. наук, професор., Національний університет харчових
технологій, Україна
Лелівельд Хуб, асоціація «Міжнародна гармонізаційна ініціатива», Нідерланди
Марія С. Тапіа, професор, Центральний університет Венесуели, Каракас, Венесуела
Мойзес Бурачик, д-р., Інститут сільськогосподарської біотехнології Покапіо
(INDEAR), Покапіо, Аргентина
Марк Шамцян, д-р., доцент, Чорноморська асоціація з харчової науки та технології,
Румунія
Нур Зафіра Нур Хаснан, доктор філософії, Університет Путра Малайзії, Селангор,
Малайзія
Октавіо Паредес Лопес, д-р., проф, Центр перспективних досліджень Національного
політехнічного інституту, Мексика.
Олександр Шевченко, д.т.н., проф., Національний університет харчових технологій,
Україна
Ольга Рибак, канд. техн. наук, доц., Тернопільський національний технічний
унівреситет імені Івана Пулюя, Україна
Рана Мустафа, д-р., Глобальний інститут продовольчої безпеки, Університет
Саскачевана, Канада
Семіх Отлес, д-р., проф, Університет Еге, Туреччина
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
208
Соня Амарей, д-р., проф, Університет «Штефан чел Маре», Сучава, Румунія
Станка Дам'янова, д.т.н., проф., Русенський університет «Ангел Канчев», філія
Разград, Болгарія
Стефан Стефанов, д.т.н., проф., Університет харчових технологій, Болгарія
Тетяна Пирог, д.т.н., проф., Національний університет харчових технологій, Україна
Тетяна Пирог, д-р. біол. наук, проф., Національний університет харчових технологій,
Україна
Умезуруйке Лінус Опара, професор, Стелленбошський університет, Кейптаун,
Південна Африка
Шейла Кілонзі, Університет Каратіна, Кенія
Юлія Дзязько, д-р. хім. наук, с.н.с., Інститут загальної та неорганічної хімії імені В.
І. Вернадського НАН України
Юн-Хва Пеггі Хсі, д-р, професор, Університет Флориди, США
Ясміна Лукінак, д-р, проф., Осієкський університет, Хорватія.
Олексій Губеня (відповідальний секретар), канд. техн. наук, доц., Національний
університет харчових технологій, Україна.
─── Ukrainian Food Journal. 2022. Volume 11. Issue 1 ───
209
Наукове видання
Ukrainian Food Journal
Volume 11, Issue 1
2022
Том 11, № 1
2022
Підп. до друку 30.05.2022 р. Формат 70x100/16.
Обл.-вид. арк. 17.56. Ум. друк. арк. 16.64.
Гарнітура Times New Roman. Друк офсетний.
Наклад 100 прим. Вид. № 06н/22.
НУХТ. 01601 Київ–33, вул. Володимирська, 68
Свідоцтво про державну реєстрацію
друкованого засобу масової інформації
КВ 18964–7754Р
видане 26 березня 2012 року.